7UM516 Manual PDF

.
UMERICAL -ACHINE 0ROTECTION
5- 6 AND 6

)NSTRUCTION -ANUAL /RDER .O # ' #
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION : &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 0F

WITH POWER SWING BLOCKING 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION \ 0R\
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION )
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION :T #OUPLING OF EXTERNAL SIGNALS
&IGURE )LLUSTRATION OF THE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION 5- IN FLUSH MOUNTING CASE
D 3IEMENS !'

5- 6 #ONFORMITY
#ONFORMITY
4HIS PRODUCT IS IN CONFORMITY WITH THE DIRECTIVE OF THE #OUNCIL OF THE %UROPEAN #OMMUNITIES ON THE APPROXIMA
TION OF THE LAWS OF THE -EMBER 3TATES RELATING TO ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY %-# #OUNCIL $IRECTIVE
%%# AND CONCERNING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR APPLICATION WITHIN SPECIFIED VOLTAGE LIMITS ,OW VOLTAGE
DIRECTIVE %%#
#ONFORMITY IS PROVED BY TESTS THAT HAD BEEN PERFORMED ACCORDING TO ARTICLE OF THE #OUNCIL $IRECTIVE IN ACCOR
DANCE WITH THE GENERIC STANDARDS %. AND %. FOR %-# DIRECTIVE AND THE STANDARDS %.
FOR LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE BY 3IEMENS !'
4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT
4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS OF )%# AND THE 'ERMAN STAN
DARDS $). PART CORRESPONDING TO 6$% PART
# ' #

5- 6 #ONTENTS
#ONTENTS
)NTRODUCTION
!PPLICATION
&EATURES
)MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS
$ESIGN
!RRANGEMENTS
$IMENSIONS
/RDERING DATA
!CCESSORIES
4ECHNICAL $ATA
'ENERAL DATA
)NPUTSOUTPUTS
%LECTRICAL TESTS
-ECHANICAL STRESS TESTS
#LIMATIC STRESS TESTS
3ERVICE CONDITIONS
$ESIGN
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION
&ORWARD ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION
2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION
5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
!NCILLARY FUNCTIONS
/PERATING RANGES OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
-ETHOD OF OPERATION
/PERATION OF COMPLETE UNIT
&AULT DETECTION
$ETERMINATION OF THE SHORT CIRCUIT IMPEDANCE
4RIPPING LOGIC
0OWER SWING BLOCKING
# ' #

5- 6 #ONTENTS

0RINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
/UT OF STEP LOGIC
%XTERNAL TRIP COMMANDS VIA BINARY INPUT
3WITCH OVER OF PHASE ROTATION
4RIP MATRIX
#IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP TEST
4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
!NCILLARY FUNCTIONS

0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS
)NDICATORS AND BINARY OUTPUTS SIGNAL RELAYS
)NFORMATION ON THE DISPLAY PANEL OR TO A PERSONAL COMPUTER
)NFORMATION TO A CENTRAL UNIT
$ATA STORAGE AND TRANSMISSION FOR FAULT RECORDING
/PERATING MEASUREMENTS AND CONVERSION
-ONITORING FUNCTIONS
(ARDWARE MONITORING
3OFTWARE MONITORING
-ONITORING OF EXTERNAL MEASURING TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS
)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
5NPACKING AND REPACKING
0REPARATIONS
-OUNTING AND CONNECTIONS
-ODEL 5-J J"JJJ FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING
-ODEL 5-J J#JJJ FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR 5-J J%JJJ FOR
CUBICLE INSTALLATION
#HECKING THE RATED DATA
#ONTROL DC VOLTAGE OF BINARY INPUTS
)NSERTING THE BACK UP BATTERY
#HECKING ,3! TRANSMISSION LINK
#ONNECTIONS
#HECKING THE CONNECTIONS
#ONFIGURATION OF OPERATION AND MEMORY FUNCTIONS
/PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS AND GENERAL
3ETTINGS FOR THE INTEGRATED OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK
#HANGING THE CODEWORDS ADDRESS BLOCK
#ONFIGURATION OF THE SERIAL INTERFACES ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR FAULT RECORDING ADDRESS BLOCK
#ONFIGURATION OF THE PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS
)NTRODUCTION
0ROGRAMMING THE SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
-ARSHALLING OF BINARY INPUTS BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORS
)NTRODUCTION
-ARSHALLING OF THE BINARY INPUTS ADDRESS BLOCK
-ARSHALLING OF THE SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK
-ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ INDICATORS ADDRESS BLOCK
-ARSHALLING OF THE COMMAND TRIP RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK
# ' #

5- 6 #ONTENTS
/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3AFETY PRECAUTIONS
$IALOG WITH THE RELAY
-EMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL
/PERATION WITH A PERSONAL COMPUTER
/PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS
2EPRESENTATION OF THE RELAY FRONT VIEW
3ETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS
)NTRODUCTION
0ARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE
3ELECTABLE PARAMETER SETS
3ETTING OF DATE AND TIME
)NITIAL DISPLAYS ADDRESS BLOCKS AND
-ACHINE AND POWER SYSTEM DATA ADDRESS BLOCKS AND
3ETTINGS FOR IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
3ETTING OF THE IMPEDANCE STAGES ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR FAULT DETECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR POWER SWING BLOCKING ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR OUT OF STEP PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR REVERSE POWER PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ETTINGS FOR MEASURED VALUE MONITORING ADDRESS BLOCK
#OUPLING EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
3ETTINGS FOR TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION ADDRESS BLOCK
!NNUNCIATIONS
)NTRODUCTION
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
/PERATIONAL CONTROL FACILITIES
!DJUSTING AND SYNCHRONIZING THE REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS BLOCK
%RASING STORED ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
)NFORMATION TO ,3! DURING TEST OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK
3ELECTION OF PARAMETER SETS ADDRESS BLOCK
2EAD OUT OF SETTINGS OF A PARAMETER SET
#HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER SET FROM THE OPERATING PANEL
#HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER SET VIA BINARY INPUTS
4ESTING AND COMMISSIONING
'ENERAL
4ESTING THE OVERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION STAGE OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
4ESTING THE IMPEDANCE ZONES
4ESTING THE GRADING TIMES
4ESTING THE POWER SWING BLOCKING FUNCTION
4ESTING THE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
4ESTING THE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
4ESTING THE POWER PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
4ESTING THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
4ESTING THE COUPLING OF EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTIONS
4ESTING THE TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
# ' #

5- 6 #ONTENTS
#OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS

'ENERAL ADVICES
#HECKING THE CURRENT CIRCUITS
#HECKING THE VOLTAGE CIRCUITS
#HECKING THE EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
#ALCULATION OF PROTECTED ZONE
#HECKING FOR MACHINE EARTH FAULT
#HECK USING NETWORK EARTH FAULT
4ESTS WITH MACHINE CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK
#HECKING THE CORRECT CONNECTION POLARITY
-EASUREMENT OF MOTORING POWER AND ANGLE ERROR CORRECTION
#HECKING THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
#HECKING THE COUPLING OF EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS
4RIPPING TEST INCLUDING CIRCUIT BREAKER ADDRESS BLOCK
3TARTING A TEST FAULT RECORD ADDRESS BLOCK
0UTTING THE RELAY INTO OPERATION
-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING

2OUTINE CHECKS
2EPLACING THE BACK UP BATTERY
&AULT TRACING
2EPLACING THE MINI FUSE
2EPAIRS
3TORAGE
!PPENDIX
! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS

" #ONNECTION DIAGRAM
# 4ABLES
./4%
4HIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER ALL 4HE CONTENTS OF THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL NOT BE
DETAILS IN EQUIPMENT NOR TO PROVIDE FOR EVERY POSSI COME PART NOR MODIFY ANY PRIOR OR EXISTING AGREE
BLE CONTINGENCY TO BE MET IN CONNECTION WITH INSTAL MENT COMMITMENT OR RELATIONSHIP 4HE SALES CON
LATION OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE TRACT CONTAINS THE ENTIRE OBLIGATIONS OF 3IEMENS 4HE
WARRANTY CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT BETWEEN THE PAR
3HOULD FURTHER INFORMATION BE DESIRED OR SHOULD PAR TIES IS THE SOLE WARRANTY OF 3IEMENS !NY STATEMENTS
TICULAR PROBLEMS ARISE WHICH ARE NOT COVERED SUFFI CONTAINED HEREIN DO NOT CREATE NEW WARRANTIES NOR
CIENTLY FOR THE PURCHASER S PURPOSE THE MATTER
MODIFY THE EXISTING WARRANTY
SHOULD BE REFERRED TO THE LOCAL 3IEMENS SALES OFFICE
# ' #

5- 6 )NTRODUCTION
)NTRODUCTION
!PPLICATION &EATURES
4HE 5- IS A NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION UNIT 0ROCESSOR SYSTEM WITH POWERFUL BIT MICROPRO
FROM THE .UMERICAL -ACHINE 0ROTECTION SERIES CESSOR
5- AND PROVIDES A PRACTICAL COMBINATION OF
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS ESPECIALLY FOR LARGE ELECTRICAL COMPLETE DIGITAL MEASURED VALUE PROCESSING AND
MACHINES OR POWER STATION BLOCKS ! SURVEY OF THIS CONTROL FROM DATA ACQUISITION AND DIGITIZING OF THE
MACHINE PROTECTION SERIES IS SHOWN IN &IGURE MEASURED VALUES UP TO THE TRIP DECISION FOR THE CIR
CUIT BREAKERS
4HE UNIT SUPPLEMENTS THE PROTECTION AND SUPERVISO
RY FUNCTIONS OF THE 5- 5- 5- AND COMPLETE GALVANIC AND RELIABLE SEPARATION OF THE
54 RELAYS AND TOGETHER THEY PROVIDE A COMPLETE INTERNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITS FROM THE MEASURE
PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR LARGE HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATORS MENT CONTROL AND SUPPLY CIRCUITS OF THE SYSTEM
WHICH ARE BLOCK CONNECTED WITH A UNIT TRANSFORMER TO WITH SCREENED ANALOG INPUT TRANSDUCERS BINARY
THE POWER SYSTEM )T IS HOWEVER COMPLETELY AUTONO INPUT AND OUTPUT MODULES AND DC CONVERTER
MOUS AND CAN WITH ALL ITS FUNCTIONS BE OPERATED
INSENSITIVE TO VT AND CT ERRORS TRANSIENT CONDI
COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT OF OTHER PROTECTION EQUIP
TIONS AND INTERFERENCES
MENT
HIGH ACCURACY BY MEANS OF PROCESS IMAGES USING
! LARGE NUMBER OF ALARM RELAYS AND ,%$ S ON THE PHYSICAL REPLICA
FRONT PANEL OF THE UNIT PROVIDE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
DETECTED FAULTS THE MONITORED OPERATING CONDITIONS ACCURATE MEASUREMENT IS ENSURED EVEN IN CASE OF
OF THE PROTECTED MACHINE AND ABOUT THE UNIT ITSELF FREQUENCY DEVIATIONS F. (Z BY FREQUENCY
&IVE TRIP RELAYS ARE AVAILABLE FOR DIRECT TRIPPING OF CIR DEPENDENT FILTER CORRECTION
CUIT BREAKERS AND OTHER CONTROL DEVICES
CONTINUOUS CALCULATION OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED
3PACE SAVING CONSTRUCTION AND SENSIBLE MOUNTING VALUES AND INDICATION ON THE FRONT DISPLAY
AND CONNECTION TECHNIQUES PERMIT EASY EXCHANGE
WITH CONVENTIONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IN EXISTING SIMPLE SETTING AND OPERATION USING THE INTEGRATED
PLANTS #OMPREHENSIVE INTERNAL MONITORING OF HARD OPERATION PANEL OR A CONNECTED PERSONAL COMPUT
WARE AND SOFTWARE REDUCES THE TIME REQUIRED FOR ER WITH MENU GUIDED SOFTWARE
TESTING AND PROVIDES AN EXTREMELY HIGH AVAILABILITY OF
THE PROTECTION SYSTEM 3TORAGE OF FAULT DATA STORAGE OF INSTANTANEOUS OR
RMS VALUES DURING A FAULT FOR FAULT RECORDING
3ERIAL INTERFACES ALLOW COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNICA
TION WITH OTHER DIGITAL CONTROL AND STORAGE DEVICES COMMUNICATION WITH CENTRAL CONTROL AND STORAGE
&OR DATA TRANSMISSION A STANDARDIZED PROTOCOL IN AC DEVICES VIA SERIAL INTERFACES IS POSSIBLE OPTIONALLY
CORDANCE WITH )%# AND 6$%7:6%) WITH K6 INSULATION OR FOR CONNECTION OF OPTICAL
IS USED AS WELL AS ACCORDING $). SELECT FIBRE
ABLE 4HE DEVICE CAN THEREFORE BE INCORPORATED IN
,OCALIZED 3UBSTATION !UTOMATION NETWORKS ,3! CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE MEASURED VALUES
AND THE HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE OF THE RELAY
# ' #

5- 6 )NTRODUCTION
5- 5-
5NDEREXCITATION PROTECTION /VERVOLTAGE PROTECTION AND FREQUENCY DE
/VERVOLTAGE PROTECTION TWO STAGE PENDENT UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION
5NDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION %ARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 ) DIRECTIONAL
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 &REQUENCY PROTECTION TWO STAGE
&REQUENCY PROTECTION FOUR STAGE 3INGLE PHASE POWER PROTECTION
&ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION /VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION WITH UNDERVOLT
5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION AGE SEAL IN
/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION TWO STAGE /VERCURRENTUNDERCURRENT SUPERVISION
(IGH SENSITIVITY EARTH CURRENT PROTECTION 2OTOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TWO STAGE
4HERMAL STATOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION $# VOLTAGE TIME PROTECTION
&OUR EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PROCESSED &OUR EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PROCESSED
4WO TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CHANNELS 4WO TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CHANNELS
5- 5-
/VERFLUX PROTECTION 5F )MPEDANCE PROTECTION
5NDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION INVERSE TIME 0OWER SWING BLOCKING
/VERVOLTAGE PROTECTION TWO STAGE 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION /UT OF STEP PROTECTION
%ARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
&ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
&REQUENCY PROTECTION FOUR STAGE
)NTERTURN FAULT PROTECTION
2OTOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TWO STAGE
&OUR EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PROCESSED
&OUR EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PROCESSED
4WO TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CHANNELS 4WO TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CHANNELS
54 54
$IFFERENTIAL PROTECTION FOR GENERATORS AND $IFFERENTIAL PROTECTION FOR GENERATORS AND
MOTORS MOTORS
OR OR
$IFFERENTIAL PROTECTION FOR TWO WINDING $IFFERENTIAL PROTECTION FOR THREE WINDING
TRANSFORMERS OR UNITS TRANSFORMERS OR UNITS
/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION 2ESTRICTED EARTH FAULT PROTECTION OR
4ANK LEAKAGE PROTECTION
4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
/VERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION
4WO EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PRO
CESSED 4HERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION
TRIP RELAYS SMALL SIZE CASE 4WO EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS CAN BE PROCESSED
TRIP RELAYS LARGE SIZE CASE
&IGURE 3URVEY OF THE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION SERIES
# ' #

5- 6 )NTRODUCTION
)MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS
4HE PROTECTIVE AND SUPERVISORY FUNCTIONS OF THE NU &ORWARD ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION
MERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION UNIT CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY
SWITCHED TO BE OPERATIVE OR INOPERATIVE 4HE UNIT CALCULATION OF FORWARD POWER 0F FROM POSITIVE SE
COMPRISES THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS QUENCE COMPONENTS
SUPERVISION OF OVER POWER 0F ANDOR UNDER

)MPEDANCE PROTECTION WITH POWER 0F WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE POWER
LIMITS
PHASE SELECTIVE OVERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION WITH
UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN FOR SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES
WHICH TAKE THEIR EXCITATION VOLTAGE FROM THE TERMI 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION
NAL VOLTAGE
CALCULATION OF POWER FROM POSITIVE SEQUENCE COM
THREE IMPEDANCE ZONES FOUR TIME STAGES PONENTS
POLYGONAL TRIPPING CHARACTERISTIC WITH INDEPEN HIGHLY SENSITIVE ACTIVE POWER MEASUREMENT
DENT SETTING OF REACH ALONG THE 2 AND 8 AXIS
HIGH MEASUREMENT ACCURACY AND ANGLE ERROR
VARIABLE FAULT RESISTANCE TOLERANCE COMPENSATION
POWER SWING DETECTION BY :T MEASUREMENT DETECTION OF SMALL MOTORING POWERS EVEN WITH
SMALL POWER FACTOR COS
POWER SWING BLOCKING IN CASE OF POWER SWINGS IN
THE SYSTEM AVOIDS UNWANTED TRIP OCCURRENCES INSENSITIVE TO POWER SWINGS
SHORT TIME STAGE WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED

INDEPENDENT LONG TIME STAGE
MEASUREMENT OF THE DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE WITH
FUNDAMENTAL WAVE FILTERS FOR MACHINES IN BLOCK
CONNECTION 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
PROTECTIVE RANGE TO OF THE STATOR WIND EVALUATION OF NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF

INGS CURRENTS
INSENSITIVE TO FREQUENCY FLUCTUATIONS

ALARM STAGE WHEN A SET UNBALANCED LOAD IS EX
BASED ON THE WELL EXPERIENCED IMPEDANCE MEA CEEDED
SUREMENT METHOD
THERMAL REPLICA FOR ROTOR TEMPERATURE RISE WITH AD
MEASUREMENT RELEASE BY THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE JUSTABLE HEATING UP TIME CONSTANT
CURRENT COMPONENT MEASUREMENT BLOCKING BY
THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT COMPONENT WITH THERMAL ALARM AND TRIP STAGE
EVALUATION OF THE RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IMPEDANCE HIGH SPEED TRIP STAGE FOR LARGE UNBALANCED LOADS
VECTOR
OPTIMUM MATCHING TO THE ON SITE CONDITIONS BY

SELECTABLE CHARACTERISTIC PARAMETERS
RELIABLE DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE POWER SWING

CENTRE BEING IN THE SYSTEM OR IN THE GENERATOR UNIT
AREA
# ' #

5- 6 )NTRODUCTION
#OUPLING OF EXTERNAL BINARY SIGNALS )NTEGRATED TRIPPING MATRIX
FOR PROCESSING OR RE TRANSMITTING OF EXTERNAL SIG WITH TRIP RELAYS EACH WITH OR ./ CONTACTS FOR
NALS OR COMMANDS UP TO PROTECTION COMMANDS
CONNECTION TO SIGNAL RELAYS ,%$S AND VIA SERIAL

INTERFACE TO LOCALIZED SUBSTATION CONTROL AND MONI )NTEGRATED TRIP TEST
TORING FACILITY EG ,3!
INITIATION OF LIVE TRIPPING BY THE OPERATOR PANEL OR
VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE
#OUPLING OF EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS
COMBINING UP TO EXTERNAL SIGNALS INTO THE ANNUN )NTEGRATED TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
CIATION PROCESSING
DETECTION OF INTERRUPTIONS SHORT CIRCUITS AND VOLT
TRIPPING BY UP TO EXTERNAL SIGNALS VIA THE INTE AGE FAILURE FOR TWO TRIPPING CIRCUITS
GRATED TRIP MATRIX
TIME DELAY POSSIBLE
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
$ESIGN
!RRANGEMENTS
!LL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS INCLUDING DCDC CONVERTER 5-J J#JJJ IN HOUSING 80 FOR
ARE ACCOMMODATED ON TWO PLUG IN MODULES OF PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR 5-J J%JJJ FOR
$OUBLE %UROPA &ORMAT 4HESE MODULES ARE INSTALLED CUBICLE INSTALLATION
IN A HOUSING 80 4WO DIFFERENT TYPES OF HOUSINGS
CAN BE DELIVERED 4HE HOUSING HAS FULL SHEET METAL COVERS AS WELL
AS A REMOVABLE FRONT COVER WITH TRANSPARENT PLAS
5-J J"JJJ IN HOUSING 80 FOR TIC WINDOW FOR PANEL MOUNTING
PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING
0LASTIC GUIDE RAILS ARE BUILT IN FOR THE SUPPORT OF
4HE HOUSING HAS FULL SHEET METAL COVERS AS WELL PLUG IN MODULES .EXT TO THE GUIDE RAIL AT THE BOT
AS A REMOVABLE FRONT COVER WITH TRANSPARENT PLAS TOM ON THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF EACH MODULE A CON
TIC WINDOW TACT AREA WHICH IS ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO THE
HOUSING IS INSTALLED TO MATE WITH THE EARTHING
0LASTIC GUIDE RAILS ARE BUILT IN FOR THE SUPPORT OF SPRING OF THE MODULE #ONNECTION TO EARTH IS MADE
PLUG IN MODULES .EXT TO THE GUIDE RAIL AT THE BOT BEFORE THE PLUGS MAKE CONTACT %ARTHING SCREWS
TOM ON THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF EACH MODULE A CON HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON THE REAR WALL OF THE HOUS
TACT AREA WHICH IS ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO THE ING
HOUSING IS INSTALLED TO MATE WITH THE EARTHING
SPRING OF THE MODULE #ONNECTION TO EARTH IS MADE !LL EXTERNAL SIGNALS ARE CONNECTED TO CONNECTOR
BEFORE THE PLUGS MAKE CONTACT %ARTHING SCREWS MODULES WHICH ARE MOUNTED ON THE REAR COVER
HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE OVER CUT OUTS &OR EACH ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ONE
HOUSING !DDITIONALLY TERMINAL IS CONNECTED TO SCREWED TERMINAL AND ONE PARALLEL SNAP IN TERMI
THE CASE NAL ARE PROVIDED &OR FIELD WIRING THE USE OF THE
SCREWED TERMINALS IS RECOMMENDED SNAP IN CON
!LL EXTERNAL SIGNALS ARE CONNECTED TO SCREWED NECTION REQUIRES SPECIAL TOOLS
TERMINALS WHICH ARE ARRANGED OVER CUT OUTS ON THE
TOP AND BOTTOM COVERS 4HE TERMINALS ARE NUM 4HE HEAVY DUTY CURRENT PLUG CONNECTORS PROVIDE
BERED CONSECUTIVELY FROM LEFT TO RIGHT AT THE BOT AUTOMATIC SHORTING OF THE CT CIRCUITS WHENEVER
TOM AND TOP THE MODULES ARE WITHDRAWN 4HIS DOES NOT RELEASE
FROM THE CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN CT SECONDARY CIR
4HE HEAVY DUTY CURRENT PLUG CONNECTORS PROVIDE CUITS ARE CONCERNED
AUTOMATIC SHORTING OF THE CT CIRCUITS WHENEVER
THE MODULES ARE WITHDRAWN 4HIS DOES NOT RELEASE 4HE ISOLATED INTERFACE TO A CENTRAL CONTROL AND STOR
FROM THE CARE TO BE TAKEN WHEN CT SECONDARY CIR AGE UNIT 5-J JJJJJ J" IS LED TO A POLE
CUITS ARE CONCERNED CONNECTION MODULE )N THE INTERFACE FOR OPTICAL
FIBRE CONNECTION 5-J JJJJJ J# A MOD
&OR THE ISOLATED INTERFACE TO A CENTRAL CONTROL AND ULE WITH & 3-! CONNECTORS IS PROVIDED INSTEAD
STORAGE UNIT AN ADDITIONAL COUPLING FACILITY HAS
BEEN PROVIDED &OR THE HARD WIRED 6 23# 4HE PLUG MODULES ARE LABELLED ACCORDING TO THEIR
SERIAL INTERFACE 5-J JJJJJ J" MOUNTING POSITION BY MEANS OF A GRID SYSTEM EG
SCREWED TERMINALS ARE PROVIDED &OR THE INTERFACE ! 4HE INDIVIDUAL CONNECTIONS WITHIN A MODULE
FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION MODEL ARE NUMBERED CONSECUTIVELY FROM LEFT TO RIGHT
5-J JJJJJ J# TWO & 3-! CONNECTORS WHEN VIEWED FROM THE REAR EG ! REFER &IG
HAVE BEEN PROVIDED URE
4HE DEGREE OF PROTECTION FOR THE HOUSING IS )0 $EGREE OF PROTECTION FOR THE HOUSING IS )0 FOR
FOR THE TERMINALS )0 &OR DIMENSIONS PLEASE RE CUBICLE INSTALLATION )0 FOR THE TERMINALS )0
FER TO &IGURE &OR DIMENSIONS PLEASE REFER TO &IGURE
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
$ # " !

$ # " !

6OLTAGE CONNECTOR (EAVY CURRENT CONNECTOR

EG " EG !
!
HORIZONTAL POSITION
VERTICAL POSITION
CONSECUTIVE CONNECTION NUMBER

" !
&IGURE #ONNECTION PLUGS REAR VIEW HOUSING FOR FLUSH MOUNTING EXAMPLE
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
$IMENSIONS
&IGURES AND SHOW THE DIMENSIONS OF THE VARIOUS TYPES OF HOUSINGS AVAILABLE
5- (OUSING FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING 80

)NTERFACE FOR OPTICAL

FIBRE BELOW
2ESET AND PAG
ING BUTTONS

%ARTHING TERMINAL
-AX TERMINALS FOR CROSS SECTION MAX MM

/PTICAL FIBRE CONNECTORS
INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR
WITH CERAMIC POST
EG FOR GLASS FIBRE UM
$IMENSIONS IN MM
&IGURE $IMENSIONS FOR HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
5- (OUSING FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION 80

-OUNTING PLATE

$ # " !
2ESET AND PAGING

BUTTONS #ONNECTOR MODULES

(EAVY CURRENT CONNECTORS

3CREWED TERMINAL FOR MAX MM
4WIN SPRING CRIMP CONNECTOR IN PARALLEL FOR
MAX MM
OR -
&URTHER CONNECTORS
3CREWED TERMINAL FOR MAX MM
4WIN SPRING CRIMP CONNECTOR IN PARALLEL FOR
MAX MM
/PTICAL FIBRE CONNECTORS
INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR
0ANEL CUT OUT WITH CERAMIC POST
EG FOR GLASS FIBRE UM
$IMENSIONS IN MM

&IGURE $IMENSIONS FOR HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
/RDERING DATA
.UMERICAL -ACHINE 0ROTECTION
5- ! !
2ATED CURRENT RATED FREQUENCY
! (Z
! (Z
!UXILIARY VOLTAGE
6 DC
6 DC
6 DC
#ONSTRUCTION
IN HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING "
IN HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING #
IN HOUSING 80 FORCUBICLE INSTALLATION

WITHOUT GLASS FRONT %
3ERIAL INTERFACE FOR COUPLING TO A CONTROL CENTRE
ISOLATED SERIAL INTERFACE SIMILAR 6 OR 23 # "
SERIAL INTERFACE FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION #
# ' #

5- 6 $ESIGN
!CCESSORIES
4HE MEASUREMENT INPUT FOR THE NEUTRAL DISPLACE VOLTAGE OF 6 4HE VOLTAGE DIVIDER 6 6
MENT VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OF THE EARTH FAULT PROTEC TYPE 00 #: IS SUITABLE AND ALSO
TION 5 IS DIMENSIONED FOR A RATED VOLTAGE OF 6 ! INCLUDES A TEST RESISTOR 2EFER TO &IGURE FOR SCHE
VOLTAGE DIVIDER 6 6 IS REQUIRED WHEN CON MATIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM AND TO &IGURE FOR DIMEN
NECTING TO A NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER OR A LINE SIONS
CONNECTED EARTHING TRANSFORMER WITH A SECONDARY
¬ ¬ ¬ ¬

4EST 6 6 6
RESISTOR
&IGURE 3CHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF VOLTAGE DIVIDER 6 6 TYPE 00 #:
$RIP PROOF ROOF
3PACE REQUIRED FOR

REMOVING THE COVER
#OVER
00 WITH DEGREE OF PROTECTION )0 )0 WITH DRIP PROOF ROOF $IMENSIONS IN MM
4YPE A B C D E F G H I K L M Z
00 X
&IGURE $IMENSIONS OF 00 FOR VOLTAGE DIVIDER 00 #: 6 6
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
4ECHNICAL DATA
'ENERAL DATA
)NPUTSOUTPUTS
-EASURING CIRCUITS
2ATED CURRENT ). ! OR !
2ATED VOLTAGE 5. 6 TO 6 SELECTABLE
2ATED FREQUENCY F. (Z OR (Z SELECTABLE
"URDEN CT CIRCUITS PER PHASE

AT ). ! APPROX 6!
AT ). ! APPROX 6!
"URDEN VT CIRCUITS
AT 6 APPROX 6!
FOR EARTH FAULT DETECTION AT 6 APPROX 6!
/VERLOAD CAPABILITY CT CIRCUITS

THERMAL RMS } ). FOR SECOND
} ). FOR SECONDS
} ). CONTINUOUS
DYNAMIC IMPULSE } ). HALF CYCLE
/VERLOAD CAPABILITY VT CIRCUITS

THERMAL RMS 6 CONTINUOUS
!CCURACY RANGE SPECIFIED TOLERANCES FF. AT LEAST ONE MEASURING
/PERATING RANGE ALL FUNCTIONS OPERATE FF. QUANTITY | RATED VALUE
!UXILIARY $# SUPPLY
!UXILIARY DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY VIA INTEGRATED

DCDC CONVERTER
!UXILIARY VOLTAGE 5( 6 DC 6 DC 6 DC
/PERATING RANGES TO 6 DC TO 6 DC TO 6 DC
3UPERIMPOSED AC VOLTAGE AT RATED VOLTAGE

PEAK TO PEAK AT THE LIMITS OF THE VOLTAGE RANGES
0OWER CONSUMPTION QUIESCENT APPROX 7

PICKED UP APPROX 7
"RIDGING TIME DURING FAILURESHORT CIRCUIT
OF AUXILIARY DC VOLTAGE MS AT 5 6 DC
(EAVY DUTY TRIP CONTACTS
4RIP RELAYS NUMBER

#ONTACTS PER RELAY X ./ X ./
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
3WITCHING CAPACITY -!+% 76!

"2%!+ 76!
3WITCHING VOLTAGE 6

0ERMISSIBLE CURRENT ! CONTINUOUS
! FOR S
3IGNAL CONTACTS
3IGNAL RELAYS NUMBER

#ONTACTS PER RELAY #/ OR ./
WITCHING CAPACITY -!+%"2%!+ 76!
3WITCHING VOLTAGE 6
0ERMISSIBLE CURRENT !
"INARY INPUTS NUMBER
6OLTAGE RANGE RECONNECTABLE TO 6 DC IN RANGES

FOR RATED CONTROL VOLTAGE 6DC 6DC
0ICK UP VALUE APPROX 6DC 6DC
#URRENT CONSUMPTION APPROX M! INDEPENDENT OF OPERATING VOLTAGE
3ERIAL INTERFACES
/PERATOR TERMINAL INTERFACE NON ISOLATED
#ONNECTION AT THE FRONT POLE SUBMINIATURE CONNECTOR

ACCORDING )3/ FOR CONNECTION OF A PERSONAL
COMPUTER OR SIMILAR
4RANSMISSION SPEED AS DELIVERED "AUD
MIN "AUD MAX "AUD
)NTERFACE FOR DATA TRANSFER TO A CONTROL CENTRE ISOLATED
3TANDARDS SIMILAR 66 TO ##)44 23 # TO %)!

0ROTOCOL TO )%# AND 6$%7:6%) OR
ACCORDING $).
4RANSMISSION SPEED AS DELIVERED "AUD
MIN "AUD MAX "AUD
4RANSMISSION SECURITY (AMMING DISTANCE D
#ONNECTION DIRECTLY AT HOUSING TERMINALS

CORE PAIRS WITH INDIVIDUAL AND COMMON SCREENING
EG ,) 9#9 #9 X X MM
4RANSMISSION DISTANCE MAX M
4EST VOLTAGE K6 (Z
#ONNECTION OPTICAL FIBRE INTEGRATED & 3-! CONNECTOR FOR DIRECT OPTICAL FIBRE
CONNECTION WITH CERAMIC POST
EG GLASS FIBRE ¿M
FOR FLUSH MOUNTED HOUSING AT THE REAR
FOR SURFACE MOUNTED HOUSING ON THE BOTTOM COVER
/PTICAL WAVE LENGTH NM

0ERMISSIBLE LINE ATTENUATION MAX D"
4RANSMISSION DISTANCE MAX KM
.ORMAL SIGNAL POSITION RECONNECTABLE FACTORY SETTING LIGHT OFF
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
%LECTRICAL TESTS
)NSULATION TESTS
3TANDARDS )%#
(IGH VOLTAGE TEST ROUTINE TEST K6 RMS (Z

EXCEPT DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY INPUT
(IGH VOLTAGE TEST ROUTINE TEST K6 DC

ONLY DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY INPUT
)MPULSE VOLTAGE TEST TYPE TEST K6 PEAK ¿S * POSITIVE
ALL CIRCUITS CLASS ))) AND NEGATIVE SHOTS AT INTERVALS OF S
%-# TESTS IMMUNITY TYPE TESTS
3TANDARDS )%# )%# PRODUCT STANDARDS

%. GENERIC STANDARD
6$% PART
(IGH FREQUENCY K6 PEAK -(Z Ç ¿S SHOTSS

)%# CLASS ))) DURATION S
%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE K6 K6 CONTACT DISCHARGE K6 AIR DISCHARGE

)%# CLASS ))) BOTH POLARITIES P& 2 ¬
I
AND )%# CLASS )))
2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD 6M -(Z TO -(Z

NON MODULATED )%# REPORT CLASS
2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD 6M -(Z TO -(Z !- K(Z
AMPLITUDE MODULATED )%# CLASS
2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD PULSE 6M -(Z REPETITION FREQUENCY (Z
MODULATED )%# %.6 CLASS DUTY CYCLE
&AST TRANSIENTS
)%# AND )%# CLASS K6 NS K(Z BURST LENGTH MS
REPETITION RATE MS BOTH POLARITIES 2 ¬
I
DURATION MIN
#ONDUCTED DISTURBANCES INDUCED BY

RADIO FREQUENCY FIELDS AMPLITUDE MODULATED 6 K(Z TO -(Z !- K(Z
)%# CLASS )))
0OWER FREQUENCY MAGNETIC FIELD

)%# CLASS )6 !M CONTINUOUS !M FOR S (Z
)%# M4 (Z
%-# TESTS EMISSION TYPE TESTS
3TANDARD %. J GENERIC STANDARD
#ONDUCTED INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE AUX VOLTAGE K(Z TO -(Z

#)302 %. CLASS "
)NTERFERENCE FIELD STRENGTH -(Z TO -(Z
#)302 %. CLASS !
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
-ECHANICAL STRESS TESTS
6IBRATION AND SHOCK DURING OPERATION
3TANDARDS )%#

AND )%#
6IBRATION SINUSOIDAL
)%# CLASS (Z TO (Z MM AMPLITUDE
)%# (Z TO (Z G ACCELERATION
SWEEP RATE OCTAVEMIN
CYCLES IN ORTHOGONAL AXES
3HOCK HALF SINE

)%# CLASS ACCELERATION G DURATION MS SHOCKS IN
EACH DIRECTION OF ORTHOGONAL AXES
3EISMIC VIBRATION SINUSOIDAL

)%# CLASS (Z TO (Z MM AMPLITUDE HOR AXIS
)%# (Z TO (Z MM AMPLITUDE VERT AXIS
(Z TO (Z G ACCELERATION HOR AXIS
(Z TO (Z G ACCELERATION VERT AXIS
CYCLE IN ORTHOGONAL AXES
6IBRATION AND SHOCK DURING TRANSPORT
3TANDARDS )%#

AND )%#
6IBRATION SINUSOIDAL
)%# CLASS (Z TO (Z MM AMPLITUDE
)%# (Z TO (Z G ACCELERATION
CYCLES IN ORTHOGONAL AXES
3HOCK HALF SINE

)%# CLASS ACCELERATION G DURATION MS SHOCKS IN
)%# EACH DIRECTION OF ORTHOGONAL AXES
#ONTINUOUS SHOCK HALF SINE

)%# CLASS ACCELERATION G DURATION MS SHOCKS
)%# EACH DIRECTION OF ORTHOGONAL AXES
#LIMATIC STRESS TESTS
RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE DURING SERVICE # TO # # DECREASED

DISPLAY CONTRAST
PERMISSIBLE TEMPERATURE DURING SERVICE # TO #
PERMISSIBLE TEMPERATURE DURING STORAGE # TO #

PERMISSIBLE TEMPERATURE DURING TRANSPORT # TO #
3TORAGE AND TRANSPORT WITH STANDARD WORKS PACKAGING
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
0ERMISSIBLE HUMIDITY MEAN VALUE PER YEAR RELATIVE HUMIDITY

ON DAYS PER YEAR RELATIVE HUMIDITY
#ONDENSATION NOT PERMISSIBLE
7E RECOMMEND THAT ALL UNITS ARE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THEY ARE NOT SUBJECTED TO DIRECT SUNLIGHT NOR TO LARGE TEM
PERATURE FLUCTUATIONS WHICH MAY GIVE RISE TO CONDENSATION
3ERVICE CONDITIONS
4HE RELAY IS DESIGNED FOR USE IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRON NORMALLY NECESSARY FOR SUBSTATIONS OF LOWER VOLT
MENT FOR INSTALLATION IN STANDARD RELAY ROOMS AND AGES
COMPARTMENTS SO THAT WITH PROPER INSTALLATION ELEC
TRO MAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY %-# IS ENSURED 4HE )T IS NOT PERMISSIBLE TO WITHDRAW OR INSERT INDIVIDU
FOLLOWING SHOULD ALSO BE HEEDED AL MODULES UNDER VOLTAGE )N THE WITHDRAWN CONDI
TION SOME COMPONENTS ARE ELECTROSTATICALLY EN
!LL CONTACTORS AND RELAYS WHICH OPERATE IN THE DANGERED DURING HANDLING THE STANDARDS FOR
SAME CUBICLE OR ON THE SAME RELAY PANEL AS THE ELECTROSTATICALLY ENDANGERED COMPONENTS MUST
DIGITAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SHOULD AS A RULE BE BE OBSERVED 4HE MODULES ARE NOT ENDANGERED
FITTED WITH SUITABLE SPIKE QUENCHING ELEMENTS WHEN PLUGGED IN
!LL EXTERNAL CONNECTION LEADS IN SUBSTATIONS FROM 7!2.).' 4HE RELAY IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN RESI
K6 UPWARDS SHOULD BE SCREENED WITH A DENTIAL COMMERCIAL OR LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT
SCREEN CAPABLE OF CARRYING POWER CURRENTS AND AS DEFINED IN %.
EARTHED AT BOTH SIDES .O SPECIAL MEASURES ARE
$ESIGN
(OUSING 80 REFER TO 3ECTION
$IMENSIONS REFER TO 3ECTION
7EIGHT
IN HOUSING FOR SURFACE MOUNTING APPROX KG
IN HOUSING FOR FLUSH MOUNTING APPROX KG
$EGREE OF PROTECTION ACC TO %.

(OUSING )0

4ERMINALS )0
)0 FOR CUBICLE INSTALLATION THE DEGREE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED FOR THE POINT OF INSTALLATION MUST BE ENSURED BY THE CUBICLE
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
/VERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION

0HASE CURRENTS )PH). TO STEPS
$ROP OFF RATIO APPROX
-EASURING TOLERANCES ACCORDING 6$% PART q OF SET VALUE
5NDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN 5 6 TO 6 STEPS 6

)MPEDANCE MEASUREMENT
#HARACTERISTIC POLYGONAL INDEPENDENT STAGES

3ETTING VALUES BASED ON ). !

8 FORWARDS REACH 8 8" 8 ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
2 RESISTANCE TOLERANCE 2 2" 2 ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
-EASURING TOLERANCES ACCORDING 6$% PART 8 FOR ^ SC ^
WITH SINUSOIDAL QUANTITIES 8
2 FOR ^ SC ^
2
3ECONDARY VALUES FOR ). ! FOR ). ! THE VALUES ARE TO BE DIVIDED BY
4IMES
3HORTEST TRIPPING TIME MS

$ROP OFF TIME APPROX MS TO MS
4IME STAGES T T" T T FINAL STAGE S TO S STEPS S

OR 0 IE STAGE INEFFECTIVE
$ROP OFF DELAY TIME TD S TO S STEPS S
(OLDING TIME OF UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN S TO S STEPS S
4IME EXPIRY TOLERANCES OF SET VALUE OR MS
4HE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES
3ETTING THE DIFFERENCE 2 BETWEEN THE POLYGONS ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
SECONDARY BASED ON ). !

3ETTING RATE OF CHANGE 24 ¬S TO ¬S STEPS ¬S
!CTION TIME S TO S STEPS S

OR 0 IE UNTIL DROP OFF OF THE POWER SWING
POLYGON
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES
!UXILIARY DC VOLTAGE IN RANGE 5(5(.

4EMPERATURE IN RANGE ^# AMB ^# +
&REQUENCY IN RANGE FF.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
3ETTING RANGESSTEPS
$ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE 5 6 TO 6 STEPS 6
4IME DELAYS 4 S TO S STEPS S

$ROP OFF TIME 4R S TO S STEPS S
4IMES
0ICK UP TIME
5 MS
$ROP OFF TIME APPROX MS
$ROP OFF RATIO

$ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE 5 APPROX
4OLERANCES
$ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE 5 OF SET VALUE
4IME DELAYS 4 BUT MIN MS
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES
!UXILIARY DC VOLTAGE

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
IN RANGE ^# AMB ^# +
&REQUENCY
IN RANGE FF.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
0ICK UP
0OSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT )POS). TO STEPS

.EGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT )NEG). TO STEPS
$ROP OFF RATIO )POS ). APPROX
$ROP OFF RATIO )NEG ). APPROX
#HARACTERISTIC POLYGONAL
3ETTING VALUES BASED ON ). !

)MPEDANCE :A ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
)MPEDANCE :B ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
)MPEDANCE :C ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
)MPEDANCE :D :C ¬ TO ¬ STEPS ¬
INCLINATION ANGLE OF POLYGON 0 ^ TO ^
.UMBER OF PERMISSIBLE OUT OF STEP PERIODS

CHARACTERISTIC TO
CHARACTERISTIC TO
-EASURING TOLERANCES ACCORDING 6$% PART 8 FOR ^ SC ^
WITH SINUSOIDAL QUANTITIES 8
2 FOR ^ SC ^
2
4IMES
(OLDING TIME OF PICK UP S TO S STEPS S
(OLDING TIME FOR OUT OF STEP ANNUNCIATION S TO S STEPS S
$ROP OFF TIME S TO S STEPS S
4IME EXPIRY TOLERANCES OF SET VALUE OR MS
4HE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
&REQUENCY
IN RANGE F. TO F.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
3ETTING RANGESSTEPS
&ORWARD POWER 0F TO 3. STEPS 3.
&ORWARD POWER 0F TO 3. STEPS 3.
4IME DELAYS 40F 40F S TO S STEPS S

$ROP OFF DELAYS S TO S STEPS S
0ICK UP TIMES
ACTIVE POWER 0F 0F MS AT (Z
MS AT (Z
2ESET TIMES
ACTIVE POWER 0F 0F MS AT (Z
MS AT (Z
$ROP OFF HYSTERESIS

ACTIVE POWER 0F APPROX OF SET VALUE OR 3.
ACTIVE POWER 0F APPROX OF SET VALUE OR 3.
4OLERANCES
ACTIVE POWER 0F 0F 3. OF SET VALUE

AT 1 3.
3.RATED APPARENT POWER
1REACTIVE POWER
TIME DELAYS 4 BUT MIN MS
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
&REQUENCY
IN RANGE F. TO F.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
3ETTING RANGESSTEPS
2EVERSE POWER \ 0R\ TO STEPS
4IME DELAYS 4 4 STOP VALVE NORMAL STATETRIPPED S TO S STEPS S
$ROP OFF DELAY 4R S TO S STEPS S
0ICK UP TIMES
2EVERSE POWER \ 0R\ MS AT (Z
MS AT (Z
$ROP OFF TIMES MS AT (Z

2EVERSE POWER \ 0R\ MS AT (Z
4OLERANCES
2EVERSE POWER \ 0R\ 3. OF SET VALUE

AT 1 3.
3.RATED APPARENT POWER
1 REACTIVE POWER
4IME DELAYS 4 BUT MIN MS
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
&REQUENCY
IN RANGE F. TO F.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
3ETTING RANGESSTEPS
0ERMISSIBLE UNBALANCED LOAD )). TO STEPS
4HERMAL TIME CONSTANT Ç S TO S STEPS S
4HERMAL WARNING STAGE WARN TRIP TO STEPS
4RIPPING STAGE DEFINITE TIME )). TO STEPS
4IME DELAYS 4) 4 ) S TO S STEPS S

$ROP OFF DELAYS 4R S TO S STEPS S

) ) PERM
4RIP CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THERMAL REPLICA TÇ LN
REFER ALSO TO &IGURE ) ) PERM
FOR ))PERM AND )). T TRIPPING TIME
Ç THERMAL TIME CONSTANT
) NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT
)PERM CONTINUOUSLY PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE
SEQUENCE CURRENT
0ICK UP TIMES
7ARNING STAGE ) TRIPPING STAGE )% APPROX MS
$ROP OFF TIMES

7ARNING STAGE ) TRIPPING STAGE )% APPROX MS
$ROP OFF RATIOS
7ARNING STAGE ) TRIPPING STAGE )% APPROX

Õ TRIP DROP OFF AT | WARN
Õ WARN APPROX
4OLERANCES
THERMAL REPLICA q REF )

q S REF T
TO PICK UP VALUES ) )% q OF SET VALUE
TO STAGE TIMES q BUT MIN MS
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
IN RANGE # AMB # +
&REQUENCY
IN RANGE FF.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
TS

0ARAMETER
TIME CONSTANT ÇS

S

S

S

S

S

))PERM
) ) PERM
TÇ LN
FOR )).
) ) PERM
&IGURE 4RIP CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THERMAL UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION STAGE
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
!NCILLARY FUNCTIONS
%XTERNAL TRIP COMMANDS VIA BINARY INPUT
3ETTING RANGESSTEPS
4IME DELAYS 4 S TO S STEPS S

$ROP OFF DELAY 4R S TO S STEPS S
4IMES
OPERATING TIME APPROX MS AT (Z (Z
$ROP OFF TIMES APPROX MS AT (Z (Z
4OLERANCE
4IME DELAYS 4 4R BUT MIN MS
)NFLUENCE VARIABLES

IN RANGE 5(5(.
4EMPERATURE
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
/UTPUT OF MEASURED VALUES
/PERATIONAL VALUES OF CURRENTS ), ), ),

IN K! PRIMARY AND IN ).
-EASUREMENT RANGE TO ).
4OLERANCE OF RATED VALUE
0OSITIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT COMPONENT )POS

-EASUREMENT RANGE TO ).
/PERATIONAL VOLTAGE VALUES 5, . 5, . 5, .

IN K6 PRIMARY AND IN 6 SECONDARY
-EASUREMENT RANGE 6 TO 6
0OSITIVE SEQUENCE VOLTAGE COMPONENT o | 5POS

&REQUENCY &2%1
-EASUREMENT RANGE (Z TO (Z
/PERATIONAL VALUES OF POWERS 0 1 ACTIVE AND REACTIVE POWER

IN 3. o 5. ).
-EASUREMENT RANGE TO
0OWER FACTOR COS

4OLERANCE
Õ 0OWER ANGLE
4OLERANCE
$ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE 5

2ESISTANCE 2¬
-EASUREMENT RANGE ¬ TO ¬
4OLERANCE OR ¬ FOR ^ + ^
2EACTANCE 8¬
-EASUREMENT RANGE ¬ TO ¬
4OLERANCE OR ¬ FOR ^ + ^
5NBALANCED LOAD )).

!LL INDICATIONS q DIGIT DISPLAY TOLERANCE
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
4EMPERATURE RISE CALCULATED FROM

UNBALANCED LOAD TRIP
4OLERANCE REFERRED TO TRIP
!LL INDICATIONS q DIGIT DISPLAY TOLERANCE
-EASURED VALUES PLAUSIBILITY CHECKS
3UM OF CURRENTS PHASES

3UM OF VOLTAGES PHASES AND DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE
3TEADY STATE MEASURED VALUE SUPERVISION
#URRENT UNBALANCE )MAX)MIN SYMMETRY FACTOR

AS LONG AS ) )LIMIT
6OLTAGE UNBALANCE 5MAX5MIN SYMMETRY FACTOR

AS LONG AS 5 5LIMIT
0HASE SEQUENCE CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION
&AULT EVENT DATA STORAGE
3TORAGE OF ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE LAST FOUR FAULT EVENTS THREE OF WHICH CAN BE READ OUT LOCALLY
2EAL TIME CLOCK
2ESOLUTION FOR OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS MIN

2ESOLUTION FOR FAULT EVENT ANNUNCIATIONS MS
MAX TIME DEVIATION
"UFFER BATTERY ,ITHIUM "ATTERY 6 !H 4YPE #2 !!
3ELF DISCHARGE TIME YEARS
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
$ATA STORAGE FOR FAULT RECORDING OPTIONALLY INSTANTANEOUS VALUES OR RMS VALUES
)NSTANTANEOUS VALUES
3TORAGE PERIOD PICK UP OR TRIP COMMAND MS

MAX S SELECTABLE PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIME
3AMPLING RATE INSTANTANEOUS VALUE PER MS AT (Z

INSTANTANEOUS VALUE PER MS AT (Z
PHASE CURRENTS I, I, I,

PHASE VOLTAGES U, . U, . U, .
DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE U
RMS VALUES
3TORAGE PERIOD
MAX S SELECTABLE PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIME
3AMPLING RATE RMS VALUE PER MS AT (Z

RMS VALUE PER MS AT (Z
POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF CURRENTS )POS

POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF PHASE VOLTAGES
5POS
POWER ANGLE
UNBALANCED LOAD CURRENT )).
RESISTANCE 2
REACTANCE 8
ACTIVE POWER 03.

REACTIVE POWER 13.
# ' #

5- 6 4ECHNICAL DATA
/PERATING RANGES OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
4HE UNIT CONTAINS AN INTEGRATED FREQUENCY CORRECTION OPERATE ON INCREASE OF MEASURED VALUES BECOME
OF THE AMPLITUDES 4HE FOLLOWING FREQUENCY RANGES THEREFORE LESS SENSITIVE 0ROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH
ARE DEFINED OPERATE ON DECREASE OF MEASURED QUANTITIES ARE
BLOCKED OUTSIDE OF THE OPERATING RANGE
4HE TOLERANCES AS STATED ARE MAINTAINED IN THE ACCU
RACY RANGE 4HIS IS DEFINED WITHIN OF THE )F NONE OF THE MEASURED AC QUANTITIES IS PRESENT ALL
RATED FREQUENCY PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH OPERATE WITH MEASURED
QUANTITIES ARE INEFFECTIVE ! TRIP SIGNAL ONCE ISSUED
4HE OPERATING RANGE IS DEFINED WITHIN OF THE IS OF COURSE MAINTAINED FOR AT LEAST THE DURATION OF
RATED FREQUENCY !MPLITUDE CORRECTION IS CARRIED OUT THE PARAMETERIZED RESET TIME 4HE ACTIVE STATE RE
IN THIS RANGE QUIRES THAT AT LEAST ONE MEASURED AC QUANTITY BE
PRESENT AND THAT THE FREQUENCY LIES IN THE RANGE
.O AMPLITUDE CORRECTION IS CARRIED OUT OUTSIDE OF (Z TO (Z 4HE PURE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS WHICH DO
THE OPERATING RANGE 4HIS RESULTS IN REDUCTION OF THE NOT USE AC QUANTITIES IE THE EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTIONS
MEASURED AC QUANTITIES BECAUSE OF THE AMPLITUDE VIA BINARY INPUTS CAN OPERATE EVEN IN CASE OF THE IN
RESPONSE OF THE FILTERS !LL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH EFFECTIVE STATE
WITHOUT THE OPERATING OPERATING RANGE NO SIGNAL

RANGE
2ATED FREQUENCY
(Z F(Z F(Z F (Z F (Z
F(Z 3IGNAL TOO SMALL
(Z F(Z F(Z F (Z F (Z

0ROTECTION FUNCTION F(Z 3IGNAL TOO SMALL
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION ACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 ACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION INACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
&ORWARD ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION INACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION ACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION ACTIVE ACTIVE INACTIVE
%XTERNAL TRIP COMMANDS ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS INACTIVE BECAUSE CONNECTION WITH THE SYSTEM CANNOT EXIST
&ORWARD ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION IS DEACTIVATED IN ORDER TO PREVENT IT FROM OVERFUNCTION
&IGURE /PERATING RANGES OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
# ' #

5- 6 -ETHOD OF OPERATION
-ETHOD OF OPERATION
/PERATION OF COMPLETE UNIT
4HE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION 5- IS MEASUREMENT TRANSFORMERS OF THE SWITCHGEAR AND
EQUIPPED WITH A POWERFUL AND PROVEN BIT MICRO MATCH THEM TO THE INTERNAL PROCESSING LEVEL OF THE
PROCESSOR 4HIS PROVIDES FULLY DIGITAL PROCESSING OF UNIT !PART FROM THE GALVANIC AND LOW CAPACITIVE ISO
ALL FUNCTIONS FROM DATA ACQUISITION OF MEASURED VAL LATION PROVIDED BY THE INPUT TRANSFORMERS FILTERS ARE
UES TO THE TRIP SIGNALS FOR THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PROVIDED FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF INTERFERENCE 4HE FIL
TERS HAVE BEEN OPTIMIZED WITH REGARD TO BANDWIDTH
&IGURE SHOWS THE BASE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIT AND PROCESSING SPEED TO SUIT THE MEASURED VALUE
PROCESSING 4HE MATCHED ANALOG VALUES ARE THEN
4HE TRANSDUCERS OF THE MEASURED VALUE INPUT SEC PASSED TO THE ANALOG INPUT SECTION !%
TION -% TRANSFORM THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES FROM THE
, , , -% !%
¯ ,#$ DISPLAY
X
CHARACTERS
&AULT
&AULT
2EADY
SIGNALS
CAN BE MAR
SHALLED
'
¿#
,%$ CAN BE
MARSHALLED
,%$
#7 2ESET TRIP COMMANDS
2 CAN BE MAR
/PERATOR SHALLED
&
PANEL
$! 0
-3 *9 . %
3ERIAL
BINARY INTERFACE #ONTROL CENTRE
INPUTS ISOLATED
CAN BE
MARSHALLED 3ERIAL 0ERSONAL
INTERFACE COMPUTER
0OWER
SUPPLY
&IGURE (ARDWARE STRUCTURE OF MACHINE PROTECTION RELAY 5-
# ' #

4HE ANALOG INPUT SECTION !% CONTAINS INPUT AMPLIFI IN PARTICULAR TRIP COMMANDS TO THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
ERS SAMPLE AND HOLD ELEMENTS FOR EACH INPUT ANA SIGNALS FOR REMOTE SIGNALLING OF IMPORTANT EVENTS AND
LOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTERS AND MEMORY CIRCUITS FOR THE CONDITIONS AS WELL AS VISUAL INDICATORS ,%$S AND AN
DATA TRANSFER TO THE MICROPROCESSOR ALPHANUMERICAL DISPLAY ON THE FRONT
!PART FROM CONTROL AND SUPERVISION OF THE MEASURED !N INTEGRATED MEMBRANE KEYBOARD IN CONNECTION
VALUES THE MICROPROCESSOR PROCESSES THE ACTUAL WITH A BUILT IN ALPHANUMERICAL ,#$ DISPLAY ENABLES
PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS 4HESE INCLUDE IN PARTICULAR COMMUNICATION WITH THE UNIT !LL OPERATIONAL DATA
SUCH AS SETTING VALUES PLANT DATA ETC ARE ENTERED
FILTERING AND FORMATION OF THE MEASURED QUANTITIES INTO THE PROTECTION FROM THIS PANEL REFER TO 3ECTION
5SING THIS PANEL THE PARAMETERS CAN BE RE
EVALUATION OF THE FREQUENCY OF THE MEASURED VAL CALLED AND THE RELEVANT DATA FOR THE EVALUATION OF A
UES IN ORDER TO MATCH THE FILTERS FAULT CAN BE READ OUT AFTER A FAULT HAS OCCURRED REFER
TO 3ECTION 4HE DIALOG WITH THE RELAY CAN BE CAR
CALCULATION OF THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENTS RIED OUT ALTERNATIVELY VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE IN THE
OF CURRENT AND VOLTAGE FRONT PLATE BY MEANS OF AN OPERATOR PANEL OR A PER
SONAL COMPUTER
CALCULATION OF THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT FOR
UNBALANCED LOAD DETECTION 6IA A SECOND SERIAL INTERFACE FAULT DATA CAN BE TRANS
MITTED TO A CENTRAL EVALUATION UNIT $URING HEALTHY
DETERMINATION OF THE ACTIVE AND REACTIVE COMPO OPERATION MEASURED VALUES CAN ALSO BE TRANS
NENTS OF POWER MITTED EG LOAD CURRENTS 4HIS SECOND INTERFACE IS
ISOLATED AND THUS SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS FOR EX
CONTINUOUS CALCULATION OF THE VALUES WHICH ARE TERNAL SIGNALS IE ISOLATION AND INTERFERENCE SUP
RELEVANT FOR FAULT DETECTION PRESSION COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO
)%# AND 6$% PART
DETERMINATION OF THE FAULTED PHASES IN CASE OF A
FAULT #OMMUNICATION VIA THIS INTERFACE IS ALTERNATIVELY POS
SIBLE BY MEANS OF FIBRE OPTIC LINKS PROVIDED THIS IN
CALCULATION OF THE LOOP IMPEDANCE FOR IMPEDANCE TERFACE IS ACCORDINGLY ORDERED REFER TO 3ECTION
PROTECTION /RDERING DATA
SCANNING OF VALUES FOR THE THERMAL REPLICA OF ROTOR ! POWER SUPPLY UNIT PROVIDES THE AUXILIARY SUPPLY ON
SURFACE THE VARIOUS VOLTAGE LEVELS TO THE DESCRIBED FUNCTIONAL
UNITS 6 IS USED FOR THE RELAY OUTPUTS 4HE ANALOG
SCANNING OF LIMIT VALUES AND TIME SEQUENCES INPUT REQUIRES q 6 WHEREAS THE PROCESSOR AND ITS
IMMEDIATE PERIPHERALS ARE SUPPLIED WITH 6 4RAN
DECISION ABOUT TRIP COMMANDS SIENT FAILURES IN THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE UP TO MS
WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING SHORT CIRCUITS IN THE DC SUP
STORAGE OF INSTANTANEOUS CURRENT AND VOLTAGE VAL PLY SYSTEM OF THE PLANT ARE BRIDGED BY A DC VOLTAGE
UES DURING A FAULT FOR ANALYSIS STORAGE ELEMENT RATED AUXILIARY VOLTAGE 6DC
"INARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS TO AND FROM THE PROCESSOR 4HE PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS ARE DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN
ARE CHANNELLED VIA THE INPUTOUTPUT ELEMENTS &ROM THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS %ACH FUNCTION CAN BE INDIVID
THESE THE PROCESSOR RECEIVES INFORMATION FROM THE UALLY ACTIVATED OR RENDERED INOPERATIVE !S EACH
SWITCHGEAR EG REMOTE RESETTING OR FROM OTHER FUNCTION IS REALIZED BY ITS OWN AUTONOMOUS FIRMWARE
EQUIPMENT EG BLOCKING SIGNALS /UTPUTS INCLUDE MUTUAL INTERFERENCE IS EXCLUDED
# ' #

4HE MACHINE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION IS USED AS A SE $ETERMINATION OF THE

LECTIVE TIME GRADED PROTECTION TO PROVIDE SHORTEST SHORT CIRCUIT IMPEDANCE
POSSIBLE TRIPPING TIMES FOR SHORT CIRCUITS IN THE SYN
CHRONOUS MACHINE ON THE TERMINAL LEADS AS WELL AS
IN THE LOWER VOLTAGE WINDING OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER )T &OR CALCULATION OF THE FAULT IMPEDANCE THE CURRENTS
THUS PROVIDES A FAST BACK UP PROTECTION TO THE GENER AND VOLTAGES OF THE FAULTY LOOP ARE DECISIVE 4HE
ATOR AND TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL RELAYS )T OPERATES PHASE SELECTIVE FAULT DETECTOR DETERMINES THE FAULTED
AS A TIME DELAYED OVERCURRENT PROTECTION FOR SHORT LOOP AND RELEASES THE CORRESPONDING MEASUREMENT
CIRCUITS ON THE HIGHER VOLTAGE SIDE OF THE TRANSFORMER VALUES FOR IMPEDANCE CALCULATION
THUS PROVIDING A BACK UP PROTECTION FOR THESE FAULTS
0ICK UP IN ONE SINGLE PHASE RESULTS IN SELECTION OF THE
ASSOCIATED LINE TO EARTH LOOP FOR IMPEDANCE EVALUA
TION
&AULT DETECTION
0ICK UP IN TWO PHASES RESULTS IN SELECTION OF THE AS
&AULT DETECTION HAS THE DUTY TO DETECT A FAULTY CONDI SOCIATED PHASE TO PHASE LOOP FOR IMPEDANCE EVALU
TION IN THE POWER SYSTEM AND TO INITIATE ALL THE NECES ATION
SARY PROCEDURES FOR SELECTIVE CLEARANCE OF THE FAULT
)F THREE PHASE PICK UP OCCURS THE LARGEST OF THE
3TART THE DELAY TIMES THREE PHASE CURRENTS DETERMINES THE SELECTED
3ELECTION OF THE MEASURED VALUES PHASE TO EARTH LOOP FOR IMPEDANCE EVALUATION )F ALL
2ELEASE OF IMPEDANCE CALCULATION THREE CURRENTS ARE EQUAL THEN , % IS SELECTED
2ELEASE OF TRIPPING COMMAND
)NDICATIONOUTPUT OF THE FAULTY CONDUCTORS 4HE TRIPPING ZONES OF THE MACHINE IMPEDANCE PRO
TECTION RELAY HAVE A POLYGONALLY SHAPED TRIP CHARAC
/VERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION IS USED FOR THE MACHINE TERISTIC SEE ALSO &IGURE )T IS A SYMMETRICAL CHAR
IMPEDANCE PROTECTION WHICH CAN BE SUPPLEMENTED ACTERISTIC EVEN THOUGH A FAULT IN REVERSE DIRECTION
BY AN UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN CIRCUIT &OLLOWING NUMER NEGATIVE 2 AND 8 VALUES IS IMPOSSIBLE PROVIDED THE
IC FILTERING THE CURRENTS IN EACH PHASE ARE MONITORED USUAL CONNECTION TO THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AT THE
IN COMPARISON WITH A SET THRESHOLD VALUE ! PICK UP STAR POINT SIDE OF THE MACHINE IS USED 4HE POLYGON
SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FOR THAT THOSE PHASES IN WHICH THE IS IDENTIFIED BY TWO PARAMETERS THE 2 INTERSECTION
SET THRESHOLD HAS BEEN EXCEEDED 4HE OVERCURRENT AND THE 8 INTERSECTION 2EACTANCE INTERSECTION 8
FAULT DETECTOR IS RESET WHEN OF THE PICK UP VALUE AND RESISTANCE INTERSECTION 2 CAN BE SET SEPARATELY
IS FALLEN BELOW UNLESS IT IS MAINTAINED BY THE UNDER AND INDEPENDENTLY FROM EACH OTHER
VOLTAGE SEAL IN FEATURE
!S LONG AS A FAULT DETECTOR HAS PICKED UP THE IMPED
)N CASE OF EXCITATION SYSTEMS DERIVING THEIR POWER ANCE CALCULATION IS EFFECTED CONTINUOUSLY 4HIS IS CAR
FROM THE MACHINE TERMINALS OR FROM THE NETWORK THE RIED OUT BY COMPLEX DIVISION OF THE VOLTAGE AND CUR
EXCITATION VOLTAGE CAN RAPIDLY DECAY TO ALMOST ZERO RENT PHASORS DERIVED FROM THE LOOP SELECTION 7HEN
4HIS RESULTS IN DECREASING SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT IN THE CALCULATED FAULT IMPEDANCE LIES WITHIN THE SET TRIP
SPITE OF THE SHORT CIRCUIT AND CONSEQUENTLY DROP OFF CHARACTERISTIC THE PROTECTION ISSUES A TRIP COMMAND
OF THE OVERCURRENT FAULT DETECTORS )N SUCH CASES THE WHICH MAY BE DELAYED ACCORDING TO THE TIME SETTING
IMPEDANCE PROTECTION PICK UP IS MAINTAINED FOR A
SUFFICIENTLY LONG PERIOD BY MEANS OF AN UNDERVOLTAGE 4HE PROTECTED ZONES CAN BE CHOSEN SUCH THAT THE
CONTROLLED SEAL IN CIRCUIT USING THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE FIRST STAGE : 4 COVERS FAULTS IN THE GENERATOR AND
VOLTAGE &AULT DETECTION WILL DROP OFF ONLY WHEN THE THE LOWER VOLTAGE SIDE OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER WHERE
VOLTAGE HAS REAPPEARED TO A MAGNITUDE OF OF AS THE SECOND STAGE : 4 MEASURES INTO THE NET
THE PREDETERMINED VALUE OR WHEN THE HOLDING TIME WORK )T SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FAULTS IN THE SYSTEM
HAS EXPIRED 4HE SEAL IN CIRCUIT CAN BE TEMPORARILY CAUSE IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT ERRORS DUE TO THE
BLOCKED VIA A BINARY INPUT 6ERSION 6 OR LATER CONNECTION GROUP STAR DELTA OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER
5- USES THE PHASE EARTH LOOP WITH THE HIGHEST
&IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE FAULT DE PHASE CURRENT FOR IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT 4HUS
TECTION MODULE OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION OVERREACH CAN BE EXCLUDED
# ' #

&AULTS OUTSIDE OF THE SECOND ZONE ARE CLEARED BY THE DETECTED FAULT CAN ONLY BE IN THE POWER STATION AREA
FINAL STAGE 4 )F THE POSITION OF THE NETWORK CIRCUIT BREAKER IS INDI
CATED TO THE RELAY BY A BREAKER AUXILIARY CONTACT VIA A
)T MAY BE DESIRABLE DEPENDENT OF THE SWITCHING CON BINARY INPUT OF THE RELAY THE OVERREACHING ZONE :"
DITIONS OF THE POWER PLANT TO EXTENT THE RAPID IMPED CAN BE SWITCHED EFFECTIVE IN THIS CASE REFER ALSO TO
ANCE STAGE : TO AN OVERREACHING ZONE 7HEN FOR &IGURE IN 3ECTION
EXAMPLE THE NETWORK CIRCUIT BREAKER IS OPEN THEN A
),

3 1 &.O
)MP &AULT ,
2
4 3%!, ).
&.O
)MP &AULT ,
),
3 1
&.O
)MP 'EN&LT
2
&.O
4 3%!, ).
)MP ) 5
),
3 1
&.O
)MP &AULT ,
2
4 3%!, ).

)MP BLOCK
&.O
)MP BLOCK
5NDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN
ON
5 &UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATION

OFF
5NDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN BLOCK
&.O
)5 BLOCK

&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE FAULT DETECTION STAGE OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
# ' #

!S SHOWN IN &IGURE THE RELAY POSSESSES THE FOL ND ZONE ZONE : WITH THE SETTING PARAMETERS
LOWING CHARACTERISTICS WHICH CAN BE SET INDEPEN
DENTLY 8 2EACTANCE REACH
2 2ESISTANCE
ST ZONE INSTANTANEOUS ZONE : WITH THE SET 4 4 IS SET AT LEAST ONE GRADING TIME INTER
TING PARAMETERS VALL ABOVE THE DELAY TIME OF THE NEXT SYS
TEM PROTECTION RELAY
8 2EACTANCE REACH
2 2ESISTANCE !DDITIONALLY A NON DIRECTIONAL FINAL STAGE 4 AND A
4 4 OR SLIGHTLY DELAYED IF REQUIRED POWER SWING BLOCKING STAGE 00/, ARE AVAILABLE
/VERREACH ZONE :" FOR ZONE EXTENSION CON 4HE POWER SWING POLYGON 00/, WHICH IS REQUIRED
TROLLED VIA BINARY INPUT WITH THE SETTING PARAME FOR POWER SWING BLOCKING OF THE DISTANCE PROTECTION
TERS PROVIDES A SELECTABLE DISTANCE FROM THE TRIPPING
8" 2EACTANCE REACH POLYGON !0/, EQUAL : REFER TO 3ECTION FOR
2" 2ESISTANCE MORE DETAILS
4" 4" OR SLIGHTLY DELAYED IF REQUIRED
J8
00/, 800/,
8 4IN
4
8"
4"
!0/, 8
4
2 2" 2 200/,
2 2" 2 2
8
8"
8
&IGURE 4RIPPING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION AND PICK UP CHARACTERISTIC FOR THE DETEC
TION OF POWER SWINGS
# ' #

4RIPPING LOGIC
7HEN THE RELAY HAS DETECTED A FAULT THE FINAL DELAY !N EXTERNAL BINARY INPUT CAN BE USED TO RELEASE THE
TIMES 4 IS STARTED AND THE FAULTED LINE LOOP IS SE OVERREACH ZONE :"
LECTED 4HE IMPEDANCE OF THE FAULT LOOP IS COMPARED
WITH THE THRESHOLDS OF THE SET ZONES 4RIPPING OCCURS 4HE TIME DELAY 4 FOR THE SECOND STAGE : MUST BE
WHEN THE MEASURED IMPEDANCE IS WITHIN A ZONE DUR HIGHER THAN THE TIME DELAY OF THE NEXT SYSTEM PROTEC
ING THE CORRESPONDING TIME &OR ZONE : AND :" TION
THE DELAY TIME CAN EQUAL ZERO IE TRIPPING OCCURS AS
SOON AS IT HAS BEEN CONFIRMED THAT THE FAULT LIES WITH &IGURE ILLUSTRATES THE BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TRIP
IN THE ZONE OR ONLY A SMALL DELAY MAY BE SET PING LOGIC
&.O
: )MP42)0 :
4
3 1
5, 2
5,
5
5, &.O
LOOP :" )MP42)0 :" 4RIP
SELECTION ) : 4" MATRIX
), 3 1
), 2
),
&.O
: )MP42)0 :
4
3 1
2
),
4 2%3%4
), FAULT DE &.O &.O
TECTION )MP 'EN&LT )MP42)0 4
),
4
5 3 1
2
&.O
),),), 0OWER 3WING
POWER
: SWING
DETECTION &.O "LOCK OF
64 MCB 4RIP TRIP COMMAND
64 MCB
&.O
%XTENS :"
:"
&.O
)MP BLOCK
)MP BLOCK &UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATION
&IGURE 3CHEMATIC BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TRIPPING LOGIC OF THE DISTANCE PROTECTION
# ' #

!FTER DYNAMIC OCCURRENCES IN THE SYSTEM SUCH AS THE TRIP POLYGON !0/, IS USED TO INITIATE POWER
LOAD FLUCTUATIONS SHORT CIRCUITS AUTO RECLOSURES OR SWING DETECTION 4HE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE TWO
SWITCHING OPERATIONS THE GENERATORS MAY HAVE TO POLYGONS IS ADJUSTABLE 4HE RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IM
ADJUST TO THE NEW LOAD CONDITIONS IN THE NETWORK PEDANCE VECTOR BETWEEN THE TWO POLYGONS IS DECI
SIVE FOR POWER SWING DETECTION 0OWER SWING IS DE
)N ORDER TO PREVENT UNCONTROLLED TRIPPING THE IMPED TECTED BEFORE THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR ENTERS THE TRIP
ANCE PROTECTION IS PROVIDED WITH A POWER SWING POLYGON
BLOCKING FEATURE
)F THE RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR IS
0OWER SWINGS ARE THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL OCCUR SMALLER THAN A SELECTABLE VALUE :T A POWER
RENCES 4HE FIRST PREREQUISITE IS THEREFORE THE SYM SWING IS RECOGNIZED 4HE MEASURING TIME OF THE
METRY OF THE CURRENTS WHICH IS VERIFIED BY EVALUATION POWER SWING DETECTOR IS COORDINATED WITH THE DIS
OF THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT !SYMMETRICAL TANCE BETWEEN POWER SWING POLYGON 00/, AND TRIP
SHORT CIRCUITS IE ALL ONE PHASE AND TWO PHASE SHORT POLYGON !0/, SO THAT TRIP CAN BE BLOCKED
CIRCUITS CAN THEREFORE NOT RESULT IN PICK UP OF THE
POWER SWING BLOCKING FUNCTION %VEN WHEN A POWER 4HE REACTION REMAINS EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE MEASURED
SWING HAS BEEN RECOGNIZED THE FOLLOWING ASYMMET IMPEDANCE VECTOR LEAVES THE POWER SWING POLYGON
RICAL SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENTS LEAD TO FAST RELEASE OF THE 00/, OR WHEN DUE TO ASYMMETRY THE POWER SWING
POWER SWING BLOCKING FUNCTION AND RENDER POSSIBLE CRITERIA ARE NO LONGER MET 4HE ACTION TIME OF THE
TRIPPING BY THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION POWER SWING BLOCKING DEVICE CAN ALSO BE LIMITED BY
A SELECTABLE TIME 03 4 !#4
)N ORDER TO DETECT A POWER SWING THE RATE OF CHANGE
OF THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR IS MEASURED "ECAUSE OF .OTE 0OWER SWING BLOCKING ACTS ON THE FIRST ZONE :
THE SYMMETRY CONDITIONS EVALUATION OF THE POSITIVE ONLY 4HE DELAY TIME 4 FOR THE SECOND ZONE : IS AS
SEQUENCE COMPONENTS IS SUFFICIENT &IGURE ILLUS SUMED TO BE HIGH ENOUGH 7HEN THE OVERREACH ZONE
TRATES THE BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE POWER SWING BLOCK :" IS ACTIVE NO POWER SWING CAN OCCUR BECAUSE THE
ING FUNCTION NETWORK CIRCUIT BREAKER IS THEN OPEN 4HE NON DIREC
TIONAL OVERCURRENT TIME BACK UP STAGE 4 IS NOT
! POWER SWING POLYGON 00/, WHICH IS LARGER THAN BLOCKED EITHER
# ' #

&.O
)MP 'EN&LT
POLE FAULT DETECTION
),
), ) ).
), )
03 BLOCKING ON &.O
0OWER 3WING
:4 N
I
00/, 3 1
4IN
:4IN
WITHIN POWER
SWING POLYGON
:4IN T
"LOCKING OF STAGE
2 :
00/,
OUT OF POWER
SWING POLYGON
:4
IN FIRST VALUE WITHIN POWER SWING POLY
:T GON AT TIME INSTANT 4
IN
:4IN T LAST VALUE OUTSIDE OF THE POWER

RATE OF CHANGE SWING POLYGON
00/, POWER SWING POLYGON
!0/, !0/, TRIP POLYGON
WITHIN TRIP
:T RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IMPEDANCE
POLYGON VECTOR
&UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATION
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF POWER SWING BLOCKING OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
# ' #

4HE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION DETECTS EARTH FAULTS )N ALL KINDS OF DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE FORMATION THE
IN THE STATOR WINDINGS OF THREE PHASE MACHINES IN COMPONENTS OF THE THIRD HARMONIC IN EACH PHASE ARE
BLOCK CONNECTION VIA MACHINE TRANSFORMER 4HE CRI SUMMED SINCE THEY ARE IN PHASE IN THE THREE PHASE
TERION FOR THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EARTH FAULT IS THE OC SYSTEM )N ORDER TO OBTAIN RELIABLE MEASURED QUANTI
CURRENCE OF A NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE 4HIS TIES ONLY THE FUNDAMENTAL OF THE DISPLACEMENT VOLT
PRINCIPLE RESULTS IN A PROTECTED ZONE OF TO AGE IS EVALUATED IN THE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
OF THE STATOR WINDING (ARMONICS ARE FILTERED OUT BY NUMERICAL FILTER ALGO
RITHMS
4HE DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE CAN BE MEASURED EITHER
AT THE MACHINE STARPOINT VIA VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS OR 4HE ACHIEVED SENSITIVITY OF THE PROTECTION IS ONLY LIM
NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMERS &IGURE OR VIA THE ITED BY POWER FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE VOLTAGES DUR
E N WINDING OPEN DELTA WINDING OF A VOLTAGE TRANS ING AN EARTH FAULT IN THE NETWORK 4HESE INTERFERENCE
FORMER SET OR THE MEASUREMENT WINDING OF A LINE CON VOLTAGES ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE MACHINE SIDE VIA THE
NECTED EARTHING TRANSFORMER &IGURE 3INCE THE COUPLING CAPACITANCES OF THE BLOCK TRANSFORMER )F
NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER OR THE LINE CONNECTED NECESSARY A LOADING RESISTOR CAN BE PROVIDED TO RE
EARTHING TRANSFORMER USUALLY SUPPLY A DISPLACEMENT DUCE THESE INTERFERENCE VOLTAGES 4HE PROTECTION INI
VOLTAGE OF 6 WITH FULL DISPLACEMENT A VOLTAGE TIATES DISCONNECTION OF THE MACHINE WHEN AN EARTH
DIVIDER 6 6 IS TO BE CONNECTED IN SUCH FAULT IN THE PROTECTED ZONE HAS BEEN PRESENT FOR A SET
CASES TIME
&IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE EARTH FAULT

PROTECTION
#+
2
#' #, #4R
2$
52
2 ,OADING RESISTOR #' 'ENERATOR EARTH CAPACITANCE

2$ 6OLTAGE DIVIDER #, #ONDUCTOR EARTH CAPACITANCE OF LINE CONNECTION
52 $ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE AT THE PROTECTION RELAY #4R 7INDING EARTH CAPACITANCE OF BLOCK TRANSFORMER
#+ #OUPLING CAPACITANCE OF BLOCK TRANSFORMER
&IGURE "LOCK CONNECTED GENERATOR WITH NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER
# ' #

#+
#' #, #4R
2$
52
2 ,OADING RESISTOR #' 'ENERATOR EARTH CAPACITANCE
2$ 6OLTAGE DIVIDER #, #ONDUCTOR EARTH CAPACITANCE OF LINE CONNECTION
52 $ISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE AT THE PROTECTION RELAY #4R 7INDING EARTH CAPACITANCE OF BLOCK TRANSFORMER
#+ #OUPLING CAPACITANCE OF BLOCK TRANSFORMER
&IGURE "LOCK CONNECTED GENERATOR WITH LINE CONNECTED EARTHING TRANSFORMER
&.O &.O

5 &AULT 5 4RIP
5 4 5
5
4RIP MATRIX

"LOCK OF 4 2%3%4
TRIP SIGNAL
"LOCK 5 &.O
5 BLOCKED
&UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATIONS
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
# ' #

)N EXTENSIVE HIGH VOLTAGE NETWORKS SHORT CIRCUITS 4HE MEASUREMENT LOCATION DIVIDES THE TOTAL IMPED
WHICH ARE NOT DISCONNECTED QUICKLY ENOUGH OR DIS ANCE INTO THE IMPEDANCES M | :TOT AND M | :TOT
CONNECTION OF COUPLING LINKS WHICH MAY RESULT IN AN 4HE FOLLOWING APPLIES
INCREASING OF THE COUPLING REACTANCE MAY LEAD TO
SYSTEM SWINGS 4HESE CONSIST OF POWER SWINGS 5M
WHICH ENDANGER THE STABILITY OF THE POWER TRANSMIS :M
)M
SION 3TABILITY PROBLEMS RESULT IN PARTICULAR FROM AC
TIVE POWER SWINGS WHICH CAN LEAD TO POLE SLIPPING
4HE CURRENT ) IS INDEPENDENT OF THE LOCATION OF MEA
AND THUS TO OVERLOADING OF THE SYNCHRONOUS MA
SUREMENT
CHINES
5' 5.
4HE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION DETECTS THESE POWER )M )
:TOT
SWINGS BY THE WELL PROVEN IMPEDANCE MEASURE
MENT 4HE TRAILS OF THE COMPLEX IMPEDANCE VECTOR
4HE VOLTAGE AT THE LOCATION OF MEASUREMENT 5 IS
ARE EVALUATED 4HE IMPEDANCE IS CALCULATED FROM THE
POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENTS OF THE VOLTAGES AND 5M 5' M | :GES | )
CURRENTS 4RIP DECISION IS MADE DEPENDENT OF THE
RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR AND ON THE 4HUS RESULTS WITH
LOCATION OF THE ELECTRICAL CENTRE OF THE POWER SWING 5' 5' | E J·' 5. 5. | E J·.
· ·' ·.
:M M : TOT
0RINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 5
5. E J·
'
4HE OUT OF STEP CONDITION IS ILLUSTRATED AT A SIMPLIFIED
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT IN &IGURE 4HE GENERATOR TRANS
FORMER AND SYSTEM IMPEDANCE IS SITUATED BETWEEN · IS THE DISPLACEMENT ANGLE BETWEEN THE GENERATOR
THE GENERATOR VOLTAGE 5' AND THE SYSTEM EQUIVALENT VOLTAGE 5' AND THE NETWORK EQUIVALENT VOLTAGE 5.
VOLTAGE 5. 4HE TOTAL OF THESE IMPEDANCES SHOULD BE 5NDER NORMAL CONDITIONS THIS ANGLE DEPENDS ON THE
THE IMPEDANCE :TOT LOAD SITUATION AND IS NEARLY CONSTANT )T FLUCTUATES
DURING POWER SWINGS AND CAN VARY IN CASE OF OUT OF
STEP CONDITION BETWEEN ^ AND ^ &IGURE
SHOWS THE COURSE OF THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR AT THE
:' :4R :. MEASUREMENT LOCATION M ACCORDING TO THE ABOVE
MENTIONED FORMULA 4HE ORIGIN OF THE COORDINATE SYS
TEM CORRESPONDS TO THE MEASUREMENT LOCATION VOLT
AGE TRANSFORMER SET 7HEN THE RATIO OF THE VOLTAGE
5' 5.
MAGNITUDES 5.5' IS KEPT CONSTANT AND THE LOAD
ANGLE · VARIES THEN CIRCLES RESULT AS A LOCUS DIAGRAM
) :TOT 4HE CENTRE AND THE RADIUS OF THE CIRCLE ARE DETER
MINED BY THE VOLTAGE RATIO 5.5' 4HE CENTRE POINTS
M M ARE SITUATED ON A LINE WHICH IS DETERMINED BY :TOT
-INIMUM AND MAXIMUM OF THE MAGNITUDE OF THE
5' 5M 5. MEASURED IMPEDANCE ARE AT LOAD ANGLES · ^ AND
· ^ )F THE MEASUREMENT LOCATION IS THE ELECTRI
CAL CENTRE THE MEASURED VOLTAGE AND THUS THE MEA
SURED IMPEDANCE BECOMES ZERO WHEN THE LOAD
5M ANGLE BECOMES · ^
5' 5.
· 4HE MEASUREMENT CHARACTERISTIC IS A RECTANGLE WITH
ADJUSTABLE WIDTHS AND INCLINATION ANGLE 4HIS ENSUR
ES OPTIMUM MATCHING TO THE CONDITIONS IN THE POWER
&IGURE %QUIVALENT OF POWER SWING STATION
# ' #

)M:
·^
5.

:M 5'
5.

5'
M :TOT
·^
M :TOT 2E:
0
·^ 5.
M:TOT
5'
5.

5'
·^
5.

5'
&IGURE )MPEDANCES AT THE MEASUREMENT LOCATION M
/UT OF STEP LOGIC
&IGURE SHOWS MORE DETAILED THE POWER SWING AVAILABLE THE LOWER AREA CHARACTERISTIC COVERS THE
DETECTION CHARACTERISTIC 4HE INCLINATION ANGLE IS AS ELECTRICAL CENTRE BEING IN THE GENERATOR BLOCK UNTIL
SUMED TO BE 0 ^ 4HE SETTING PARAMETERS :A THE UNIT TRANSFORMER THE SHADED AREA CHARACTERIS
:B :C AND :D :C DETERMINE THE RECTANGLE )T IS TIC DISCRIMINATES THE ELECTRICAL CENTRE BEING IN THE
SYMMETRICAL AS TO ITS VERTICAL AXIS 4HE LIMIT OF :B NETWORK SYSTEM 4HE POINT OF CROSSING OF THE SYM
REACHES IN REVERSE DIRECTION INTO THE GENERATOR 4HE METRY AXIS IS DECISIVE FOR THE ASSIGNMENT TO THE CHAR
FORWARD REACHES ARE :C INTO THE UNIT TRANSFORMER AND ACTERISTIC
:D INTO THE NETWORK SYSTEM 4WO CHARACTERISTICS ARE
# ' #

0OWER SWINGS ARE THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL OCCUR 7HEN AN OUT OF STEP CONDITION IS RECOGNIZED IE
RENCES 4HE FIRST PREREQUISITE IS THEREFORE THE SYM WHEN THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR HAS PASSED THROUGH A
METRY OF THE CURRENTS WHICH IS VERIFIED BY EVALUATION POWER SWING CHARACTERISTIC AN ANNUNCIATION IS IS
OF THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT #ONDITION FOR SUED WHICH ALSO IDENTIFIES THE CHARACTERISTIC !DDI
POWER SWING DETECTION IS THAT THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE TIONALLY A COUNTER N FOR CHARACTERISTIC OR N FOR
COMPONENT OF THE CURRENT EXCEEDS AN ADJUSTABLE CHARACTERISTIC IS INCREMENTED
LIMIT ) AND THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT REMAINS
BELOW AN ADJUSTABLE VALUE ) /UT OF STEP PROTECTION PICK UP IS INDICATED WHEN A
COUNTER IS SET TO !NOTHER OUT OF STEP INDICATION IS
!N OUT OF STEP CONDITION REQUIRES ADDITIONALLY THAT GIVEN FOR AN ADJUSTABLE TIME PERIOD EACH TIME A
THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR ENTERS A POWER SWING CHARAC COUNTER IS INCREMENTED !FTER AN ADJUSTABLE HOLDING
TERISTIC AT ONE SIDE AND LEAVES IT AT THE OTHER SIDE LOSS TIME WHICH IS TRIGGERED EACH TIME A COUNTER IS IN
OF SYNCHRONISM CASES AND IN &IGURE CREMENTED PICK UP RESETS UNLESS A NEW POWER
4HIS IS CHARACTERIZES IN THAT THE REAL COMPONENT OF SWING CONDITION HAS BEEN RECOGNIZED
THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR OR ITS COMPONENT RECTANGULAR
TO THE SYMMETRICAL AXIS HAS CHANGED ITS SIGN WHILE 4RIP COMMAND IS GIVEN WHEN THE NUMBER OF OUT OF
PASSING THROUGH THE CHARACTERISTIC STEP PERIODS IE ONE OF THE COUNTERS HAS REACHED A
SELECTABLE NUMBER
)T IS ALSO POSSIBLE FOR THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR TO ENTER
AND LEAVE THE POWER SWING POLYGON AT THE SAME &IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE OUT OF
SIDE )N THIS CASE POWER SWING TENDS TO BE STABILIZED STEP PROTECTION
CASE IN &IGURE
)M:

:D
#HARACTERISTIC : 2 J8
:D :C
:C
#HARACTERISTIC
2E:
0
:A

:B
&IGURE 0OLYGONAL OUT OF STEP CHARACTERISTIC AND TYPICAL POWER SWING OCCURRENCES
# ' #

4 3)'.!, &.O

/3 CHAR
&.O
4 (/,$).'
/3 DETCH
2ELEASE
&.O
/3 4RIP CH
2ESET
N N
)NCREMENT
5, NN NN

5, #HARACTER
ISTIC 4RIP
5, 5 5 MATRIX
:
)
4 3)'.!, &.O

/3 CHAR
),
&.O
4 (/,$).'
), /3 DETCH
), 2ELEASE 4 2%3%4
)
) &.O
/3 4RIP CH
2ESET
N N
)NCREMENT
NN NN

#HARACTER
ISTIC
"LOCK OF
TRIP COMMAND
)
&UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATION
)

"LOCK /3 /3 /UT OF STEP SIGNAL FOR THE DURATION OF 4 3)'.!,
IMMEDIATELY AFTER PASSING THROUGH THE CHARACTERISTIC
CH CHARACTERISTIC
&.O
CH CHARACTERISTIC
/3 BLOCKED
5 COMPLEX POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF THE VOLTAGES
) COMPLEX POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF THE CURRENTS
) COMPLEX NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF THE CURRENTS
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
# ' #

4HE MACHINE PROTECTION 5- INCLUDES AN ACTIVE )N SOME APPLICATIONS IT CAN BE DESIRABLE TO OUTPUT A
POWER SUPERVISION WHICH MONITORS WHETHER THE AC CONTROL SIGNAL IF THE ACTIVE POWER OUTPUT EXCEEDS A
TIVE POWER FALLS BELOW ONE SET VALUE AS WELL AS WHETH CERTAIN VALUE
ER A SEPARATE SECOND SET VALUE IS EXCEEDED %ACH OF
THESE FUNCTIONS CAN INITIATE DIFFERENT CONTROL FUNC 4HE UNIT CALCULATES THE ACTIVE POWER FROM THE POSI
TIONS TIVE SEQUENCE SYSTEMS OF THE GENERATOR CURRENTS
AND VOLTAGES 4HIS VALUE IS COMPARED WITH THE SET
7HEN FOR EXAMPLE WITH GENERATORS OPERATING IN VALUES
PARALLEL THE ACTIVE POWER OUTPUT OF ONE MACHINE BE
COMES SO SMALL THAT OTHER GENERATORS COULD TAKE &IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE FORWARD
OVER THIS POWER THEN IT IS OFTEN APPROPRIATE TO SHUT ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION
DOWN THE LIGHTLY LOADED MACHINE 4HE CRITERION IN THIS
CASE IS THAT THE FORWARD POWER SUPPLIED INTO THE
NETWORK FALLS BELOW A CERTAIN VALUE
&.O &.O

0F &LT DET 0F 4RIP
0F 4 0F

4RIP
MATRIX
&.O
0F &LT DET &.O
0F 4RIP
0F 4 0F

4 2%3%4
&.O
"LOCK 0F
0F BLOCKED
"LOCKING OF &UNCTION NUMBER

TRIP SIGNAL !NNUNCIATION
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE FORWARD ACTIVE POWER SUPERVISION
# ' #

2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS USED TO PROTECT A TURBO VOLTAGES AND REPRESENTS THE ACTUAL LOAD ON THE DRIVE
GENERATOR UNIT IN CASE OF FAILURE OF ENERGY TO THE SIDE
PRIME MOVER )N THIS CASE THE SYNCHRONOUS GENERA
TOR RUNS AS A MOTOR AND DRIVES THE TURBINE WHEREBY )N ORDER TO BRIDGE A POSSIBLE TRANSIENT REVERSE POWER
THE REQUIRED MOTORING ENERGY IS TAKEN FROM THE NET DURING SYNCHRONIZING OR DURING POWER OSCILLATIONS
WORK 4HIS CONDITION LEADS TO OVERHEATING OF THE TUR DUE TO NETWORK FAULTS THE TRIP COMMAND IS DELAYED
BINE BLADES AND MUST BE INTERRUPTED WITHIN A SHORT BY AN ADJUSTABLE TIME 4 36 /0%. (OWEVER IF THE
TIME BY TRIPPING THE NETWORK CIRCUIT BREAKER STOP VALVE HAS TRIPPED A SHORT TIME DELAY IS SUFFI
CIENT "Y INPUTTING THE STATUS OF THE STOP VALVE VIA A
4HE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION OF THE 5- PRE BINARY INPUT THE SHORT TIME DELAY 4 36 #,/3%$
CISELY CALCULATES THE ACTIVE POWER FROM THE SYMMET BECOMES EFFECTIVE WHEN THE STOP VALVE HAS TRIPPED
RICAL COMPONENTS OF THE VOLTAGES AND CURRENTS "Y
TAKING THE ERROR ANGLES OF THE INSTRUMENT TRANSFORM )T IS POSSIBLE TO BLOCK TRIPPING BY MEANS OF AN EXTER
ERS INTO ACCOUNT THE ACTIVE POWER COMPONENT IS CAL NAL SIGNAL
CULATED EVEN WITH VERY HIGH APPARENT POWERS AND
SMALL POWER FACTOR "Y EVALUATING ONLY THE POSITIVE &IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE REVERSE
SEQUENCE SYSTEM THE REVERSE POWER MEASUREMENT POWER PROTECTION
REMAINS INDEPENDENT OF ASYMMETRICAL CURRENTS AND
&.O &.O
0R &AULT DET 0R 4RIP
\ 0R\ 4 36 /0%.
4RIP
MATRIX
&.O
0R36 4RIP
4 36 #,/3%$
4 2%3%4
"LOCK 0R
&.O
0R BLOCKED
&.O
4RIP VALVE
36 TRIPPED
"LOCKING OF
TRIP SIGNAL &UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATION
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
# ' #

5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS USED TO DETECT ASYM )F THE FIRST ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE RISE THRESHOLD IS
METRICAL LOADING ON THREE PHASE INDUCTION MA REACHED AN ALARM IS INITIATED )F THE SECOND TEMPERA
CHINES !SYMMETRICAL LOADING PRODUCES AN INVERSE TURE LIMIT IS REACHED THE MACHINE CAN BE DISCON
NEGATIVE SEQUENCE ROTATING FIELD WHICH ACTS WITH NECTED FROM THE NETWORK
DOUBLE FREQUENCY ON THE ROTOR %DDY CURRENTS ARE IN
DUCED ON THE SURFACE OF THE ROTOR WHICH LEAD TO LOCAL 3INCE THE TEMPERATURE RISE DURING STEADY STATE OPE
IZED OVERHEATING IN THE ROTOR END ZONES AND IN THE RATION IS PROPORTIONAL TO THE SQUARE OF THE NEGATIVE
SLOT WEDGES SEQUENCE CURRENT IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO KNOW THE
PERMISSIBLE TEMPERATURE RISE 4HE MAXIMUM CONTIN
)N THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION OF THE 5- UOUSLY PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT )
THE FUNDAMENTAL WAVES OF THE PHASE CURRENTS ARE FIL AND THE TIME CONSTANT TIME DEPENDENT UNBALANCED
TERED OUT AND SEPARATED INTO SYMMETRICAL COMPO LOAD CAPABILITY ARE THE ONLY PARAMETERS TO BE SET
NENTS /NLY THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT THE
INVERSE CURRENT ) IS EVALUATED )F THE VALUE OF THE CONTINUOUSLY PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE
SEQUENCE CURRENT IS EXCEEDED AN ALARM IS INITIATED
4HE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION USES A THERMAL REP REFER TO &IGURE !FTER THE TIME CORRESPONDING TO
LICA UTILIZING THE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT ) IN THE ACTUAL NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT AND THE TIME
ORDER TO SIMULATE HEATING UP OF THE ROTOR 4HE RE CONSTANT HAS ELAPSED THE MACHINE IS DISCONNECTED
FERRED TEMPERATURE RISE IS CALCULATED ACCORDING TO
THE FOLLOWING THERMAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION )F LARGE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENTS OCCUR A TWO
PHASE NETWORK SHORT CIRCUIT CAN BE ASSUMED WHICH
D Ç )
MUST BE DISCONNECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TIME
DT Ç GRADING PLAN OF THE NETWORK 4HEREFORE AN ADJUST
WHEREBY ABLE DEFINITE TIME NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT TIME
STAGE IS SUPERIMPOSED ON THE THERMAL CHARACTERISTIC
ACTUAL TEMPERATURE RISE REFERRED TO END TEM
REFER TO &IGURE .EGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT
PERATURE RISE AT MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NEGA
ABOVE TIMES THE PERMISSIBLE VALUE DO NOT REDUCE
TIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT )
TRIPPING TIME SEE ALSO &IGURE
Ç THERMAL TIME CONSTANT OF HEATING UP OF ROTOR
SURFACE &IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE UNBAL
) ACTUAL NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT ) REFERRED ANCED LOAD PROTECTION
TO MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE
CURRENT
T 5NBALANCED LOAD
ALARM STAGE )
47!2.
4RIP AREA
4HERMAL
TRIP STAGE
5NBALANCED LOAD
TRIP STAGE )
4HERMAL
4 42)0
ALARM STAGE
)PERM ) )
&IGURE 4RIP CHARACTERISTICS OF THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
# ' #

4
%
MATRIX
3
4RIP
%
2
!NNUNCIATION
E
B
) TH 7ARN
) 4RIP
M
U
N

N
O
I
T
O O C
. . N
& & U
&
) 4RIP
) 7ARN

O O
"LOCKING OF
. .
TRIP SIGNAL
&
2- TH REPL
&

)
w
O
.
&

Ç
) &AULT

w
4 )

4 )

Ç

O
) BLOCKED

.

T &

D D

O
.
&

?
L
P
E
R

H
T
O
)
. -
)
& 2

)
Y
R
O
L
, , , M P
) ) ) E E K
R C
M O
T L
E M B
S R
E E
H
2 T )
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
# ' #

%XTERNAL TRIP COMMANDS VIA BINARY INPUTS
5P TO FOUR DESIRED SIGNAL FROM EXTERNAL PROTECTION OR 4HE STATUS OF THE ASSIGNED INPUTS IS CHECKED IN CY
SUPERVISION UNITS CAN BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PRO CLIC INTERVALS !LTERATION OF THE INPUT STATUS IS CONSID
CESSING OF 5- 4HE SIGNALS ARE COUPLED AS %X ERED ONLY AFTER TWO SUBSEQUENT STATUS CHECKS WITH
TERNAL SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUTS ,IKE THE INTERNAL PRO EQUAL RESULT !N ADDITIONAL TIME DELAY 4 $%,!9 IS
TECTION AND SUPERVISION SIGNALS THEY CAN BE ANNUN AVAILABLE FOR EACH OF THE EXTERNAL TRIP COMMAND
CIATED TIME DELAYED TRANSMITTED TO THE TRIP MATRIX CHANNELS A DROP OFF DELAY 4 2%3%4 CAN EQUALLY BE
AND BLOCKED "Y MEANS OF THESE SIGNALS IT IS POSSIBLE SET
TO INCLUDE EXTERNAL PROTECTION COMMANDS EG FROM
"UCHHOLZ PROTECTION OR SHAFT CURRENT SUPERVISION 4HE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF ONE EXTERNAL TRIP COMMAND
INTO THE PROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS AND TRIP COM CHANNEL IS ILLUSTRATED IN &IGURE )N TOTAL THE RELAY
MANDS OF 5- &URTHERMORE AN INTERACTION OF INCORPORATES FOUR SUCH CHANNELS IE FOUR TIMES THIS
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS OF DIFFERENT NUMERICAL MACHINE LOGIC 4HE ILLUSTRATED FUNCTION NUMBERS ARE VALID FOR
PROTECTION RELAYS OF THE SERIES 5- CAN BE PER THE FIRST EXTERNAL TRIP COMMAND CHANNEL
FORMED
&.O

%XT TRIP
&.O &.O
%XT 'EN&LT %XT 'EN4RP
)NCLUSION 4RIP
OF EXTERNAL TRIP 4 $%,!9
FUNCTIONS TO MATRIX

4 2%3%4
&.O "LOCKING OF

"LOCK EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL
%XT BLOCKED
INCLUSION TO
&UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATIONS
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF ONE EXTERNAL TRIP COMMAND CHANNEL
# ' #

3WITCH OVER OF THE PHASE ROTATION
4HE RELAY PROVIDES THE FACILITY TO CHANGE THE PHASE $URING THIS CONDITION NONE OF THE MEASURED AC
ROTATION VIA ENERGIZATION OF A BINARY INPUT 4HIS AL QUANTITIES IS PRESENT THE PHASE ROTATION IS DETER
LOWS TO USE ALL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS IN CASE THE PHASE MINED BY THE STATE OF THE ASSIGNED BINARY INPUT FOR
ROTATION IS COUNTER CLOCKWISE WITHOUT INTERCHANGING PHASE ROTATION PROVIDED THE STATUS CHANGE OF THE
OF PHASES 4HIS IS USEFUL FOR EXAMPLE WHEN THE RELAY BINARY INPUT LASTS MS OR LONGER 7HEN THE STATUS
IS USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF GENERATOR MOTORS IN A CHANGE IS SHORTER THAN MS IT IS NOT REGISTERED
PUMPED STORAGE POWER STATION WHERE THE ROTATION 4HE STATUS CHANGE IS NEITHER REGISTERED WHEN THIS
IS REVERSED DURING PUMPING OPERATION OF THE TURBO OPERATION CONDITION IS LEFT BEFORE THE MS HAVE
SET 7HEN THE ASSIGNED BINARY INPUT IS ENERGIZED ALL ELAPSED )F SUITABLE MEASURED QUANTITIES ARE PRES
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH OPERATE DEPENDENT ON ENT SWITCH OVER OF THE PHASE ROTATION IS NOT POSSIBLE
THE PHASE SEQUENCE ARE INTERNALLY SWITCHED OVER TO !N APPLIED SIGNAL TO THE BINARY INPUT ONCE HAVING
COUNTER CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION BEEN REGISTERED MAY BE REMOVED DURING NORMAL
OPERATION "UT FOR SAFETY REASONS IT IS ADVISED TO
3WITCH OVER OF THE PHASE ROTATION IS REGISTERED BY THE
MAINTAIN THE REVERSAL SIGNAL AS LONG AS THE COUNTER
RELAY ONLY IF NO SUITABLE MEASURED AC QUANTITY IS
CLOCKWISE OPERATION IS VALID THIS ENSURES THAT THE
PRESENT &URTHERMORE THE SWITCH OVER SIGNAL MUST
PROTECTION WORKS CORRECTLY EVEN WHEN A PROCESSOR
BE PRESENT FOR AT LEAST MS !FTER THIS THE PHASE
RESET OCCURS FOR EXAMPLE AFTER AN ALTERATION OF CON
QUANTITIES OF THE PHASES , AND , ARE SWAPPED "UT
FIGURATION PARAMETERS
THIS IS RELEVANT ONLY FOR THE INTERNAL CALCULATION OF THE
SYMMETRICAL COMPONENTS THE PHASE DEDICATED AN
NUNCIATIONS FAULT RECORDINGS AND MEASURED VALUES &IGURE SHOWS THE LOGIC DIAGRAM OF THE SWITCH
ARE NOT AFFECTED OVER FUNCTION OF THE PHASE ROTATION
&.O
/PERAT RANGE
SUITABLE MEASURED
QUANTITIES ARE PRESENT
MS &.O

2 1 #LOCKWISE
&.O
MS
3 1 #OUNTER CLOCK
&.O
3WITCH OVER OF
0HASE ROTAT
PHASE ROTATION
&UNCTION NUMBER
!NNUNCIATIONS
&IGURE ,OGIC DIAGRAM OF THE SWITCH OVER OF THE PHASE ROTATION
# ' #

4RIP MATRIX 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
4HE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION 5- INCLUDES 4HE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION 5- INCLUDES
AN INTEGRATED TRIP MATRIX 4HE TRIP MATRIX REPRESENTS TWO TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION FUNCTIONS 4WO TRIP CIRCUITS
THE SWITCHING CENTRE OF THE PROTECTION 4HE CROSS BAR CAN BE SUPERVISED 4WO BINARY INPUTS MUST BE RE
DISTRIBUTOR BETWEEN THE PROTECTION TRIP SIGNALS AND SERVED FOR EACH TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION 4HEY HAVE TO
THE SWITCHING ELEMENTS IN THE PLANT BE CONNECTED AS SHOWN IN &IGURE /NE INPUT IS
CONNECTED IN PARALLEL TO THE TRIP RELAY THE CIRCUIT OF
4HE COMMAND SIGNALS OUTPUT BY THE DIFFERENT PROTEC WHICH IS TO BE SUPERVISED THE OTHER INPUT IS CON
TIVE FUNCTIONS AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTIONS TO NECTED IN PARALLEL TO THE CIRCUIT BEAKER AUXILIARY CON
CAN BE MARSHALLED TO THE TRIP RELAYS OF THE UNIT AS TACT OR OVER THE ./ AND .# AUXILIARY CONTACTS AS &IG
REQUIRED %XTERNAL SIGNALS SUCH AS FOR EXAMPLE URE SHOWS
FROM THE "UCHHOLZ PROTECTION PRESSURE OR TEMPERA
TURE SUPERVISION SHAFT VIBRATION MEASUREMENT ETC 4HE BINARY INPUTS ARE ENERGIZED LOGICAL ( OR
CAN BE COUPLED INTO THE 5- VIA A BINARY INPUT SHORT CIRCUITED LOGICAL , DEPENDING ON THE STATUS
AND MARSHALLED TO THE TRIP RELAYS VIA THE TRIP MATRIX OF THE TRIP RELAY AND THE CIRCUIT BREAKER
%ACH TRIP RELAY CAN BE ASSIGNED TO A SWITCHING ELE
MENT SUCH AS A CIRCUIT BREAKER DE EXCITATION CIRCUIT $URING NORMAL OPERATION IT IS NOT POSSIBLE THAT BOTH
BREAKER TRIP VALVE OR OTHER CONTROL GEAR !LTERNATIVE THE BINARY INPUTS ARE DE ENERGIZED LOGICAL , AT THE
LY FIVE DIFFERENT TRIPPING PROGRAMS CAN BE REALIZED BY SAME TIME UNLESS FOR THE SHORT TIME WHERE THE TRIP
USING EXTERNAL MASTER TRIP RELAYS RELAY HAS ALREADY CLOSED BUT THE BREAKER IS NOT YET
OPEN
4HE PROCEDURE FOR PROGRAMMING THE TRIP MATRIX AND
ALSO THE MARSHALLING CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FAC )F BOTH THE BINARY INPUTS ARE DE ENERGIZED CONTINU
TORY ARE DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN 3ECTION OUSLY THIS INDICATES THAT EITHER THE TRIP CIRCUIT IS INTER
RUPTED OR THE TRIP CIRCUIT IS SHORT CIRCUITED OR THE
CONTROL VOLTAGE FOR TRIPPING IS ABSENT OR THE BREAKER
HAS NOT PROPERLY OPERATED 4HUS THIS STATUS INDI
CATES A FAULT IN THE TRIP CIRCUIT
#IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP TEST 4HE STATUS OF THE TWO BINARY INPUTS IS CHECKED TWICE
TO THREE TIMES PER SECOND !N INTENTIONAL TIME DELAY
FOR ALARM CAN BE PRODUCED BY SETTING THE NUMBER OF
.UMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION RELAY 5- ALLOWS REPEATED STATUS CHECKS BEFORE AN ALARM IS GIVEN
SIMPLE CHECKING OF THE TRIPPING CIRCUITS AND THE CIR
CUIT BREAKERS
0REREQUISITE FOR THE START OF A TEST CYCLE IS THAT NO PRO

TECTIVE FUNCTION HAS PICKED UP
)NITIATION OF THE TEST CYCLE CAN BE GIVEN FROM THE OPER

ATOR KEYBOARD OR VIA THE FRONT OPERATOR INTERFACE AS
DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION
# ' #

,
5-
5- 42 ") 42
&AILURE
4RIP CIRCUIT
") 4#
42 4RIP RELAY OF 5-

") "INARY INPUT OF 5-
CLOSED OPEN 4# #IRCUIT BREAKER COIL
#" AUXILIARY CONTACTS SHOWN FOR

CLOSED BREAKER
4#
.O 4RIP RELAY #" POSITION ") 42 ") 4#
OPEN #,/3%$ ( ,
OPEN /0%. ( (
CLOSED #,/3%$ , ,
CLOSED /0%. , (
") 42 ,
( ( &AILURE
") 4# , N
4RIP CIRCUIT
N .UMBER OF REPEATED STATUS CHECKS
&IGURE 0RINCIPLE OF TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION ONE SUPERVISION CHANNEL
# ' #

!NCILLARY FUNCTIONS
4HE ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS OF THE MACHINE PROTECTION 3OME INDICATORS AND RELAYS INDICATE CONDITIONS IT IS
5- INCLUDE NOT APPROPRIATE THAT THESE SHOULD BE STORED %QUALLY
THEY CANNOT BE RESET UNTIL THE ORIGINATING CRITERION
0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS HAS BEEN REMOVED 4HIS MAINLY CONCERNS FAULT INDI
CATIONS SUCH AS AUXILIARY VOLTAGE FAULT ETC
3TORAGE OF SHORT CIRCUIT DATA FOR FAULT RECORDING
! GREEN ,%$ INDICATES READINESS FOR OPERATION 4HIS
/PERATIONAL MEASUREMENTS AND TESTING ROUTINES ,%$ CANNOT BE RESET AND REMAINS ILLUMINATED WHEN
THE MICROPROCESSOR IS WORKING CORRECTLY AND THE UNIT
-ONITORING FUNCTIONS IS NOT FAULTY 4HE ,%$ EXTINGUISHES WHEN THE SELF
CHECKING FUNCTION OF THE MICROPROCESSOR DETECTS A
FAULT OR WHEN THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE IS ABSENT
7ITH THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE PRESENT BUT WITH AN EXIST

0ROCESSING OF ANNUNCIATIONS
ING INTERNAL FAULT IN THE UNIT A RED ,%$ ILLUMINATES
"LOCKED AND BLOCKS THE UNIT
!FTER A FAULT IN THE PROTECTED MACHINE INFORMATION
CONCERNING THE RESPONSE OF THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE MEASURED VALUES ARE OF IMPOR
TANCE FOR AN EXACT ANALYSIS OF THE HISTORY OF THE FAULT
&OR THIS PURPOSE THE DEVICE PROVIDES ANNUNCIATION )NFORMATION ON THE DISPLAY PANEL OR TO
PROCESSING WHICH IS EFFECTIVE IN THREE DIRECTIONS A PERSONAL COMPUTER
%VENTS AND CONDITIONS CAN BE READ OFF IN THE DISPLAY

ON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE DEVICE !DDITIONALLY A PER
)NDICATORS AND BINARY OUTPUTS SIGNAL
SONAL COMPUTER FOR EXAMPLE CAN BE CONNECTED VIA
RELAYS
THE OPERATION INTERFACE AND ALL THE INFORMATIONS CAN
THEN BE SENT TO IT
)MPORTANT EVENTS AND CONDITIONS ARE INDICATED BY
OPTICAL INDICATORS ,%$ ON THE FRONT PLATES 4HE
)N THE QUIESCENT STATE IE AS LONG AS NO FAULTS ARE
MODULES ALSO CONTAIN SIGNAL RELAYS FOR REMOTE INDI
PRESENT THE DISPLAY OUTPUTS SELECTABLE OPERATING IN
CATION -OST OF THE SIGNALS AND INDICATIONS CAN BE
FORMATION USUALLY AN OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUE
MARSHALLED IE THEY CAN BE ALLOCATED MEANINGS OTH
IN EACH OF THE TWO LINES )N THE EVENT OF A FAULT SELECT
ER THAN THE FACTORY SETTINGS )N 3ECTION THE DELIV
ABLE INFORMATION ON THE FAULT APPEARS INSTEAD OF THE
ERED CONDITION AND THE MARSHALLING FACILITIES ARE DE
SCRIBED IN DETAIL OPERATING INFORMATION EG DETECTED PHASES AND
ELAPSED TIME FROM FAULT DETECTION TO TRIP COMMAND
4HE OUTPUT SIGNAL RELAYS ARE NOT LATCHED AND AUTO 4HE QUIESCENT INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED AGAIN ONCE
MATICALLY RESET AS SOON AS THE ORIGINATING SIGNAL DIS THESE FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS HAVE BEEN ACKNOWL
APPEARS 4HE ,%$S CAN BE ARRANGED TO LATCH OR TO BE EDGED 4HE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IS IDENTICAL TO RESET
SELF RESETTING TING OF THE STORED ,%$ DISPLAYS AS IN 3ECTION

4HE MEMORIES OF THE ,%$S ARE SAVED AGAINST SUPPLY
VOLTAGE FAILURE 4HEY CAN BE RESET 4HE DEVICE ALSO HAS SEVERAL EVENT BUFFERS EG FOR
OPERATING MESSAGES ETC SEE 3ECTION WHICH
LOCALLY BY OPERATION OF THE RESET BUTTON ON THE ARE SAVED AGAINST SUPPLY VOLTAGE FAILURE BY A BUFFER
RELAY BATTERY 4HESE MESSAGES AS WELL AS ALL AVAILABLE OP
REMOTELY BY ENERGIZATION OF THE REMOTE RESET IN ERATING VALUES CAN BE TRANSFERRED INTO THE FRONT DIS
PUT PLAY AT ANY TIME USING THE KEYBOARD OR TO THE PERSON
REMOTELY VIA ONE OF THE INTERFACES AL COMPUTER VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE
# ' #

!FTER A FAULT FOR EXAMPLE IMPORTANT INFORMATION CON ARE SAMPLED AT INTERVALS OF VALUES PER AC PERIOD
CERNING ITS HISTORY SUCH AS PICK UP AND TRIPPING CAN AT (Z AND STORED IN A CIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER )N
BE CALLED UP ON THE DISPLAY OF THE DEVICE 4HE FAULT CASE OF A FAULT THE DATA ARE STORED OVER A SELECTABLE
INCEPTION IS INDICATED WITH THE ABSOLUTE TIME OF THE TIME PERIOD BUT MAX OVER SECONDS
OPERATING SYSTEM PROVIDED THE REAL TIME CLOCK IS
AVAILABLE 4HE SEQUENCE OF THE EVENTS IS TAGGED WITH 4HE RMS VALUES OF THE QUANTITIES
THE RELATIVE TIME REFERRED TO THE MOMENT AT WHICH THE
FAULT DETECTOR HAS PICKED UP 4HUS THE ELAPSED TIME )POS SEQ 5POS SEQ )). 2 8 03. 13.
UNTIL TRIPPING IS INITIATED AND UNTIL THE TRIP SIGNAL IS RE
SET CAN BE READ OUT 4HE RESOLUTION IS MS CAN ALTERNATIVELY BE SAMPLED IN INTERVALS OF AC PE
RIOD AND STORED IN A CIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER )N CASE
4HE EVENTS CAN ALSO BE READ OUT WITH A PERSONAL OF A FAULT THE DATA ARE STORED OVER A SELECTABLE TIME
COMPUTER BY MEANS OF THE APPROPRIATE PROGRAM PERIOD BUT MAX OVER SECONDS
$)'3) 4HIS PROVIDES THE COMFORT OF A #24 SCREEN
AND MENU GUIDED OPERATION !DDITIONALLY THE DATA 4HE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FAULT RECORDS WITHIN THIS
CAN BE DOCUMENTED ON A PRINTER OR STORED ON A TIME PERIOD IS 4HESE DATA ARE THEN AVAILABLE FOR
FLOPPY DISC FOR EVALUATION ELSEWHERE FAULT ANALYSIS &OR EACH RENEWED FAULT EVENT THE AC
TUAL NEW FAULT DATA ARE STORED WITHOUT ACKNOWLEDGE
4HE PROTECTION DEVICE STORES THE DATA OF THE LAST FOUR MENT OF THE OLD DATA
FAULTS IF A FIFTH FAULT OCCURS THE DATA OF THE OLDEST FAULT
ARE OVERWRITTEN IN THE FAULT MEMORY 4HE DATA OF THE 4HE DATA CAN BE TRANSFERRED TO A CONNECTED PERSONAL
LAST THREE FAULTS CAN BE READ OUT IN THE DISPLAY COMPUTER VIA THE OPERATION INTERFACE AT THE FRONT AND
EVALUATED BY THE PROTECTION DATA EVALUATION PROGRAM
! FAULT BEGINS WITH RECOGNITION OF THE FAULT BY PICK UP $)'3) 4HE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES ARE REFERRED TO
OF ANY PROTECTION FUNCTION AND ENDS WITH THE LATEST THEIR MAXIMUM VALUES NORMALIZED TO THEIR RATED VAL
RESET OF A PROTECTION FUNCTION UES AND PREPARED FOR GRAPHIC VISUALIZATION )N ADDI
TION SIGNALS CAN BE MARKED AS BINARY TRACES EG
0ICK UP AND 4RIP
)NFORMATION TO A CENTRAL UNIT !DDITIONALLY THE FAULT RECORD DATA CAN BE TRANSMITTED
TO A CONTROL CENTRE VIA THE SERIAL SYSTEM INTERFACE
)N ADDITION ALL STORED INFORMATION CAN BE TRANSMITTED %VALUATION OF THE DATA IS MADE IN THE CONTROL CENTRE
VIA AN OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTOR OR THE ISOLATED SECOND USING APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE PROGRAMS 4HE CURRENTS
INTERFACE SYSTEM INTERFACE TO A CONTROL CENTRE FOR AND VOLTAGES ARE REFERRED TO THEIR MAXIMUM VALUES
EXAMPLE THE 3)%-%.3 ,OCALIZED 3UBSTATION !UTO NORMALIZED TO THEIR RATED VALUES AND PREPARED FOR
MATION 3YSTEM ,3! 4RANSMISSION USES A STAN GRAPHIC VISUALIZATION )N ADDITION SIGNALS CAN BE
DARDIZED TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL ACCORDING TO 6$%7 MARKED AS BINARY TRACES EG 0ICK UP AND 4RIP
:6%) OR SELECTABLE ACCORDING TO $).
7HEN THE DATA ARE TRANSFERRED TO A CENTRAL UNIT READ
OUT CAN PROCEED AUTOMATICALLY OPTIONALLY AFTER EACH
PICK UP OF THE RELAY OR ONLY AFTER A TRIP 4HE FOLLOWING
THEN APPLIES
$ATA STORAGE AND TRANSMISSION
FOR FAULT RECORDING 4HE RELAY SIGNALS THE AVAILABILITY OF FAULT RECORD
DATA
4HE DEVICE INCORPORATES A DATA STORE WHICH CAN OP
4HE DATA REMAIN AVAILABLE FOR RECALL UNTIL COM
TIONALLY STORE THE INSTANTANEOUS VALUES OR THE RMS
MENCEMENT OF THE NEXT FAULT EVENT
VALUES OF VARIOUS MEASURED QUANTITIES
! TRANSMISSION IN PROGRESS CAN BE ABORTED BY THE
4HE INSTANTANEOUS VALUES OF THE MEASURED VALUES
CENTRAL UNIT
I , I , I , U ,. U ,. U ,. U
# ' #

/PERATING MEASUREMENTS AND -ONITORING FUNCTIONS

CONVERSION
5- INCORPORATES COMPREHENSIVE MONITORING
&OR LOCAL RECALL OR TRANSMISSION OF DATA THE TRUE RMS FUNCTIONS WHICH COVER BOTH HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
VALUES OF THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES ARE ALWAYS AVAIL FURTHERMORE THE MEASURED VALUES ARE CONTINUOUSLY
ABLE AS ARE THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENTS OF CHECKED FOR PLAUSIBILITY SO THAT THE CURRENT AND VOLT
THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES AGE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THE
MONITORING SYSTEM
4HE FOLLOWING IS VALID
), ), ), PHASE CURRENTS IN AMPS PRIMARY AND

IN OF RATED CURRENT ). (ARDWARE MONITORING
)POS POSITIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT 4HE COMPLETE HARDWARE IS MONITORED FOR FAULTS AND
INADMISSIBLE FUNCTIONS FROM THE MEASURED VALUE IN
5,% 5,% VOLTAGES PHASE EARTH IN KILOVOLTS PUTS TO THE OUTPUT RELAYS )N DETAIL THIS IS ACCOM
5,% PRIMARY AND IN 6 SECONDARY PLISHED BY MONITORING
o | 5POS POSITIVE SEQUENCE VOLTAGE !UXILIARY AND REFERENCE VOLTAGES
!DDITIONALLY THE ACTIVE AND REACTIVE POWER THE POW 4HE PROCESSOR MONITORS THE OFFSET AND REFERENCE
ER FACTOR AND POWER ANGLE CALCULATED IMPEDANCE VOLTAGE OF THE !$# ANALOGDIGITAL CONVERTER 4HE
THE DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE OF THE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS BLOCKED AS SOON AS IMPERMISSIBLE
PROTECTION AS WELL AS THE FREQUENCY THE UNBALANCED DEVIATIONS OCCUR 0ERMANENT FAULTS ARE ANNUN
LOAD AND THE CALCULATED ROTOR TEMPERATURE RISE CAN CIATED
BE READ OUT
&AILURE OR SWITCH OFF OF THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE AUTO
4HE FOLLOWING IS VALID MATICALLY PUTS THE SYSTEM OUT OF OPERATION THIS
STATUS IS INDICATED BY A FAIL SAFE CONTACT 4RANSIENT
0 ACTIVE POWER IN MEGAWATTS PRIMARY DIPS IN SUPPLY VOLTAGE OF LESS THAN MS WILL NOT
AND IN OF o).5. DISTURB THE FUNCTION OF THE RELAY 5( 6
1 REACTIVE POWER IN MEGVARS PRIMARY -EASURED VALUE ACQUISITION

AND IN OF o).5.
4HE COMPLETE CHAIN FROM THE INPUT TRANSFORMERS
COS POWER FACTOR UP TO AND INCLUDING THE ANALOGDIGITAL CONVERTERS
ARE MONITORED BY THE PLAUSIBILITY CHECK OF THE
POWER ANGLE MEASURED VALUES
F FREQUENCY IN (Z )N THE CURRENT PATH THERE ARE THREE INPUT CONVER

TERS THE DIGITIZED SUM OF THE OUTPUTS OF THESE
5 DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE MUST BE ALMOST ZERO UNDER NORMAL OPERATION
7HEN THE STAR POINT OF THE MACHINE IS NOT OR HIGH
2 MEASURED RESISTANCE IN ¬ OHMIC EARTHED ADDRESS CURRENT SUM
CHECK IS CARRIED OUT ! FAULT IN THE CURRENT PATH IS
8 MEASURED REACTANCE IN ¬ THEN RECOGNIZED WHEN
)). UNBALANCED LOAD CURRENT
I , I , I , Þ
TRIP TEMPERATURE RISE CALCULATED FROM 35-)THRES X ). 35-&ACT) X )MAX
THE UNBALANCED LOAD CURRENT
35-)THRES AND 35-&ACT) ARE SETTING PARAME
.OTE 5- PROVIDES A FREQUENCY DEPENDENT AM TERS REFER 4HE COMPONENT 35-&ACT) X
PLITUDE CORRECTION WHICH OPERATES IN THE RANGE OF )MAX TAKES INTO ACCOUNT PERMISSIBLE CURRENT PRO
OF THE RATED FREQUENCY /UTSIDE OF THIS RANGE PORTIONAL TRANSFORMATION ERRORS IN THE INPUT CON
THE DISPLAYED VALUES ARE SMALLER ACCORDING TO THE FIL VERTERS WHICH MAY PARTICULARLY OCCUR UNDER CONDI
TER CHARACTERISTICS REFER ALSO NOTE IN 3ECTION TIONS OF HIGH CURRENTS &IGURE
# ' #

)& )& &AULT CURRENT 5& 5& &AULT VOLTAGE

). 5.
3LOPE 3LOPE
35-&ACT) 35-&ACT5
35-)THRES 35-5THRES
)MAX 5MAX
). 5.
&IGURE #URRENT SUM MONITORING &IGURE 6OLTAGE SUM MONITORING
#URRENT SUM MONITORING IS NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THE #OMMAND OUTPUT CHANNELS
STAR POINT OF THE MACHINE IS LOW RESISTANCE
EARTHED AS PARAMETERIZED UNDER ADDRESS 4HE COMMAND RELAYS FOR TRIPPING ARE CONTROLLED
BY TWO COMMAND AND ONE ADDITIONAL RELEASE
)N THE VOLTAGE PATH THERE ARE THREE INPUT CONVER CHANNELS !S LONG AS NO PICK UP CONDITION EXISTS
TERS CONNECTED TO EACH PHASE EARTH VOLTAGE THE CENTRAL PROCESSOR MAKES A CYCLIC CHECK OF
AND ONE FURTHER CONNECTED TO THE DISPLACEMENT THESE COMMAND OUTPUT CHANNELS FOR AVAILABILITY
VOLTAGE 5%. ! FAULT IN THE VOLTAGE CIRCUITS WILL BE BY EXCITING EACH CHANNEL ONE AFTER THE OTHER AND
RECOGNIZED WHEN CHECKING FOR CHANGE IN THE OUTPUT SIGNAL LEVEL
#HANGE OF THE FEED BACK SIGNAL TO LOW LEVEL INDI
\U, U, U, K5 | U%.\ CATES A FAULT IN ONE OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS OR IN
35-5THRES 35-&ACT5 X 5MAX THE RELAY COIL 3UCH A CONDITION LEADS AUTOMATI
CALLY TO ALARM AND BLOCKING OF THE COMMAND OUT
PUT
&ACTOR K5 PARAMETER 5PH5DELTA ADDRESS
CAN BE SET TO CORRECT DIFFERENT RATIOS OF PHASE AND -EMORY MODULES
OPEN DELTA VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER WINDINGS
35-5THRES AND 35-&ACT5 ARE SETTING PARAME 4HE MEMORY MODULES ARE PERIODICALLY CHECKED
TERS REFER 4HE COMPONENT 35-&ACT5 X FOR FAULT BY
5MAX TAKES INTO ACCOUNT PERMISSIBLE VOLTAGE PRO
PORTIONAL TRANSFORMATION ERRORS IN THE INPUT CON C 7RITING A DATA BIT PATTERN FOR THE WORKING
VERTERS &IGURE MEMORY 2!- AND READING IT
.OTE 6OLTAGE SUM MONITORING CAN OPERATE PROP C &ORMATION OF THE MODULUS FOR THE PROGRAM
ERLY ONLY WHEN AN EXTERNALLY FORMED OPEN DELTA MEMORY %02/- AND COMPARISON OF IT WITH A
VOLTAGE 5%. IS CONNECTED TO THE RESIDUAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE PROGRAM MODULUS STORED THERE
INPUT OF THE RELAY
C &ORMATION OF THE MODULUS OF THE VALUES STORED
IN THE PARAMETER STORE %%02/- THEN COM
PARING IT WITH THE NEWLY DETERMINED MODULUS
AFTER EACH PARAMETER ASSIGNMENT PROCESS
# ' #

3OFTWARE MONITORING

) MIN
&OR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF THE PROGRAM SE ).
QUENCES A WATCHDOG TIMER IS PROVIDED WHICH WILL RE
SET THE PROCESSOR IN THE EVENT OF PROCESSOR FAILURE OR
IF A PROGRAM FALLS OUT OF STEP &URTHER INTERNAL PLAUSI
3LOPE
39-&ACT)
BILITY CHECKS ENSURE THAT ANY FAULT IN PROCESSING OF
THE PROGRAMS CAUSED BY INTERFERENCE WILL BE RECOG
NIZED 3UCH FAULTS LEAD TO RESET AND RESTART OF THE PRO
CESSOR
)F SUCH A FAULT IS NOT ELIMINATED BY RESTARTING FURTHER 39-)THRES )MAX

RESTARTS ARE INITIATED )F THE FAULT IS STILL PRESENT AFTER ).
THREE RESTART ATTEMPTS THE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM WILL &IGURE #URRENT SYMMETRY MONITORING
SWITCH ITSELF OUT OF SERVICE AND INDICATE THIS CONDITION
BY DROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY THUS INDICATING
EQUIPMENT FAULT AND SIMULTANEOUSLY THE ,%$
"LOCKED COMES ON 6OLTAGE SYMMETRY
)N HEALTHY OPERATION IT CAN BE EXPECTED THAT THE

VOLTAGES WILL BE APPROXIMATELY SYMMETRICAL
-ONITORING OF EXTERNAL MEASURING 4HEREFORE THE DEVICE CHECKS THE THREE PHASE TO
TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS PHASE VOLTAGES FOR SYMMETRY -ONITORING OF THE
SUM OF THE PHASE TO PHASE VOLTAGES IS NOT IN
4O DETECT INTERRUPTIONS OR SHORT CIRCUITS IN THE EXTER FLUENCED BY EARTH FAULTS
NAL MEASURING TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS OR FAULTS IN THE
CONNECTIONS AN IMPORTANT COMMISSIONING AID THE 4HE FOLLOWING APPLIES
MEASURED VALUES ARE CHECKED AT CYCLIC INTERVALS AS
LONG AS NO PICK UP CONDITION EXISTS \5MIN\ \5MAX\ 39-&ACT5
IF
#URRENT SYMMETRY
\5MAX\ 39-5THRES
)N HEALTHY OPERATION IT CAN BE EXPECTED THAT THE
CURRENTS WILL BE APPROXIMATELY SYMMETRICAL 4HE
WHEREBY 5MAX IS THE LARGEST OF THE THREE VOLTAGES
FOLLOWING APPLIES
AND 5MIN THE SMALLEST 4HE SYMMETRY FACTOR
39-&ACT5 REPRESENTS THE MAGNITUDE OF THE
\)MIN\ \)MAX\ 39-&ACT)
ASYMMETRY OF THE VOLTAGES 4HE THRESHOLD
IF 39-5THRES IS THE LOWER LIMIT OF THE PROCESSING
)MAX ). 39-)THRES ). AREA OF THIS MONITORING FUNCTION SEE &IGURE
"OTH PARAMETERS CAN BE SET SEE 3ECTION
)MAX IS ALWAYS THE LARGEST OF THE THREE PHASE CUR

5 MIN
RENTS AND )MIN ALWAYS THE SMALLEST 4HE SYMMETRY 5.
FACTOR 39-&ACT) REPRESENTS THE MAGNITUDE OF
ASYMMETRY OF THE PHASE CURRENTS AND THE THRESH
OLD 39-)THRES IS THE LOWER LIMIT OF THE PROCESSING 3LOPE
AREA OF THIS MONITORING FUNCTION SEE &IGURE 39-&ACT5
"OTH PARAMETERS CAN BE SET SEE 3ECTION
39-5THRES 5MAX
5.
&IGURE 6OLTAGE SYMMETRY MONITORING
# ' #

0HASE ROTATION )N THOSE CASES WHERE COUNTER CLOCKWISE PHASE

ROTATION CAN OCCUR DURING OPERATION EG IN
3INCE CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF MEASURED VALUE SE PUMPED STORAGE POWER STATIONS THE RELAY MUST
LECTION AND DIRECTIONAL DETERMINATION RELIES UPON BE INFORMED ABOUT THE REVERSAL OF THE PHASE SE
A CLOCKWISE SEQUENCE OF THE PHASE VOLTAGES THE QUENCE VIA A APPROPRIATELY ASSIGNED BINARY INPUT
DIRECTION OF ROTATION IS MONITORED 7HEN THIS INPUT IS ENERGIZED THE PHASES , AND
, ARE INTERNALLY SWAPPED IN ORDER TO ENSURE COR
5, BEFORE 5, BEFORE 5, RECT SYMMETRICAL COMPONENT CALCULATION SEE ALSO
3ECTION 4HE PHASE DEDICATED ANNUNCI
4HIS CHECK IS CARRIED OUT WHEN THE MEASURED VOLT ATIONS FAULT RECORDINGS AND MEASURED VALUES ARE
AGES AS DESCRIBED IN ARE PLAUSIBLE AND NOT AFFECTED
HAVE A MINIMUM VALUE OF AT LEAST
4ABLE GIVES A SURVEY OF ALL THE FUNCTIONS OF THE
\5,\\5,\ \5,\ 6o MEASURED VALUE MONITORING SYSTEM WITH ANNUNCI
ATIONS -ULTIPLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE 4HE
#OUNTER CLOCKWISE ROTATION WILL CAUSE AN ALARM MONITORING SYSTEMS DO NOT BLOCK ANY PROTECTION
FUNCTIONS
)F NO VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT FOR PHASE SEQUENCE MEA
SUREMENT THE CURRENTS ARE CHECKED FOR THEIR PHASE
ROTATION 4HIS REQUIRES THAT EACH PHASE CURRENT IS AT
LEAST TIMES RATED CURRENT
-ONITORING &AILURE COVERED REACTION

0LAUSIBILITY CHECK OF CURRENTS 2ELAY FAILURES IN THE SIGNAL ACQUISITION CIRCUITS
I , I , I , Þ I , I , I ,
35-)THRES X ). 35-&ACT) X )MAX DELAYED ALARM &AILURE ¦)
0LAUSIBILITY CHECK OF VOLTAGES PHASE EARTH 2ELAY FAILURES IN THE SIGNAL ACQUISITION CIRCUITS
\U, U, U, 5PH5DELTA X U%.\ U , U , U , U %
35-5THRES X 5. 35-&ACT5 X 5MAX DELAYED ALARM &AILURE ¦5PH E
#URRENT UNBALANCE 3INGLE OR PHASE TO PHASE SHORT CIRCUITS OR BROKEN

\) MIN\ CONDUCTORS IN THE CT CIRCUITS I , I , I ,
39-&ACT) OR
\) MAX\ 5NBALANCED LOAD
AND \)MAXi 39-)THRES DELAYED ALARM &AILURE )SYMM
6OLTAGE UNBALANCE PHASE PHASE 3HORT CIRCUIT OR INTERRUPTION PHASE PHASE IN

\5 MIN\ VT SECONDARY CIRCUITS
39-&ACT5 OR
\5 MAX\ UNBALANCED VOLTAGE ON THE SYSTEM
AND \5MAXi 39-5THRES DELAYED ALARM &AILURE 5SYMM
0HASE ROTATION 3WOPPED VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS OR REVERSE ROTATION

SEQUENCE
, BEFORE , BEFORE ,
AS LONG AS \5,\ \5,\ \5,\ 6o
ANDOR \),\ \),\ \),\ | ). DELAYED ALARM &AIL0HASE3EQ
AND COUNTER CLOCKWISE ROTATION IS NOT INDICATED

VIA A BINARY INPUT
"OLTED FIGURES ARE SETTING VALUES
4ABLE 3UMMARY OF MEASURING CIRCUIT MONITORING
# ' #

5- 6 )NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
)NSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
7ARNING
4HE SUCCESSFUL AND SAFE OPERATION OF THIS DEVICE IS DEPENDENT ON PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATION
BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL UNDER OBSERVANCE OF ALL WARNINGS AND HINTS CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL
)N PARTICULAR THE GENERAL ERECTION AND SAFETY REGULATIONS EG )%# $). 6$% OR NATIONAL STANDARDS
REGARDING THE CORRECT USE OF HOISTING GEAR MUST BE OBSERVED .ON OBSERVANCE CAN RESULT IN DEATH
PERSONAL INJURY OR SUBSTANTIAL PROPERTY DAMAGE
5NPACKING AND REPACKING 0REPARATIONS
7HEN DISPATCHED FROM THE FACTORY THE EQUIPMENT IS 4HE OPERATING CONDITIONS MUST ACCORD WITH 6$%
PACKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUIDELINES LAID DOWN AND 6$% PART OR CORRESPOND
IN )%# WHICH SPECIFIES THE IMPACT RESIS ING NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER INSTALLA
TANCE OF PACKAGING TIONS
4HIS PACKING SHALL BE REMOVED WITH CARE WITHOUT

#AUTION
FORCE AND WITHOUT THE USE OF INAPPROPRIATE TOOLS 4HE
EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE VISUALLY CHECKED TO ENSURE 4HE MODULES OF DIGITAL RELAYS CONTAIN #-/3
THAT THERE ARE NO EXTERNAL TRACES OF DAMAGE CIRCUITS 4HESE SHALL NOT BE WITHDRAWN OR IN
SERTED UNDER LIVE CONDITIONS 4HE MODULES
4HE TRANSPORT PACKING CAN BE RE USED FOR FURTHER MUST BE SO HANDLED THAT ANY POSSIBILITY OF
TRANSPORT WHEN APPLIED IN THE SAME WAY 4HE STOR DAMAGE DUE TO STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARGES IS
AGE PACKING OF THE INDIVIDUAL RELAYS IS NOT SUITED TO EXCLUDED $URING ANY NECESSARY HANDLING
OF INDIVIDUAL MODULES THE RECOMMENDA
TRANSPORT )F ALTERNATIVE PACKING IS USED THIS MUST
TIONS RELATING TO THE HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATI
ALSO PROVIDE THE SAME DEGREE OF PROTECTION AGAINST CALLY ENDANGERED COMPONENTS %%# MUST
MECHANICAL SHOCK AS LAID DOWN IN )%# BE OBSERVED
CLASS AND )%# CLASS
)N INSTALLED CONDITIONS THE MODULES ARE IN NO DAN
"EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE THE
GER
RELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR AT
LEAST TWO HOURS IN ORDER TO ENSURE TEMPERATURE
EQUALIZATION AND TO AVOID HUMIDITY INFLUENCES AND
CONDENSATION
# ' #

-OUNTING AND CONNECTIONS #HECKING THE RATED DATA
-ODEL 5-J J"JJJ FOR PANEL SUR 4HE RATED DATA OF THE UNIT MUST BE CHECKED AGAINST
FACE MOUNTING THE PLANT DATA 4HIS APPLIES IN PARTICULAR TO THE AUXIL
IARY VOLTAGE AND THE RATED CURRENT OF THE CURRENT
3ECURE THE UNIT WITH FOUR SCREWS TO THE PANEL &OR TRANSFORMERS
DIMENSIONS REFER TO &IGURE
#ONNECT EARTHING TERMINAL 4ERMINAL OF THE UNIT

TO THE PROTECTIVE EARTH OF THE PANEL
#ONTROL DC VOLTAGE OF BINARY INPUTS
-AKE A SOLID LOW OHMIC AND LOW INDUCTIVE OPERA
TIONAL EARTH CONNECTION BETWEEN THE EARTHING SUR 7HEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY THE BINARY INPUTS ARE
FACE AT THE SIDE OF THE UNIT USING AT LEAST ONE STAN DESIGNED TO OPERATE IN THE TOTAL CONTROL VOLTAGE
DARD SCREW - AND THE EARTHING CONTINUITY RANGE FROM 6 TO 6 4HE PICK UP THRESHOLD LIES
SYSTEM OF THE PANEL RECOMMENDED GROUNDING NEAR 6 )N ORDER TO OPTIMIZE THE OPERATION OF THE
STRAP $). FORM ! EG /RDER .O OF INPUTS THEY SHOULD BE MATCHED TO THE REAL CONTROL
-ESSRS $RUSEIDT 2EMSCHEID 'ERMANY VOLTAGE TO INCREASE STABILITY AGAINST STRAY VOLTAGES IN
THE DC CIRCUITS
-AKE CONNECTIONS VIA SCREWED TERMINALS /B
SERVE LABELLING OF THE INDIVIDUAL CONNECTORS AND 4O FIT A HIGHER PICK UP THRESHOLD OF APPROXIMATELY
THE MAX PERMISSIBLE CONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONS 6 TO A BINARY INPUT A SOLDER BRIDGE MUST BE RE
MOVED &IGURE SHOWS THE ASSIGNMENT OF THESE
SOLDER BRIDGES FOR THE INPUTS ") TO ") AND THEIR
-ODEL 5-J J#JJJ FOR PANEL FLUSH LOCATION ON THE BASIC PCB OF THE BASIC INPUTOUTPUT
MOUNTING OR 5-J J%JJJ FOR CU MODULE '%! &IGURE SHOWS THE ASSIGNMENT
BICLE INSTALLATION OF THESE SOLDER BRIDGES FOR THE INPUTS ") TO ") AND
THEIR LOCATION ON THE ADDITIONAL INPUTOUTPUT MODULE
:%!
,IFT UP BOTH LABELLING STRIPS ON THE LID OF THE UNIT
AND REMOVE COVER TO GAIN ACCESS TO FOUR HOLES FOR
/PEN HOUSING COVER
THE FIXING SCREWS
,OOSEN THE BASIC MODULE USING THE PULLING AIDS
)NSERT THE UNIT INTO THE PANEL CUT OUT AND SECURE IT
PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM
WITH THE FIXING SCREWS &OR DIMENSIONS REFER TO &IG
URE
#AUTION
#ONNECT EARTHING SCREW ON THE REAR OF THE UNIT TO
%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO
THE PROTECTIVE EARTH OF THE PANEL OR CUBICLE
NENT CONNECTIONS THE 0#" TRACKS OR THE
CONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BE
-AKE A SOLID LOW OHMIC AND LOW INDUCTIVE OPERA AVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE
TIONAL EARTH CONNECTION BETWEEN THE EARTHING SUR VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR
FACE AT THE REAR OF THE UNIT USING AT LEAST ONE STAN FACE
DARD SCREW - AND THE EARTHING CONTINUITY
SYSTEM OF THE PANEL OR CUBICLE RECOMMENDED
GROUNDING STRAP $). FORM ! EG /RDER .O
OF -ESSRS $RUSEIDT 2EMSCHEID 'ERMANY
-AKE CONNECTIONS VIA THE SCREWED OR SNAP IN TER

MINALS OF THE SOCKETS OF THE HOUSING /BSERVE LA
BELLING OF THE INDIVIDUAL CONNECTOR MODULES TO EN
SURE CORRECT LOCATION OBSERVE THE MAX PER
MISSIBLE CONDUCTOR CROSS SECTIONS 4HE USE OF THE
SCREWED TERMINALS IS RECOMMENDED SNAP IN CON
NECTION REQUIRES SPECIAL TOOLS AND MUST NOT BE
USED FOR FIELD WIRING UNLESS PROPER STRAIN RELIEF AND
THE PERMISSIBLE BENDING RADIUS ARE OBSERVED
# ' #

8 8 8 8
"INARY INPUT 3OLDER BRIDGE 8

&OR RATED VOLTAGES 6 3OLDER BRIDGES MUST BE FITTED

0ICK UP VALUE APPROX 6
&OR RATED VOLTAGES 6 3OLDER BRIDGES MAY BE REMOVED

#UT AND BEND ASIDE
&IGURE #HECKING FOR CONTROL VOLTAGES FOR BINARY INPUTS TO ON BASIC MODULE '%!
8 8 8 8

&OR RATED VOLTAGES 6 3OLDER BRIDGES MUST BE FITTED

&OR RATED VOLTAGES 6 3OLDER BRIDGES MAY BE REMOVED

#UT AND BEND ASIDE
&IGURE #HECKING FOR CONTROL VOLTAGES FOR BINARY INPUTS TO ON ADDITIONAL MODULE :%!
# ' #

0ULL OUT BASIC MODULE AND PLACE ONTO A CONDUC )NSERTING THE BACK UP BATTERY
TIVE SURFACE
4HE DEVICE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE STORED IN .6 2!-S
#HECK THE SOLDER BRIDGES ACCORDING TO &IGURE ! BACK UP BATTERY IS AVAILABLE SO THAT THEY ARE RE
REMOVE BRIDGES WHERE NECESSARY TAINED EVEN WITH A LONGER FAILURE OF THE DC SUPPLY
VOLTAGE 4HE BACK UP BATTERY IS ALSO REQUIRED FOR THE
)NSERT BASIC MODULE INTO THE HOUSING ENSURE THAT INTERNAL SYSTEM CLOCK WITH CALENDER TO CONTINUE IN
THE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE LEFT BEFORE THE EVENT OF A POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN
4HE BATTERY IS NORMALLY SUPPLIED SEPARATELY WITH RE
&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE LAYS OF FORMER PRODUCTION SERIES )T SHOULD BE IN
VER SERTED BEFORE THE RELAY IS INSTALLED 3ECTION EX
PLAINS IN DETAIL HOW TO REPLACE THE BACK UP BATTERY
3IMILARLY CHECK ON THE ADDITIONAL INPUTOUTPUT *OIN THIS SECTION ACCORDINGLY WHEN INSERTING THE BAT
MODULE :%! ACCORDING TO &IGURE 4HIS TERY FOR THE FIRST TIME
SMALLER MODULE HAS PULLING HANDLES INSTEAD OF THE
RELEASING LEVER 4HE BATTERY IS ALREADY INSTALLED AT DELIVERY IN NEWER
MODELS )T SHOULD BE CHECKED ACCORDING TO 3ECTION
#LOSE HOUSING COVER THAT THE BATTERY IS CORRECTLY IN PLACE
# ' #

#HECKING ,3! TRANSMISSION LINK
)F THE INTERFACE FOR A CENTRAL DATA PROCESSING STATION 4RANSMISSION VIA OPTICAL FIBRE IS RECOMMENDED )T IS
EG ,3! IS USED THESE CONNECTIONS MUST ALSO BE PARTICULARLY INSENSITIVE AGAINST DISTURBANCES AND AU
CHECKED )T IS IMPORTANT TO VISUALLY CHECK THE ALLOCA TOMATICALLY PROVIDES GALVANIC ISOLATION 4RANSMIT AND
TION OF THE TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER CHANNELS 3INCE RECEIVE CONNECTOR ARE DESIGNATED WITH THE SYMBOLS
EACH CONNECTION IS USED FOR ONE TRANSMISSION DIREC FOR TRANSMIT OUTPUT AND FOR RECEIVE IN
TION THE TRANSMIT CONNECTION OF THE RELAY MUST BE PUT
CONNECTED TO THE RECEIVE CONNECTION OF THE CENTRAL
UNIT AND VICE VERSA 4HE NORMAL SIGNAL POSITION FOR THE DATA TRANSMISSION
IS FACTORY PRESET AS LIGHT OFF 4HIS CAN BE CHANGED
)F DATA CABLES ARE USED THE CONNECTIONS ARE MARKED BY MEANS OF A PLUG JUMPER 8 WHICH IS ACCESSIBLE
IN SYMPATHY WITH )3/ AND $). WHEN THE BASIC INPUTOUTPUT MODULE IS REMOVED
48$ 4RANSMIT LINE OF THE RESPECTIVE UNIT FROM THE CASE 4HE JUMPER IS SITUATED IN THE REAR AREA
-4 &RAME REFERENCE FOR THE TRANSMIT LINE OF THE POWER SUPPLY BOARD CENTRE BOARD &IGURE

28$ 2ECEIVE LINE OF THE RESPECTIVE UNIT
-2 &RAME REFERENCE FOR THE RECEIVE LINE
*UMPER 0OSITION .ORMAL SIGNAL POSITION
4HE CONDUCTOR SCREEN AND THE COMMON OVERALL
SCREEN MUST BE EARTHED AT ONE LINE END ONLY 4HIS 8 ,IGHT OFF
PREVENTS CIRCULATING CURRENTS FROM FLOWING VIA THE 8 ,IGHT ON
SCREEN IN CASE OF POTENTIAL DIFFERENCES

8 $
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8 #
8 8
8

0LUG JUMPER SHOWN AS DELIVERED

8 0OSITION ,IGHT OFF

&IGURE 0OSITION OF THE JUMPER 8 ON THE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
# ' #

#ONNECTIONS
'ENERAL AND CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ARE SHOWN IN !P #ONNECTION EXAMPLES ARE SHOWN IN &IGURE NEU
PENDIX " 4HE MARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES OF THE BINARY TRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER AND &IGURE LINE CON
INPUTS AND OUTPUTS ARE DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION NECTED EARTHING TRANSFORMER 4HE ILLUSTRATIONS ALSO
SHOW THE LOAD RESISTOR 2" WHICH PROVIDES A SUFFI
&OR STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION THE NEUTRAL DIS CIENTLY HIGH SIGNAL TO NOISE RATIO FOR THE MEASURED
PLACEMENT VOLTAGE IS SUPPLIED FROM A LINE CONNECTED VALUE
EARTHING TRANSFORMER OR A NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORM
ER 3INCE THE SECONDARY WINDINGS OF THESE TRANSFORM &URTHER INSTRUCTIONS ARE CONTAINED IN THE PAMPHLET
ERS USUALLY SUPPLY A VOLTAGE OF 6 WITH FULL DIS 0LANNING -ACHINE 0ROTECTION 3YSTEMS /RDER .O
PLACEMENT VOLTAGE THE VOLTAGE MUST BE CONNECTED % 5 5 !
TO THE UNIT VIA A VOLTAGE DIVIDER 6 6 EG
00 #:
.EUTRAL EARTHING
TRANSFORMER
5. o
2" ,OAD RESISTOR

6 6OLTAGE DIVIDER
6
5%
5-
&IGURE #ONNECTIONS FOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 EXAMPLE WITH NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER
5.o
,INE CONNECTED
EARTHING TRANSFORMER
6
2" ,OAD RESISTOR

6 6OLTAGE DIVIDER
6
5%
5-
&IGURE #ONNECTIONS FOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 EXAMPLE WITH LINE CONNECTED EARTHING TRANSFORMER
# ' #

#HECKING THE CONNECTIONS
THE TEST POSITION THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER SEC

7ARNING ONDARY CIRCUITS ARE AUTOMATICALLY SHORT CIRCUITED
3OME OF THE FOLLOWING TEST STEPS ARE CARRIED
%NSURE THAT THE MINIATURE SLIDE SWITCH ON THE FRONT
OUT IN PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES
4HEY SHALL BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PER PLATE IS IN THE /&& POSITION REFER &IGURE
SONNEL ONLY WHICH IS THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH
ALL SAFETY REGULATIONS AND PRECAUTIONARY &IT A DC AMMETER IN THE AUXILIARY POWER CIRCUIT
MEASURES AND PAY DUE ATTENTION TO THEM RANGE APPROX ! TO !
.ON OBSERVANCE CAN RESULT IN SEVERE PER
SONAL INJURY #LOSE THE BATTERY SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKER CHECK
POLARITY AND MAGNITUDE OF VOLTAGE AT THE TERMINALS
OF THE UNIT OR AT THE CONNECTOR MODULE
"EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE THE
RELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR AT
4HE MEASURED CURRENT CONSUMPTION SHOULD BE IN
SIGNIFICANT 4RANSIENT MOVEMENT OF THE AMMETER
POINTER ONLY INDICATES THE CHARGING CURRENT OF THE
CONDENSATION
STORAGE CAPACITORS
3WITCH OFF THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE DC SUPPLY
0UT THE MINIATURE SLIDE SWITCH OF THE FRONT PLATE IN
AND THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS
THE /. POSITION 4HE UNIT STARTS UP AND ON
COMPLETION OF THE RUN UP PERIOD THE GREEN ,%$
#HECK THE CONTINUITY OF ALL THE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS AGAINST THE PLANT AND CONNEC ON THE FRONT COMES ON THE RED ,%$ GETS OFF AFTER AT
TION DIAGRAMS MOST SEC
C !RE THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS CORRECTLY /PEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR THE DC POWER SUPPLY
EARTHED
2EMOVE DC AMMETER RECONNECT THE AUXILIARY VOLT
C !RE THE POLARITIES OF THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER AGE LEADS
CONNECTIONS CONSISTENT
#LOSE THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MCB SECONDARY
C )S THE PHASE RELATIONSHIP OF THE CURRENT TRANS CIRCUIT
FORMERS CORRECT
#HECK THE DIRECTION OF PHASE ROTATION AT THE RELAY
C !RE THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS CORRECTLY EARTHED TERMINALS CLOCKWISE
C !RE THE POLARITIES OF THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CIR /PEN THE MCB S FOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SEC
CUITS CORRECT ONDARY CIRCUITS AND DC POWER SUPPLY
C )S THE PHASE RELATIONSHIP OF THE VOLTAGE TRANS #HECK THROUGH THE TRIPPING CIRCUITS TO THE CIRCUIT
FORMERS CORRECT BREAKERS
C )S THE POLARITY OF THE OPEN DELTA WINDING ON THE #HECK THROUGH THE CONTROL WIRING TO AND FROM OTH
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS OR OF THE EARTHING TRANS ER DEVICES
FORMER AND THE CONNECTION CORRECT
#HECK THE SIGNAL CIRCUITS
)F TEST SWITCHES HAVE BEEN FITTED IN THE SECONDARY
CIRCUITS CHECK THEIR FUNCTION PARTICULARLY THAT IN 2ECLOSE THE PROTECTIVE MCB S
# ' #

#ONFIGURATION OF OPERATION AND MEMORY FUNCTIONS
/PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS AND GENERAL
&OR MOST OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS THE INPUT OF A CODE FOR NORMAL OPERATION CONDITIONS
WORD IS NECESSARY 4HIS APPLIES FOR ALL ENTRIES VIA THE
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD OR FRONT INTERFACE WHICH CON &OR OPERATIONS OF SPECIAL IMPORTANCE LIKE THE PARA
CERN THE OPERATION ON THE RELAY FOR EXAMPLE METERIZATION OF FUNCTIONS AND PICK UP VALUES THE
START OF TEST ROUTINES RESET OF ANNUNCIATION BUFFERS
CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR OPERATION LANGUAGE ETC CODE LEVEL IS REQUIRED 4HE CODEWORD FOR THIS
INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION LEVEL COMPRISES THE ITEMS FROM CODE LEVEL TOO
ALLOCATION OR MARSHALLING OF ANNUNCIATION SIGNALS
&OR THE CONFIGURATION IE THE MARSHALLING AND CON
BINARY INPUTS OPTICAL INDICATIONS TRIP COMMANDS
FIGURATION OF THE RELAY CODE LEVEL IS APPLICABLE
SETTING OF FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS THRESHOLDS
FUNCTIONS 4HE CODEWORDS PRE SET UPON DELIVERY OF THE RELAY
CAN BE SUBSTITUTED BY SELF SELECTED CODEWORDS
INITIATION OF TEST PROCEDURES #HANGING OF THE CODEWORDS IS DONE UNDER ADDRESS
ES TO 4HESE ADDRESSES ARE VISIBLE ONLY
4HE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE READ OUT OF AN WHEN CODE LEVEL IS FULFILLED 4HE PROCEDURE IS DE
NUNCIATIONS OPERATING DATA OR FAULT DATA OR FOR THE SCRIBED IN 3ECTION
READ OUT OF SETTING PARAMETERS
4O INDICATE AUTHORIZED OPERATOR USE PRESS KEY #7
4HE 5- DISPOSES OF FOUR DIFFERENT CODE LEVELS ENTER THE CODEWORD AND CONFIRM WITH % 4HE
IE DIFFERENT AUTHORIZATION LEVELS #ODE LEVEL RE CODE WORD IS A NUMBER OF UP TO DIGITS 5PON DELIV
LEASES THE SETTING OF THE TIME CLOCK CREATING OF A ERY OF THE RELAY THE NUMBER IS PRE SET FOR ALL CODE
MEASURING RECORD AND SWITCH OVER OF THE ACTIVE PA LEVELS #ODEWORD ENTRY CAN ALSO BE MADE RETROSPEC
RAMETER SET 4HAT MEANS WITH A CODEWORD THE OPERA TIVELY AFTER PAGING OR DIRECT ADDRESSING TO ANY SETTING
TOR CAN CARRY OUT SPECIFIC SETTINGS WHICH ARE TYPICAL ADDRESS
% . 4 % 2 # / $ % 7 / 2 $ 4HE ENTERED CHARACTERS DO NOT APPEAR IN THE DISPLAY

INSTEAD ONLY A SYMBOL APPEARS !FTER CONFIRMATION OF
THE CORRECT INPUT WITH % THE DISPLAY RESPONDS WITH #7
# 7 ! # # % 0 4 % $ !##%04%$ 0RESS THE ENTRY KEY % AGAIN
)F THE CODEWORD IS NOT CORRECT THE DISPLAY SHOWS

# / $ % 7 / 2 $ 7 2 / . ' #/$%7/2$ 72/.' 0RESSING THE #7 KEY ALLOWS
ANOTHER ATTEMPT AT CODEWORD ENTRY
!DDRESS BLOCKS TO ARE PROVIDED FOR CONFIGURA 4HE SIMPLEST WAY OF ARRIVING AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS
TION OF THE SOFTWARE OPERATING SYSTEM 4HESE SET CONFIGURATION BLOCKS IS TO USE KEY $! FOLLOWED BY
TINGS CONCERN THE OPERATION OF THE RELAY COMMUNI THE ADDRESS NUMBER AND %.4%2 KEY % 4HE
CATION WITH EXTERNAL OPERATING AND PROCESSING ADDRESS APPEARS WHICH FORMS THE HEADING OF
DEVICES VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACES AND THE INTERACTION THE CONFIGURATION BLOCKS
OF THE DEVICE FUNCTIONS
/ 0 3 9 3 4 % - "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATING SYSTEM CONFIGURA

# / . & ) ' 5 2 ! 4 ) / . TION
# ' #

4HE DOUBLE ARROW KEY Å SWITCHES OVER TO THE FIRST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS
CONFIGURATION BLOCK SEE BELOW 5SE THE KEY ! TO CAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE
FIND THE ADDRESS 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR
DIGIT ADDRESS NUMBER IE BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUM )F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU
BER 4HE TITLE OF THE REQUESTED PARAMETER APPEARS RATION BLOCKS IE ADDRESS BLOCKS TO WITH KEYS
BEHIND THE BAR SEE BELOW 4HE SECOND LINE OF THE Å Ç THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$ /&
DISPLAY SHOWS THE TEXT APPLICABLE TO THE PARAMETER #/$%7/2$ /0%2!4)/. 0RESS THE .O KEY
4HE PRESENT TEXT CAN BE REJECTED BY THE .O KEY . . TO CONTINUE CONFIGURATION )F YOU PRESS THE
4HE NEXT TEXT CHOICE THEN APPEARS AS SHOWN IN THE 9ES KEY *9 INSTEAD ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS
BOXES BELOW 4HE CHOSEN ALTERNATIVE MUST BE CON 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM
FIRMED WITH ENTER KEY % WITH *9 OR ABORT WITH . AS ABOVE
4HE SETTING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY TIME BY 7HEN ONE EXITS THE SETTING PROGRAM THE ALTERED PA
THE KEY COMBINATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION RAMETERS WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED IN BUFFER
KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS STORES ARE PERMANENTLY SECURED IN %%02/-S AND
THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 #ONFIRM PROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE )F CONFIGURATION PA
WITH THE 9ES KEY 9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE RAMETERS HAVE BEEN CHANGED THE PROCESSOR SYSTEM
COME VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN WILL RESET AND RE START $URING RE START THE DEVICE IS
STEAD CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED IE ALL AL NOT OPERATIONAL
TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LAST
3ETTINGS FOR THE INTEGRATED OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK
/PERATING PARAMETERS CAN BE SET IN ADDRESS BLOCK 7HEN THE RELAY IS DELIVERED FROM THE FACTORY THE DE
4HIS BLOCK ALLOWS THE OPERATOR LANGUAGE TO BE VICE IS PROGRAMMED TO GIVE FUNCTION NAMES AND OUT
CHANGED 4HE DATE FORMAT CAN BE SELECTED -ES PUTS IN THE 'ERMAN LANGUAGE 4HIS CAN BE CHANGED
SAGES ON THE FRONT DISPLAY CAN BE SELECTED HERE FOR UNDER ADDRESS 4HE OPERATOR LANGUAGES AVAIL
THE QUIESCENT STATE OF THE UNIT OR AFTER A FAULT EVENT ABLE AT PRESENT ARE SHOWN IN THE BOXES BELOW 4HE
4O CHANGE ANY OF THESE PARAMETERS CODEWORD ENTRY DATE IS DISPLAYED IN THE %UROPEAN FORMAT WHEN THE
IS NECESSARY CODE LEVEL RELAY IS DELIVERED
) . 4 % ' 2 ! 4 % $
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NTEGRATED OPERATION
/ 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / .
4HE AVAILABLE LANGUAGES CAN BE CALLED UP BY REPEATEDLY

, ! . ' 5 ! ' %
PRESSING THE .O KEY . %ACH LANGUAGE IS SPELLED IN
$ % 5 4 3 # ( THE CORRESPONDING COUNTRY S LANGUAGE )F YOU DON T UN
DERSTAND A LANGUAGE YOU SHOULD FIND YOUR OWN LAN
% . ' , ) 3 ( GUAGE
4HE REQUIRED LANGUAGE IS CHOSEN WITH THE ENTER KEY %
# ' #

4HE DATE IN THE DISPLAY IS PRESET TO THE %UROPEAN FORMAT

$ ! 4 % & / 2 - ! 4
$AY-ONTH9EAR 3WITCH OVER TO THE !MERICAN FORMAT
$ $ - - 9 9 9 9 -ONTH$AY9EAR IS ACHIEVED BY DEPRESSING THE
.O KEY . THEN CONFIRM WITH THE ENTRY KEY %
- - $ $ 9 9 9 9 $$ TWO FIGURES FOR THE DAY
-- TWO FIGURES FOR THE MONTH
9999 FOUR FIGURES FOR THE YEAR INCL CENTURY
/ 0 % 2 S T , -ESSAGE TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE ST DISPLAY LINE DURING

N O T A L L O C A T E D OPERATION !NY OF THE OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES AC
CORDING TO 3ECTION CAN BE SELECTED AS MESSAGES
IN THE THE QUIESCENT STATE OF THE RELAY BY REPEATEDLY DE
) , ; = PRESSING THE .O KEY . 4HE VALUE SELECTED BY THE
ENTRY KEY % UNDER ADDRESS WILL APPEAR IN THE FIRST
) , ; = LINE OF THE DISPLAY
) , ; =
ETC
/ 0 % 2 N D , -ESSAGE TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE ND DISPLAY LINE DURING

N O T A L L O C A T E D OPERATION 4HE VALUE SELECTED BY THE ENTRY KEY % UNDER
ADDRESS WILL APPEAR IN THE SECOND LINE OF THE DIS
PLAY
ETC
&AULT EVENT ANNUNCIATIONS CAN BE DISPLAYED AFTER A ARE ACKNOWLEDGED DURING OPERATION WITH THE 2%3%4
FAULT ON THE FRONT 4HESE CAN BE CHOSEN UNDER AD KEY OR VIA THE REMOTE RESET INPUT OF THE DEVICE OR VIA
DRESSES AND 4HE POSSIBLE MESSAGES THE SERIAL INTERFACES !FTER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE
CAN BE SELECTED BY REPEATEDLY PRESSING THE OPERATIONAL MESSAGES OF THE QUIESCENT STATE WILL BE
.O KEY . 4HE DESIRED MESSAGE IS CONFIRMED DISPLAYED AGAIN AS CHOSEN UNDER ADDRESSES
WITH THE ENTER KEY % 4HESE SPONTANEOUS MESSAGES AND
!FTER A FAULT EVENT THE FIRST LINE OF THE DISPLAY SHOWS

& ! 5 , 4 S T ,
0 R O T 0 I C K U P THE FIRST PROTECTION FUNCTION WHICH HAS PICKED UP
0 R O T 4 R I P THE LATEST PROTECTION FUNCTION WHICH HAS TRIPPED
4 & A U L T THE ELAPSED TIME FROM PICK UP TO DROP OFF
4 4 R I P THE ELAPSED TIME FROM PICK UP TO TRIP COMMAND
& ! 5 , 4 N D , !FTER A FAULT EVENT THE SECOND LINE OF THE DISPLAY SHOWS
4 4 R I P
THE POSSIBILITIES ARE THE SAME AS UNDER ADDRESS
ETC
# ' #

#HANGING THE CODEWORDS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE CODEWORDS CAN BE CHANGED IN ADDRESSES ITS 4HEN THEY HAVE TO BE ENTERED WITH EXACTLY THE
TO FOR ALL FOUR AVAILABLE CODE LEVELS 4HIS ALLOWS A SAME NUMBER OF DIGITS FOR EACH CODE WORD ENTRY
DOWNGRADING OF THE OPERATING AUTHORIZATION
)F THE USER DOES NOT CHANGE THE CODEWORDS THEN THE
4HESE FOUR ADDRESSES ARE VISIBLE AND CHANGEABLE PRE SET CODE WORDS REMAIN VALID 4HEY ARE FOR ALL
ONLY WHEN CODEWORD LEVEL HIGHEST AUTHORIZATION FOUR CODE LEVELS %NTRY OF THE PREVIOUSLY USED PRE SET
STAGE IS FULFILLED 4HIS REQUIRES ENTRY OF THE LEVEL CODE WORD IS ACCEPTED TOO
CODEWORD
!TTENTION $O NOT FORGET THE CODEWORDS &ORGETTING
)T APPLIES FOR ALL CODE LEVELS THAT THE HIGHER LEVEL AL A CODEWORD IS LIKE LOOSING A KEY !CCESS TO THE RELAY
WAYS INCLUDES THE OPERATION FACILITIES OF THE LOWER IS NOT POSSIBLE WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE OF THE CORRE
CODE LEVELS SPONDING CODEWORD 7ITHOUT KNOWLEDGE OF THE
CODEWORD OF LEVEL YOU NEVER WILL HAVE THE CHANCE
#ODEWORDS CAN BE ABBREVIATED TO LESS THAN SIX DIG TO SET NEW CODEWORDS
#ODE LEVEL THIS AUTHORIZATION LEVEL ALLOWS OPERA

# 7 , % 6 % , TIONS FOR THE NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES STARTING
FAULT RECORDING SETTING THE CLOCK SELECTING THE AC
TIVE PARAMETER SET
3MALLEST SETTING VALUE
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE
#ODE LEVEL THIS AUTHORIZATION LEVEL ALLOWS OPERA

# 7 , % 6 % , TIONS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS
ADDRESS BLOCKS TO TEST ROUTINES ADDRESS
BLOCKS TO RESET OF ANNUNCIATION BUFFERS AD
DRESS BLOCK AND PROCESS PARAMETER SETS AD
DRESS BLOCK
#ODE LEVEL THIS AUTHORIZATION LEVEL ALLOWS THE

# 7 , % 6 % , CONFIGURATION MARSHALLING ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
INTERFACES ADDRESS BLOCKS TO FAULT RE
CORDING ADDRESS BLOCK SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS
ADDRESS BLOCK CONFIGURATION OF THE RELAY AD
DRESS BLOCK
#ODE LEVEL THIS IS THE HIGHEST AUTHORIZATION LEVEL

# 7 , % 6 % , FOR THE USER AND ALLOWS ALTERATION OF THE CODE WORDS
ADDRESSES TO
# ' #

#ONFIGURATION OF THE SERIAL INTERFACES ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE DEVICE PROVIDES TWO SERIAL INTERFACES ONE 0# IN 4HESE DATA ARE ENTERED TO THE RELAY IN ADDRESS BLOCK
TERFACE FOR OPERATION BY MEANS OF A OPERATOR TERMINAL #ODEWORD INPUT OF CODE LEVEL IS NECESSARY RE
OR PERSONAL COMPUTER IN THE FRONT AND A FURTHER SYS FER TO 3ECTION 4HE DATA MUST BE COORDINATED
TEM INTERFACE FOR CONNECTION OF A CENTRAL CONTROL AND WITH THE CONNECTED DEVICES
STORAGE UNIT EG 3IEMENS ,3! #OMMUNICA
TION VIA THESE INTERFACES REQUIRES SOME DATA PREAR !LL ANNUNCIATIONS WHICH CAN BE PROCESSED BY THE
RANGEMENTS IDENTIFICATION OF THE RELAY TRANSMISSION ,3! ARE STORED WITHIN THE DEVICE IN A SEPARATE TABLE
FORMAT TRANSMISSION SPEED 4HIS IS LISTED IN !PPENDIX #
0 # 3 9 3 4 % - "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NTERFACES FOR PERSONAL

) . 4 % 2 & ! # % 3 COMPUTER AND CENTRAL COMPUTER SYSTEM
)DENTIFICATION NUMBER OF THE RELAY WITHIN THE SUBSTATION

$ % 6 ) # % ! $ $ VALID FOR BOTH THE INTERFACES OPERATING AND SYSTEM
INTERFACE 4HE NUMBER CAN BE CHOSEN AT LIBERTY BUT
MUST BE USED ONLY ONCE WITHIN THE PLANT SYSTEM
3MALLEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER
,ARGEST PERMISSIBLE NUMBER
.UMBER OF THE FEEDER WITHIN THE SUBSTATION VALID FOR

& % % $ % 2 ! $ $ BOTH THE INTERFACES OPERATING AND SYSTEM INTERFACE
)DENTIFICATION NUMBER OF THE SUBSTATION IN CASE MORE

3 5 " 3 4 ! $ $ THAN ONE SUBSTATION CAN BE CONNECTED TO A CENTRAL
DEVICE
&UNCTION TYPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH )%#

& 5 . # 4 4 9 0 % AND 6$%7:6%) FOR MACHINE PROTECTION NO
4HIS ADDRESS IS MAINLY FOR INFORMATION IT SHOULD NOT BE
CHANGED
$EVICE TYPE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF THE DEVICE IN 3IEMENS

$ % 6 ) # % 4 9 0 % ,3! &OR 5- 6 NO
4HIS ADDRESS IS ONLY FOR INFORMATION IT CANNOT BE
CHANGED
# ' #

!DDRESSES TO ARE VALID FOR THE OPERATING AND DIFFERENCES OF THE "AUD RATE 7ITH GOOD TRANS
0# INTERFACE ON THE FRONT OF THE RELAY MISSION QUALITY S IS ADEQUATE 4HE VALUE SHOULD
BE INCREASED WHEN TRANSMISSION QUALITY IS NOT SO
.OTE &OR OPERATOR PANEL 82 THE 0# INTERFACE GOOD )T MUST BE NOTED THAT '!03 MUST BE SMALLER
FORMAT ADDRESS MUST BE !3#)) THE 0# "AUD THAN THE SETTING OF REACTION TIME PROTECTION RELAY IN
RATE ADDRESS MUST BE "!5$ THE 0# PAR THE PROTECTION SOFTWARE $)'3)Q 6 2ECOMMENDED
ITY ADDRESS MUST BE ./ 34/0 VALUE
4HE SETTING OF THE 0# '!03 ADDRESS FOR THE JJREACTION TIME PROTECTION RELAYJJ
OPERATING INTERFACE OR THE 393 '!03 ADDRESS '!03 ¹

FOR THE SYSTEM INTERFACE IS RELEVANT ONLY WHEN THE
RELAY IS INTENDED TO COMMUNICATE VIA A MODEM 4HE (IGHER VALUES FOR REACTION TIME PROTECTION RELAY RE
SETTINGS ARE THE MAXIMUM TIME PERIOD WHICH IS TOLER DUCE THE TRANSMISSION SPEED IN CASE OF TRANSMISSION
ATED BY THE RELAY WHEN GAPS OCCUR DURING TRANSMIS ERRORS )F THE RELAY INTERFACE IS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO A
SION OF A TELEGRAM 'APS MAY OCCUR WHEN MODEMS PERSONAL COMPUTER THEN '!03 MAY BE SET TO S
ARE USED BY COMPRESSION OF DATA ERROR CORRECTION
0 # ) . 4 % 2 & $ATA FORMAT FOR THE 0# OPERATING INTERFACE

$ ) ' 3 ) 6 FORMAT FOR 3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM
$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6
! 3 # ) ) !3#)) FORMAT
-AXIMUM TIME PERIOD OF DATA GAPS WITHIN TELEGRAMS

0 # ' ! 0 3 WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING DATA TRANSMISSION VIA MODEM
S ON THE OPERATING 0# INTERFACE
3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE S
0 # " ! 5 $ 2 ! 4 % 4HE TRANSMISSION "AUD RATE FOR COMMUNICATION VIA THE

0# OPERATING INTERFACE AT THE FRONT CAN BE ADAPTED TO
" ! 5 $ THE OPERATOR S COMMUNICATION INTERFACE EG PERSONAL
COMPUTER IF NECESSARY 4HE AVAILABLE POSSIBILITIES CAN
" ! 5 $ BE DISPLAYED BY REPEATEDLY DEPRESSION OF THE .O KEY
. #ONFIRM THE DESIRED "AUD RATE WITH THE ENTRY KEY %
" ! 5 $
" ! 5 $
" ! 5 $
0 # 0 ! 2 ) 4 9 0ARITY AND STOP BITS FOR THE 0# OPERATING INTERFACE

$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6 WITH ODD PARITY AND STOP BIT
. / 3 4 / 0 NO PARITY STOP BITS
. / 3 4 / 0 NO PARITY STOP BIT
# ' #

!DDRESSES TO ARE VALID FOR THE SYSTEM ,3! INTERFACE
3 9 3 ) . 4 % 2 & $ATA FORMAT FOR THE SYSTEM ,3! INTERFACE

6 $ % 7 % 8 4 % . $ % $ DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH )%# AND 6$%7
EXTENDED BY 3IEMENS SPECIFIED DATA
$)'3)Q 6ERSION 6
, 3 ! FORMAT OF THE FORMER 3IEMENS ,3! VERSION
-AXIMUM TIME PERIOD OF DATA GAPS WITHIN TELEGRAMS

3 9 3 ' ! 0 3 WHICH MAY OCCUR DURING DATA TRANSMISSION VIA MODEM
S ON THE SYSTEM ,3! INTERFACE
&ORMAT OF MEASURED VALUES FOR THE SYSTEM ,3! INTER

3 9 3 - % ! 3 5 2 FACE
6 $ % 7 % 8 4 % . $ % $ DATA IN ACCORDANCE WITH )%# AND
6$%7:6%) EXTENDED BY 3IEMENS SPECIFIED DATA NO
ALTERNATIVE FOR 5-
4HE TRANSMISSION "AUD RATE FOR COMMUNICATION VIA THE

3 9 3 " ! 5 $ 2
SYSTEM INTERFACE CAN BE ADAPTED TO THE SYSTEM INTER
" ! 5 $ FACE EG ,3! IF NECESSARY 4HE AVAILABLE POSSIBILITIES
CAN BE DISPLAYED BY REPEATEDLY DEPRESSION OF THE
" ! 5 $ .O KEY . #ONFIRM THE DESIRED "AUD RATE WITH THE
ENTRY KEY %
" ! 5 $
" ! 5 $
" ! 5 $
3 9 3 0 ! 2 ) 4 9 0ARITY AND STOP BITS FOR THE 0# OPERATING INTERFACE

FORMAT FOR )%# AND 6$%7 PROTOCOL OR
6 $ % 7 $ ) ' 3 ) 6 , 3 ! 3IEMENS PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM $)'3)Q
6ERSION AND FORMER ,3!
. / 3 4 / 0 NO PARITY STOP BITS
. / 3 4 / 0 NO PARITY STOP BIT
!DDRESS IS RELEVANT ONLY IN CASE THE SYSTEM INTERFACE IS CONNECTED WITH A HARDWARE THAT OPERATES WITH THE
PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM $)'3)Q ADDRESS 393 ).4%2& $)'3) 6 4HIS ADDRESS DETER
MINES WHETHER IS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO CHANGE PARAMETERS VIA THIS INTERFACE
3 9 3 0 ! 2 ! - % 4 2EMOTE PARAMETERIZING VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE

. / ./ IS NOT PERMITTED
9 % 3 9%3 IS PERMITTED
# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR FAULT RECORDING ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE MACHINE PROTECTION RELAY IS EQUIPPED WITH A .OTE 4HE SET TIMES ARE RELATED ON A SYSTEM FREQUEN
FAULT DATA STORE SEE 3ECTION $ISTINCTION CY OF (Z 4HEY ARE TO BE MATCHED ACCORDINGLY FOR
MUST BE MADE BETWEEN THE REFERENCE INSTANT AND DIFFERENT FREQUENCIES
THE STORAGE CRITERION ADDRESS .ORMALLY THE
GENERAL FAULT DETECTION SIGNAL OF THE PROTECTION IS THE .OTE )N THE ILLUSTRATION BELOW THE TIME VALUES ARE
REFERENCE INSTANT 4HE STORAGE CRITERION CAN BE THE DISPLAYED FOR STORAGE OF INSTANTANEOUS VALUES
GENERAL FAULT DETECTION TOO 34/2!'% "9 &$ OR THE 7HEN RMS VALUES ARE STORED THE TIMES APPEAR AS
TRIP COMMAND 34/2!'% "9 42)0 !LTERNATIVELY THE TIMES THE ILLUSTRATED VALUES
TRIP COMMAND CAN BE SELECTED AS REFERENCE INSTANT
34!24 7)4( 42)0 IN THIS CASE THE TRIP COMMAND IS $ATA STORAGE CAN ALSO BE INITIATED VIA A BINARY INPUT
THE STORAGE CRITERION TOO OR BY OPERATOR ACTION FROM THE MEMBRANE KEYBOARD
ON THE FRONT OF THE RELAY OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE
4HE ACTUAL RECORDING TIME STARTS WITH THE PRE TRIGGER 4HE STORAGE IS TRIGGERED DYNAMICALLY IN THESE CASES
TIME 4 02% ADDRESS BEFORE THE REFERENCE IN 4HE LENGTH OF THE DATA STORAGE IS DETERMINED BY THE
STANT AND ENDS WITH THE POST FAULT TIME 4 0/34 AD SETTINGS IN ADDRESSES AND BUT MAX 4
DRESS AFTER THE RECORDING CRITERION HAS DISAP -!8 ADDRESS 0RE TRIGGER TIME AND POST FAULT
PEARED 4HE PERMISSIBLE RECORDING TIME FOR EACH TIME ARE ADDITIVE TO THE SET VALUES )F THE STORAGE TIME
RECORD IS SET UNDER ADDRESS !LTOGETHER S ARE FOR START VIA BINARY INPUT IS SET TO 0 THEN THE STORAGE
AVAILABLE FOR FAULT RECORDING OF INSTANTANEOUS VALUES TIME ENDS AFTER DE ENERGIZATION OF THE BINARY INPUT
S FOR RECORDING OF RMS VALUES CF ADDRESS STATICALLY BUT NOT AFTER 4 -!8 ADDRESS
)N THIS TIME RANGE UP TO FAULT RECORDS CAN BE STORED
& ! 5 , 4
"EGINNING OF BLOCK &AULT RECORDINGS
2 % # / 2 $ ) . ' 3
) . ) 4 ) ! 4 ) / . $ATA STORAGE IS INITIATED

3 4 / 2 ! ' % " 9 & $ FAULT DETECTION IS REFERENCE INSTANT
FAULT DETECTION IS STORAGE CRITERION
3 4 / 2 ! ' % " 9 4 2 ) 0 FAULT DETECTION IS REFERENCE INSTANT
TRIP COMMAND IS STORAGE CRITERION
3 4 ! 2 4 7 ) 4 ( 4 2 ) 0 TRIP COMMAND IS REFERENCE INSTANT
TRIP COMMAND IS STORAGE CRITERION
-AXIMUM TIME PERIOD OF A FAULT RECORD

4 - ! 8
S ,ARGEST SETTING VALUE S
4HE TIMES ARE MULTIPLIED BY IN CASE OF STORAGE OF
RMS VALUES ADDRESS
0RE TRIGGER TIME BEFORE THE REFERENCE INSTANT

4 0 2 %
RMS VALUES ADDRESS
# ' #

0OST FAULT TIME AFTER THE STORAGE CRITERION DISAPPEARS

4 0 / 3 4
RMS VALUES ADDRESS
& ! 5 , 4 6 ! , 5 % 4HE STORED FAULT VALUES SHOULD BE

) . 3 4 ! . 4 ! . % / 5 3 ).34!.4!.%/53 VALUES WITH VALUES PER AC CYCLE
2 - 3 6 ! , 5 % 3 2-3 6!,5%3 WITH ONE VALUE PER CYCLE
3TORAGE TIME WHEN FAULT RECORDING IS INITIATED VIA A

4 " ) . ! 2 9 ) .
BINARY INPUT PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIMES ARE
S ADDITIVE
OR 0 IE AS LONG AS THE BINARY INPUT IS ENERGIZED BUT
NOT LONGER THAN 4 -!8
RMS VALUES ADDRESS
3TORAGE TIME WHEN FAULT RECORDING IS INITIATED VIA THE

4 + % 9 " / ! 2 $
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD PRE TRIGGER AND POST FAULT TIMES
S ARE ADDITIVE
RMS VALUES ADDRESS
!DDRESS IS NOT RELEVANT IN CASE THAT THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A CONTROL AND STORAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
WHICH OPERATES WITH THE PROTOCOL ACCORDING TO )%# AND 6$%7:6%) "UT IF THE RELAY IS CON
NECTED TO A FORMER ,3! SYSTEM THE RELAY MUST BE INFORMED HOW LONG A TRANSMITTED FAULT RECORD MUST BE SO THAT
THE FORMER ,3! SYSTEM RECEIVES THE CORRECT NUMBER OF FAULT RECORD VALUES
/NLY FOR COMMUNICATION WITH A FORMER ,3! SYSTEM

,ENGTH OF A FAULT RECORD WHICH IS TRANSMITTED VIA THE SERIAL
3 9 3 , % . ' 4 ( SYSTEM INTERFACE
6 ! , 5 % 3 & ) 8 VALUES FIX OR
6 ! , 6 ! 2 VARIABLE LENGTH WITH A MAXIMUM OF VALUES
# ' #

#ONFIGURATION OF THE PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONS
)NTRODUCTION
4HE DEVICE 5- IS CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A SERIES CIATED TEXT EG %8)34 )F THIS TEXT IS APPROPRIATE
OF PROTECTION AND SUPPLEMENTARY FUNCTIONS 4HE THE ARROW KEYS ! OR " CAN BE USED TO PAGE THE NEXT
SCOPE OF THE HARD AND FIRM WARE IS MATCHED TO THESE ADDRESS )F THE TEXT SHOULD BE ALTERED PRESS THE
FUNCTIONS &URTHERMORE INDIVIDUAL FUNCTIONS CAN BE .O KEY . AN ALTERNATIVE TEXT THEN APPEARS EG
SET CONFIGURED TO BE EFFECTIVE OR NON EFFECTIVE !D ./. %8)34 4HERE MAY BE OTHER ALTERNATIVES
DITIONALLY THE RELAY CAN BE ADAPTED TO THE SYSTEM FRE WHICH CAN THEN BE DISPLAYED BY REPEATED DEPRES
QUENCY SION OF THE .O KEY . 4HE REQUIRED ALTERNATIVE
MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE KEY %
4HE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ARE INPUT THROUGH THE
INTEGRATED OPERATION KEYBOARD AT THE FRONT OF THE DE 4HE CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY
VICE OR BY MEANS OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER CONNECTED TIME BY THE KEY COMBINATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE
TO THIS FRONT INTERFACE 4HE USE OF THE INTEGRATED OPER FUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DIS
ATING KEYBOARD IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN 3ECTION PLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3
!LTERATION OF THE PROGRAMMED PARAMETERS REQUIRES #ONFIRM WITH THE 9ES KEY *9 THAT THE NEW SET
THE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD OF CODE LEVEL SEE 3EC TINGS SHALL BECOME VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE
TION 7ITHOUT CODEWORD THE SETTING CAN BE .O KEY . INSTEAD CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE
READ OUT BUT NOT ALTERED ABORTED IE ALL ALTERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN
CHANGED SINCE THE LAST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST
&OR THE PURPOSE OF CONFIGURATION ADDRESS BLOCK 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS CAN BE MADE INEFFEC
IS PROVIDED /NE CAN ACCESS THE BEGINNING OF THE TIVE
CONFIGURATION BLOCKS EITHER BY DIRECT DIAL
)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU
PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $! RATION BLOCKS IE ADDRESS BLOCKS TO WITH KEYS
TYPE IN ADDRESS Å Ç THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$ /&
PRESS EXECUTE KEY % #/$%7/2$ /0%2!4)/. 0RESS THE .O KEY
. TO CONTINUE CONFIGURATION )F YOU PRESS THE
OR BY PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å FORWARDS OR Ç BACK 9ES KEY *9 INSTEAD ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS
WARDS UNTIL ADDRESS APPEARS 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM
WITH *9 OR ABORT WITH . AS DESCRIBED ABOVE
7ITHIN THE BLOCK ONE CAN PAGE FORWARD WITH ! OR
BACK WITH " %ACH PAGING ACTION LEADS TO A FURTHER 7HEN ONE EXITS THE SETTING PROGRAM THE ALTERED PA
ADDRESS FOR THE INPUT OF A CONFIGURATION PARAMETER )N RAMETERS WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED IN VOLA
THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS EACH ADDRESS IS SHOWN IN A TILE MEMORIES ARE THEN PERMANENTLY SECURED IN %%
BOX AND EXPLAINED )N THE UPPER LINE OF THE DISPLAY 02/-S AND PROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE 4HE
BEHIND THE NUMBER AND THE BAR STANDS THE ASSO PROCESSOR SYSTEM WILL RESET AND RE START $URING RE
CIATED DEVICE FUNCTION )N THE SECOND LINE IS THE ASSO START THE DEVICE IS NOT OPERATIONAL
# ' #

0ROGRAMMING THE SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE AVAILABLE PROTECTIVE AND ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS FUNCTIONS LIMIT VALUES WILL NOT BE REQUESTED DURING
CAN BE PROGRAMMED AS EXISTING OR NOT EXISTING &OR SETTING 3ECTION )N CONTRAST SWITCH OFF OF A
SOME FUNCTIONS IT MAY ALSO BE POSSIBLE TO SELECT BE FUNCTION MEANS THAT THE FUNCTION WILL BE PROCESSED
TWEEN MULTIPLE ALTERNATIVES THAT INDICATION WILL APPEAR EG SWITCHED OFF BUT
THAT THE FUNCTION WILL HAVE NO EFFECT ON THE RESULT OF
&UNCTIONS WHICH ARE CONFIGURED AS ./. %8)34 WILL THE PROTECTIVE PROCESS EG NO TRIPPING COMMAND
NOT BE PROCESSED IN 5- 4HERE WILL BE NO AN
NUNCIATIONS AND THE ASSOCIATED SETTING PARAMETERS 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW THE POSSIBILITIES
3 # / 0 % / & "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS

& 5 . # 4 ) / . 3
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION
) - 0 0 2 / 4 2 % 6 0 / 7 % 2
% 8 ) 3 4 % 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4 . / . % 8 ) 3 4
3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION

3 % & 0 2 / 4
5 . " ! , , / ! $
% 8 ) 3 4
% 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4

%XTERNAL TRIP FACILITIES VIA BINARY INPUT
/ 5 4 / & 3 4 % 0
% 8 ) 3 4 % 8 4 4 2 ) 0
% 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
&ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
& / 2 0 / 7 % 2 % 8 4 4 2 ) 0
% 8 ) 3 4 % 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4 . / . % 8 ) 3 4
# ' #

%XTERNAL TRIP FACILITIES VIA BINARY INPUT 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CONFIGURABLE FROM 6 OR
LATER
% 8 4 4 2 ) 0
% 8 ) 3 4 4 2 0 3 5 0 % 2 6
% 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
% 8 4 4 2 ) 0 0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER

% 8 ) 3 4
. / . % 8 ) 3 4 0 ! 2 ! - # /
. / . % 8 ) 3 4
% 8 ) 3 4
4HE RATED SYSTEM FREQUENCY MUST COMPLY WITH THE SETTING UNDER ADDRESS )F THE SYSTEM FREQUENCY IS NOT
(Z ADDRESS MUST BE CHANGED
& 2 % 1 5 % . # 9
2ATED SYSTEM FREQUENCY (Z OR (Z
F . ( Z
F . ( Z
# ' #

-ARSHALLING OF BINARY INPUTS BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORS
)NTRODUCTION
4HE FUNCTIONS OF THE BINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS REPRE CAL INPUT MODULE AND SHOULD INITIATE A LOGICAL FUNC
SENTED IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS !PPENDIX ! RELATE TION NAMELY BLOCKING 4HE CORRESPONDING QUESTION
TO THE FACTORY SETTINGS 4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE INPUTS TO THE OPERATOR IS THEN 7HICH SIGNAL FROM A PHYSI
AND OUTPUTS OF THE INTERNAL FUNCTIONS CAN BE REAR CAL INPUT RELAY SHOULD INITIATE WHICH REACTION IN THE
RANGED AND THUS ADAPTED TO THE ON SITE CONDITIONS DEVICE /NE PHYSICAL INPUT SIGNAL CAN INITIATE UP TO
LOGICAL FUNCTIONS
-ARSHALLING OF THE INPUTS OUTPUTS AND ,%$S IS PER
FORMED BY MEANS OF THE INTEGRATED OPERATOR PANEL OR 4HE TRIP RELAYS CAN ALSO BE ASSIGNED DIFFERENT FUNC
VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE IN THE FRONT 4HE OPERATION TIONS %ACH TRIP RELAY CAN BE CONTROLLED BY EACH COM
OF THE OPERATOR PANEL IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL IN 3ECTION MAND FUNCTION OR COMBINATION OF UP TO COMMAND
-ARSHALLING BEGINS AT THE PARAMETER ADDRESS FUNCTIONS

4HE LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS CAN BE USED IN
4HE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD CODE LEVEL IS REQUIRED MULTIPLE MANNER %G ONE ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CAN
FOR MARSHALLING REFER TO 3ECTION 7ITHOUT CO TRIGGER SEVERAL SIGNAL RELAYS SEVERAL TRIP RELAYS ADDI
DEWORD ENTRY PARAMETERS CAN BE READ OUT BUT NOT BE TIONALLY BE INDICATED BY ,%$S AND BE CONTROLLED BY A
CHANGED $URING CODEWORD OPERATION IE FROM CO BINARY INPUT UNIT 4HE RESTRICTION IS THAT THE TOTAL OF ALL
DEWORD ENTRY UNTIL THE TERMINATION OF THE MARSHALLING PHYSICAL INPUTOUTPUT UNITS BINARY INPUTS PLUS SIGNAL
PROCEDURE THE SOLID BAR IN THE DISPLAY FLASHES RELAYS PLUS ,%$S PLUS TRIP RELAYS WHICH ARE TO BE AS
SOCIATED WITH ONE LOGICAL FUNCTION MUST NOT EXCEED A
7HEN THE 5- PROGRAMS ARE RUNNING THE SPECIF NUMBER OF )F THIS NUMBER IS TRIED TO BE EXCEEDED
IC LOGIC FUNCTIONS WILL BE ALLOCATED TO THE PHYSICAL IN THE DISPLAY WILL SHOW A CORRESPONDING MESSAGE
PUT AND OUTPUT MODULES OR ,%$S IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE SELECTION 4HE MARSHALLING PROCEDURE IS SET UP SUCH THAT FOR
EACH PHYSICAL BINARY INPUT EACH OUTPUT RELAY AND
%XAMPLE 4RIP COMMAND IS REGISTERED FROM THE STA FOR EACH MARSHALLABLE ,%$ THE OPERATOR WILL BE
TOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 4HIS EVENT IS GENERATED IN ASKED WHICH LOGICAL FUNCTION SHOULD BE ALLOCATED
5- AS AN !NNUNCIATION LOGICAL FUNCTION AND
SHOULD BE AVAILABLE AT CERTAIN TERMINALS OF THE UNIT AS 4HE OFFERED LOGICAL FUNCTIONS ARE TABULATED FOR THE
A ./ CONTACT 3INCE SPECIFIC UNIT TERMINALS ARE BINARY INPUTS OUTPUTS AND ,%$S IN THE FOLLOWING SEC
HARD WIRED TO A SPECIFIC PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAY EG TIONS
TO THE SIGNAL RELAY THE PROCESSOR MUST BE ADVISED
THAT THE LOGICAL SIGNAL 5 4RIP SHOULD BE TRANS 4HE BEGINNING OF THE MARSHALLING PARAMETER BLOCKS
MITTED TO THE SIGNAL RELAY 4HUS WHEN MARSHALLING IS REACHED BY DIRECTLY SELECTING THE ADDRESS
IS PERFORMED TWO STATEMENTS OF THE OPERATOR ARE IM IE
PORTANT 7HICH LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION GENERATED IN
THE PROTECTION UNIT PROGRAM SHOULD TRIGGER WHICH PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $!
PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAY 5P TO LOGICAL ANNUNCI ENTER ADDRESS
ATIONS CAN TRIGGER ONE PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAY PRESS ENTER KEY %
! SIMILAR SITUATION APPLIES TO BINARY INPUTS )N THIS OR BY PAGING WITH KEYS Å FORWARDS OR Ç BACK
CASE EXTERNAL INFORMATION EG VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER WARDS UNTIL ADDRESS HAS BEEN REACHED 4HE
MCB TRIPPED IS CONNECTED TO THE UNIT VIA A PHYSI BEGINNING OF THE MARSHALLING BLOCKS THEN APPEARS
"EGINNING OF MARSHALLING BLOCKS

- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . '
# ' #

/NE CAN PROCEED THROUGH THE MARSHALLING BLOCKS % )MMEDIATELY THE ASSOCIATED IDENTIFICATION OF THE
WITH THE KEY Å OR GO BACK WITH THE KEY Ç 7ITHIN A FUNCTION APPEARS FOR CHECKING PURPOSES 4HIS CAN
BLOCK ONE GOES FORWARDS WITH ! OR BACKWARDS WITH " BE ALTERED EITHER BY ENTERING A DIFFERENT FUNCTION
%ACH FORWARD OR BACKWARD STEP LEADS TO DISPLAY OF NUMBER OR BY PAGING THROUGH THE POSSIBLE FUNC
THE NEXT INPUT OUTPUT OR ,%$ POSITION )N THE DISPLAY TIONS FORWARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDS
BEHIND THE ADDRESS AND THE SOLID BAR THE PHYSICAL WITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2 )F THE FUNCTION HAS BEEN
INPUTOUTPUT UNIT FORMS THE HEADING CHANGED ANOTHER CONFIRMATION IS NECESSARY WITH
THE ENTER KEY %
4HE KEY COMBINATION & ! IE DEPRESSING THE FUNC
TION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ARROW KEY ! SWITCHES OVER )N THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ALLOCATION POSSIBILITIES
TO THE SELECTION LEVEL FOR THE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS TO BE AL FOR BINARY INPUTS BINARY OUTPUTS AND ,%$ INDICATORS
LOCATED $URING THIS CHANGE OVER IE FROM PRESSING ARE GIVEN 4HE ARROWS ÅÇ OR !" AT THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF
THE & KEY UNTIL PRESSING THE ! KEY THE BAR BEHIND THE THE DISPLAY BOX INDICATE PAGING FROM BLOCK TO BLOCK
ADDRESS NUMBER IS REPLACED BY A & 4HE DISPLAY WITHIN THE BLOCK OR ON THE SELECTION LEVEL 4HE CHARAC
SHOWS IN THE UPPER LINE THE PHYSICAL INPUTOUTPUT TER & BEFORE THE ARROW INDICATES THAT THE FUNCTION KEY
UNIT THIS TIME WITH A THREE DIGIT INDEX NUMBER 4HE & MUST BE PRESSED BEFORE PUSHING THE ARROW KEY !
SECOND DISPLAY LINE SHOWS THE LOGICAL FUNCTION WHICH
IS PRESENTLY ALLOCATED 4HE FUNCTION NUMBERS AND DESIGNATIONS ARE LISTED
COMPLETELY IN !PPENDIX #
/N THIS SELECTION LEVEL THE ALLOCATED FUNCTION CAN BE
CHANGED BY PRESSING THE .O KEY . "Y REPEATED 4HE MARSHALLING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY
USE OF THE KEY . ALL MARSHALLABLE FUNCTIONS CAN BE TIME BY THE KEY COMBINATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE
PAGED THROUGH THE DISPLAY "ACK PAGING IS POSSIBLE FUNCTION KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DIS
WITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2 7HEN THE REQUIRED FUNC PLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3
TION APPEARS PRESS THE EXECUTE KEY % !FTER THIS FUR #ONFIRM WITH THE 9ES KEY *9 THAT THE NEW ALLOCA
THER FUNCTIONS CAN BE ALLOCATED TO THE SAME PHYSICAL TIONS SHALL BECOME VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE
INPUT OR OUTPUT MODULE WITH FURTHER INDEX NUMBERS .O KEY . INSTEAD CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE
BY USING THE KEY ! %ACH SELECTION MUST BE CON ABORTED IE ALL ALTERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN
FIRMED BY PRESSING THE KEY % )F A SELECTION PLACE CHANGED SINCE THE LAST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST
SHALL NOT BE ASSIGNED TO A FUNCTION SELECTION IS MADE 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS CAN BE MADE INEFFEC
WITH THE FUNCTION NOT ALLOCATED TIVE
9OU CAN LEAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL BY PRESSING THE KEY )F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE CONFIGU
COMBINATION & ! IE DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & RATION BLOCKS IE ADDRESS BLOCKS TO WITH KEYS
FOLLOWED BY THE ARROW KEY ! 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS Å Ç THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$ /& #/
AGAIN THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS NUMBER OF THE PHYSICAL $%7/2$ /0%2!4)/. 0RESS THE .O KEY . TO
INPUTOUTPUT MODULE .OW YOU CAN PAGE WITH KEY ! CONTINUE MARSHALLING )F YOU PRESS THE 9ES KEY *
TO THE NEXT INPUTOUTPUT MODULE OR WITH " TO THE PRE 9 INSTEAD ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS 3!6% .%7
VIOUS TO REPEAT SELECTION PROCEDURE AS ABOVE 3%44).'3 .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM WITH *9 OR
ABORT WITH . AS ABOVE
4HE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS ARE ALSO PROVIDED WITH FUNCTION
NUMBERS WHICH ARE EQUALLY LISTED IN THE TABLES )F THE 7HEN ONE EXITS THE MARSHALLING PROGRAM THE ALTERED
FUNCTION NUMBER IS KNOWN THIS CAN BE INPUT DIRECTLY PARAMETERS WHICH UNTIL THEN HAVE BEEN STORED IN
ON THE SELECTION LEVEL 0AGING THROUGH THE POSSIBLE VOLATILE MEMORY ARE THEN PERMANENTLY SECURED IN
FUNCTIONS IS THEN SUPERFLUOUS 7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THE %%02/-S AND PROTECTED AGAINST POWER OUTAGE
FUNCTION NUMBER LEADING ZEROS NEED NOT BE ENTERED 4HE PROCESSOR SYSTEM WILL RESET AND RE START $URING
!FTER INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER USE THE ENTER KEY RE START THE DEVICE IS NOT OPERATIONAL
# ' #

-ARSHALLING OF THE BINARY INPUTS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE UNIT CONTAINS BINARY INPUTS WHICH ARE DESIG 7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER LEADING ZER
NATED ).054 TO ).054 4HEY CAN BE MARSHALLED OS NEED NOT BE USED 4O INDICATE THE CONTACT MODE
IN ADDRESS BLOCK 4HE ADDRESS BLOCK IS REACHED THE FUNCTION NUMBER CAN BE EXTENDED BY A DECIMAL
BY PAGING IN BLOCKS ÅÇ OR BY DIRECT ADDRESSING WITH POINT FOLLOWED BY OR WHEREBY
$! % 4HE SELECTION PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT
AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION MEANS NORMALLY OPEN MODE CORRESPONDS TO
./ AS ABOVE
! CHOICE CAN BE MADE FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL INPUT FUNC
TION AS TO WHETHER THE DESIRED FUNCTION SHOULD BE MEANS NORMALLY CLOSED MODE CORRESPONDS
COME OPERATIVE IN THE NORMALLY OPEN MODE OR IN TO .# AS ABOVE
THE NORMALLY CLOSED MODE WHEREBY
)F THE EXTENSION WITH OR IS OMITTED THE DISPLAY FIRST
./ NORMALLY OPEN MODE THE INPUT ACTS AS A ./
INDICATES THE FUNCTION DESIGNATION IN NORMALLY
CONTACT IE THE CONTROL VOLTAGE AT THE INPUT TER
OPEN MODE ./ "Y PRESSING THE .O KEY . THE
MINALS ACTIVATES THE FUNCTION
MODE IS CHANGED TO .# !FTER DIRECT INPUT OTHER FUNC
.# NORMALLY CLOSED MODE THE INPUT ACTS AS A .# TIONS CAN BE SELECTED BY PAGING THROUGH THE FUNC
CONTACT IE CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT AT THE TER TIONS FORWARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDS
MINALS TURNS OFF THE FUNCTION CONTROL VOLTAGE AB WITH THE BACKSPACE KEY 2 4HE CHANGED FUNCTION
SENT ACTIVATES THE FUNCTION THEN MUST BE RE CONFIRMED BY THE ENTRY KEY %
7HEN PAGING THROUGH THE DISPLAY EACH INPUT FUNC .OTE /NE LOGICAL FUNCTION MUST NOT BE MARSHALLED TO
TION IS DISPLAYED WITH THE INDEX ./ OR .# WHEN SEVERAL BINARY INPUTS BECAUSE AN /2 LOGIC OF THE
PROCEEDING WITH THE .O KEY .
SIGNALS CAN NOT BE GUARANTEED
4ABLE SHOWS A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL THE BINARY INPUT
4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE BINARY INPUTS AS DELIVERED
FUNCTIONS WITH THEIR ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBER
&.O )NPUT FUNCTIONS NATURALLY HAVE NO EFFECT IF THE FROM FACTORY IS SHOWN IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS IN !P
CORRESPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO PENDIX ! AND " 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW AS AN EX
GRAMMED OUT DE CONFIGURED REFER TO 3ECTION AMPLE THE ALLOCATION FOR BINARY INPUT 4ABLE
SHOWS ALL BINARY INPUTS AS PRESET FROM THE FACTORY
- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . ' "EGINNING OF BLOCK -ARSHALLING BINARY INPUTS

" ) . ! 2 9 ) . 0 5 4 3
4HE FIRST BINARY INPUT IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !
& " ) . ! 2 9
!LLOCATIONS FOR BINARY INPUT
) . 0 5 4
#HANGE OVER TO THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH & !
2ESET OF STORED ,%$ INDICATIONS &.O

) . 0 5 4
NORMALLY OPEN OPERATION
, % $ R E S E T . / ,%$S ARE RESET WHEN CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT
# ' #

) . 0 5 4
.O FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE INITIATED BY BINARY INPUT
N O T A L L O C A T E D
,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & ! 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT BINARY INPUT WITH THE ARROW KEY
!
" ) . ! 2 9
-ARSHALLING BINARY INPUT
) . 0 5 4
&.O !BBREVIATION $ESCRIPTION
NOT ALLOCATED "INARY INPUT IS NOT ALLOCATED TO ANY INPUT FUNCTION

4IME 3YNCHRO 3YNCHRONIZE INTERNAL REAL TIME CLOCK
3TART &LT2EC 3TART FAULT RECORDING FROM EXTERNAL COMMAND VIA BINARY INPUT
,%$ RESET 2ESET STORED ,%$ INDICATORS
0ARAM3ELEC 0ARAMETER SET SELECTION IN CONJUNCTION WITH
0ARAM3ELEC 0ARAMETER SET SELECTION IN CONJUNCTION WITH
!NNUNC 5SER DEFINABLE ANNUNCIATION
3YS 4EST 3YSTEM INTERFACE MESSAGESVALUES ARE MARKED WITH 4EST OPERATION
3YS -- BLOCK 3YSTEM INTERFACE MESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUES ARE BLOCKED
64 MCB 4RIP 6OLTAGE TRANSFORMER MCB HAS TRIPPED
)MP BLOCK "LOCK IMPEDANCE PROTECTION

"LOCK UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN CIRCUIT OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION

%XTENS :" 2ELEASE OVERREACHING ZONE OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
%XT BLOCK "LOCK EXTERNAL TRIP COMMAND
%XT TRIP %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL
0HASE ROTAT 0HASE ROTATION IS REVERSED TO COUNTER CLOCKWISE
/3 BLOCK "LOCK OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
0R BLOCK "LOCK REVERSE POWER PROTECTION 0REV
36 TRIPPED 3TOP VALVE TRIPPED
0F BLOCK "LOCK FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 0F
) BLOCK "LOCK LOAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION )
2- THREPL 2ESET THERMAL REPLICA OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
5 BLOCK "LOCK STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
4RIP REL 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT PARALLEL TO TRIP RELAY
#"AUX 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT PARALLEL TO #" AUXILIARY CONTACT
4RIP REL 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT PARALLEL TO TRIP RELAY
#"AUX 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT PARALLEL TO #" AUXILIARY CONTACT

FROM FIRMWARE 6 OR LATER
4ABLE -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR BINARY INPUTS
# ' #

!DDR ST DISPLAY LINE ND DISPLAY LINE &.O 2EMARKS
-!23(!,,).' ").!29 ).0543 (EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK
").!29 ).054 !CKNOWLEDGE AND RESET OF STORED ,%$ AND DIS
).054 ,%$ RESET ./ PLAY INDICATIONS ,%$ TEST
").!29 ).054 2ESET MEMORY OF THERMAL REPLICA OF UNBALANCED

).054 2- THREPL ./ LOAD PROTECTION
").!29 ).054 "LOCK REVERSE POWER PROTECTION

).054 0R BLOCK ./
").!29 ).054 3TOP VALVE TRIPPED

).054 36 TRIPPED ./
").!29 ).054 6OLTAGE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY MCB HAS

).054 64 MCB 4RIP ./ TRIPPED
").!29 ).054 2ELEASE OVERREACHING STAGE OF IMPEDANCE PRO

).054 %XTENS :" ./ TECTION
").!29 ).054

).054 %XT TRIP ./
").!29 ).054 %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS

).054 %XT TRIP ./
4ABLE 0RESET BINARY INPUTS
# ' #

-ARSHALLING OF THE SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE UNIT CONTAINS SIGNAL OUTPUTS ALARM RELAYS .OTE AS TO 4ABLE !NNUNCIATIONS WHICH ARE INDI
/NE SIGNAL RELAY IS PERMANENTLY ASSIGNED AND AN CATED BY A LEADING SIGN REPRESENT THE DIRECT
NUNCIATES THE READINESS FOR OPERATION OF THE UNIT 4HE CONFIRMATION OF THE BINARY INPUTS AND ARE AVAILABLE AS
OTHER SIGNAL RELAYS ARE DESIGNATED 3)'.!, 2%,!9 LONG AS THE CORRESPONDING BINARY INPUT IS ENERGIZED
TO 3)'.!, 2%,!9 AND CAN BE MARSHALLED IN AD
DRESS BLOCK 4HE BLOCK IS REACHED BY PAGING IN &URTHER INFORMATION ABOUT ANNUNCIATIONS SEE 3EC
BLOCKS WITH Å Ç OR BY DIRECTLY ADDRESSING $! TION
% 4HE SELECTION PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DE
SCRIBED IN 3ECTION -ULTIPLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE
4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE OUTPUT SIGNAL RELAYS AS DELIV
POSSIBLE IE ONE LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CAN
BE GIVEN TO SEVERAL PHYSICAL SIGNAL RELAYS SEE ALSO ERED FROM FACTORY IS SHOWN IN THE GENERAL DIAGRAMS
3ECTION IN !PPENDIX ! AND " 4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW AN
EXAMPLE FOR MARSHALLING SIGNAL RELAY WHICH COM
4ABLE GIVES A LISTING OF ALL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS PRISES TWO ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS ON ONE SIGNAL
WITH THE ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBERS &.O !NNUN RELAY
CIATION FUNCTIONS ARE NATURALLY NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THE
CORRESPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO 4ABLE SHOWS ALL SIGNAL RELAYS AS PRESET FROM THE
GRAMMED OUT DE CONFIGURED REFER TO 3ECTION FACTORY

- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . ' "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE OUTPUT

3 ) ' . ! , 2 % , ! 9 3 SIGNAL RELAYS
4HE THIRD SIGNAL RELAY IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !
& 3 ) ' . ! ,
!LLOCATIONS FOR SIGNAL RELAY
2 % , ! 9
2 % , ! 9 3IGNAL RELAY HAS BEEN PRESET FOR

ST OUT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP BY CHARACTERISTIC
/ 3 4 R I P C H &.O
2 % , ! 9 3IGNAL RELAY HAS BEEN PRESET FOR

ND OUT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP BY CHARACTERISTIC
/ 3 4 R I P C H &.O
2 % , ! 9
NO FURTHER FUNCTIONS ARE PRESET FOR SIGNAL RELAY
,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & ! 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT SIGNAL OUTPUT RELAY WITH THE
ARROW KEY !
3 ) ' . ! ,
!LLOCATIONS FOR SIGNAL RELAY
2 % , ! 9
# ' #


NOT ALLOCATED .O ANNUNCIATION ALLOCATED
4IME 3YNCHRO 3YNCHRONIZE INTERNAL REAL TIME CLOCK
3TART &LT2EC 3TART FAULT RECORDING FROM EXTERNAL COMMAND VIA BINARY INPUT
2ESET ,%$ 2ESET ,%$ INDICATORS
0ARAM3ELEC 0ARAMETER SET SELECTION IN CONNECTION WITH
0ARAM3ELEC 0ARAMETER SET SELECTION IN CONNECTION WITH
3YS 4EST 3YSTEM INTERFACE MESSAGESVALUES ARE MARKED WITH 4EST OPERATION
3YS -- BLOCK 3YSTEM INTERFACE MESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUES ARE BLOCKED
$EVOPERATIVE 0ROTECTION RELAY OPERATIVE
0ROT OPERAT !T LEAST ONE PROTECTION FUNCTION OPERATIVE
,%$ RESET 3TORED INDICATIONS RESET
0ARAMRUNNING 0ARAMETERS ARE BEING SET
0ARAM 3ET ! 0ARAMETER 3ET ! IS ACTIVATED
0ARAM 3ET " 0ARAMETER 3ET " IS ACTIVATED
0ARAM 3ET # 0ARAMETER 3ET # IS ACTIVATED
0ARAM 3ET $ 0ARAMETER 3ET $ IS ACTIVATED
&AILURE 6 &AILURE 6 INTERNAL DC SUPPLY
&AILURE 6 &AILURE 6 !$ CONVERTER
) SUPERVISION -EASURED VALUE SUPERVISION CURRENTS GENERAL
&AILURE ¦) &AILURE SUPERVISION ¦) MEASURED CURRENTS
&AILURE )SYMM &AILURE SUPERVISION SYMMETRY )
&AILURE ¦5P E &AILURE SUPERVISION ¦5 PHASE EARTH
&AILURE 5SYMM &AILURE SUPERVISION SYMMETRY 5
&AIL0HASE3EQ &AILURE SUPERVISION PHASE SEQUENCE
64 MCB 4RIP 6OLTAGE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY MCB HAS TRIPPED
$EV $ROP OFF 'ENERAL DROP OFF OF DEVICE
)MP BLOCK "LOCK IMPEDANCE PROTECTION

"LOCK UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN CIRCUIT OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION

%XTENS :" 2ELEASE OVERREACHING ZONE OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
)MP OFF )MPEDANCE PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF
)MP BLOCKED )MPEDANCE PROTECTION IS BLOCKED
)MP ACTIVE )MPEDANCE PROTECTION IS ACTIVE
)MP 'EN&LT )MPEDANCE PROTECTION GENERAL FAULT DETECTION
)MP &AULT , )MPEDANCE PROTECTION FAULT DETECTION PHASE ,
)MP ) 5 )MPEDANCE PROTECTION FAULT DETECTION WITH UNDERVOLTAGE SEA IN
0OWER SWING )MPEDANCE PROTECTION POWER SWING DETECTED
)MP4RIP : )MPEDANCE PROTECTION 4RIP IN ZONE :
)MP4RIP :" )MPEDANCE PROTECTION 4RIP IN OVERREACHING ZONE :"
)MP4RIP : )MPEDANCE PROTECTION 4RIP IN ZONE :
)MP4RIP 4 )MPEDANCE PROTECTION DELAY TIME 4 FINAL STAGE EXPIRED
%XT OFF %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL IS SWITCHED OFF
%XT BLOCKED %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL IS BLOCKED
%XT ACTIVE %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL IS ACTIVE

FROM FIRMWARE 6 OR LATER
4ABLE -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
# ' #


%XT 'EN&LT %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL GENERAL FAULT DETECTION SIGNAL
%XT 'EN4RP %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL GENERAL TRIP COMMAND ISSUED
/PERAT RANGE /PERATING RANGE OF VOLTAGES ANDOR CURRENTS
0HASE ROTAT 0HASE ROTATION IS REVERSED TO COUNTER CLOCKWISE
#LOCKWISE #LOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION
#OUNTER CLOCK #OUNTER CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION
/3 BLOCK "LOCK OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
/3 OFF /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF
/3 BLOCKED /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS BLOCKED
/3 ACTIVE /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS ACTIVE
/3 CHAR /UT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN PASSED
/3 CHAR /UT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC HAS BEEN PASSED
/3 DETCH /UT OF STEP DETECTION BY CHARACTERISTIC
/3 DETCH /UT OF STEP DETECTION BY CHARACTERISTIC
/3 4RIP CH /UT OF STEP TRIP COMMAND BY CHARACTERISTIC
/3 4RIP CH /UT OF STEP TRIP COMMAND BY CHARACTERISTIC
0R BLOCK "LOCK REVERSE POWER PROTECTION 0REV
36 TRIPPED 3TOP VALVE TRIPPED
0R OFF 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF
0R BLOCKED 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS BLOCKED
0R ACTIVE 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS ACTIVE
0R &AULT DET 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION FAULT DETECTION
0R 4RIP 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND ISSUED
0R36 4RIP 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED
0F BLOCK "LOCK FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 0F
0F OFF &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS SWITCHED OFF
0F BLOCKED &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS BLOCKED
0F ACTIVE &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS ACTIVE
0F &LT DET &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION FAULT DETECTION OF 0F STAGE
0F &LT DET &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION FAULT DETECTION OF 0F STAGE
0F 4RIP &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION TRIP COMMAND BY 0F STAGE
0F 4RIP &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION TRIP COMMAND BY 0F STAGE
4ABLE -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
# ' #


) BLOCK "LOCK LOAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION )
2- THREPL 2ESET THERMAL REPLICA OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
)
OFF 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF
) BLOCKED 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS BLOCKED
) ACTIVE 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS ACTIVE
) 7ARN 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION CURRENT WARNING STAGE
) TH 7ARN 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION THERMAL WARNING STAGE
2- TH REPL 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION MEMORY OF THERMAL REPLICA RESET
) &AULT 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION FAULT DETECTION OF HIGH CURRENT STAGE
) 4RIP 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION TRIP BY HIGH CURRENT STAGE
) 4RIP 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION TRIP BY THERMAL STAGE
5 BLOCK "LOCK STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
5 OFF 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 IS SWITCHED OFF
5 BLOCKED 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 IS BLOCKED
5 ACTIVE 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 IS ACTIVE
5 &AULT 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION FAULT DETECTION
5 4RIP 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND ISSUED
4RIP REL 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT IN PARALLEL TO TRIP RELAY
#"AUX 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT IN PARALLEL TO #" AUXILIARY CONTACT
&AILURE 4RIP &AILURE DETECTED IN TRIP CIRCUIT
4RIP REL 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT IN PARALLEL TO TRIP RELAY
#"AUX 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION INPUT IN PARALLEL TO #" AUXILIARY CONTACT
&AILURE 4RIP &AILURE DETECTED IN TRIP CIRCUIT
4ABLE -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR SIGNAL RELAYS AND ,%$S
# ' #


-!23(!,,).' 3)'.!, 2%,!93 (EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK
3)'.!, 2%,!9

2%,!9 /3 CHAR /UT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC OR
HAS BEEN PASSED
3)'.!, 2%,!9
2%,!9 /3 CHAR
3)'.!, 2%,!9

2%,!9 /3 4RIP CH /UT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND
2%,!9 /3 4RIP CH
3)'.!, 2%,!9 )MPEDANCE PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND IN ZONE

2%,!9 )MP4RIP : :
3)'.!, 2%,!9
2%,!9 )MP 'EN&LT )MPEDANCE PROTECTION PICK UP SIGNAL
3)'.!, 2%,!9
2%,!9 0OWER 3WING )MPEDANCE PROTECTION POWER SWING BLOCKING
3)'.!, 2%,!9 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND WITH
2%,!9 0R36 4RIP STOP VALVE TRIPPED
3)'.!, 2%,!9

2%,!9 0R 4RIP 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND
3)'.!, 2%,!9

2%,!9 ) 4RIP ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND
2%,!9 ) 4RIP
3)'.!, 2%,!9

2%,!9 ) 7ARN ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION WARNING STAGES
2%,!9 ) TH 7ARN
3)'.!, 2%,!9 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND

2%,!9 5 4RIP
3)'.!, 2%,!9 %XTERNAL TRIP COMMAND

2%,!9 %XT 'EN4RP
3)'.!, 2%,!9 J $EVICE OPERATIVEJ THE .# CONTACT CAN BE

2%,!9 $EVOPERATIVE USED FOR $EVICE FAULTY ANNUNCIATION
J PERMANENTLY ASSIGNED CANNOT BE ALTERED
4ABLE 0RESET ANNUNCIATIONS FOR SIGNAL RELAYS
# ' #

-ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ INDICATORS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE UNIT CONTAINS ,%$S FOR OPTICAL INDICATIONS 7ITH DIRECT INPUT OF THE FUNCTION NUMBER IT IS NOT NEC
OF WHICH CAN BE MARSHALLED 4HEY ARE DESIGNATED ESSARY TO INPUT THE LEADING ZEROS 4O INDICATE WHETH
,%$ TO ,%$ AND CAN BE MARSHALLED IN ADDRESS ER THE STORED OR UNSTORED MODE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE THE
BLOCK 4HE BLOCK IS REACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS FUNCTION NUMBER CAN BE EXTENDED BY A DECIMAL
WITH Å Ç OR BY DIRECTLY ADDRESSING WITH $! POINT FOLLOWED BY OR WHEREBY
% 4HE SELECTION PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DE UNSTORED INDICATION NOT MEMORIZED CORRE
SPONDS TO NM AS ABOVE
SCRIBED IN 3ECTION -ULTIPLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE
STORED INDICATION MEMORIZED CORRESPONDS TO
POSSIBLE IE ONE LOGICAL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION CAN
M AS ABOVE
BE GIVEN TO SEVERAL ,%$S SEE ALSO 3ECTION
)F THE EXTENSION WITH OR IS OMITTED THE DISPLAY
!PART FROM THE LOGICAL FUNCTION EACH ,%$ CAN BE SHOWS FIRST THE FUNCTION DESIGNATION IN UNSTORED
MARSHALLED TO OPERATE EITHER IN THE STORED MODE M MODE WITH NM 0RESS THE .O KEY . TO CHANGE TO
FOR MEMORIZED OR UNSTORED MODE NM FOR NOT MEM STORED MODE M !FTER DIRECT INPUT OTHER FUNCTIONS
ORIZED %ACH ANNUNCIATION FUNCTION IS DISPLAYED CAN BE SELECTED BY PAGING THROUGH THE FUNCTIONS FOR
WITH THE INDEX M OR NM WHEN PROCEEDING WITH THE . WARDS WITH THE .O KEY . OR BACKWARDS WITH THE
KEY BACKSPACE KEY 2 4HE CHANGED FUNCTION THEN MUST
BE RE CONFIRMED BY THE ENTER KEY %
4HE MARSHALLABLE ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS ARE THE
4HE ASSIGNMENT OF THE ,%$S AS PRESET BY THE FACTORY
SAME AS THOSE LISTED IN 4ABLE !NNUNCIATION FUNC IS SHOWN IN THE FRONT OF THE UNIT &IGURE 4HE FOL
TIONS ARE OF COURSE NOT EFFECTIVE WHEN THE CORRE LOWING BOXES SHOW AS AN EXAMPLE THE ASSIGNMENT
SPONDING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PRO FOR ,%$ 4ABLE SHOWS ALL ,%$ INDICATORS AS
GRAMMED OUT DE CONFIGURED THEY ARE PRESET FROM THE FACTORY
- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . ' "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE ,%$ IN

, % $ ). $ ) # ! 4 / 2 3 DICATORS
4HE DESIRED MARSHALLABLE ,%$ IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !
, % $
& !LLOCATIONS FOR ,%$
, % $ ,%$ HAS BEEN PRESET FOR

ST 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT
% X T ' E N 4 R P M MEMORIZED &.O

ND 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT

RD 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT

TH 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT
, % $ NO FURTHER ALLOCATION FOR ,%$

# ' #

!FTER INPUT OF ALL ANNUNCIATION FUNCTIONS FOR ,%$ CHANGE BACK TO THE MARSHALLING LEVEL IS CARRIED OUT WITH
& !
, % $
!LLOCATIONS FOR ,%$

-!23(!,,).' ,%$S (EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK
,%$ )MPEDANCE PROTECTION PICK UP

,%$ )MP 'EN&LT NM
,%$ )MPEDANCE PROTECTION TRIP COMMAND IN ZONE

,%$ )MP4RIP : M :
,%$ )MPEDANCE PROTECTION DELAY TIME 4 FINAL

,%$ )MP4RIP 4 M STAGE EXPIRED
,%$
,%$ /3 DETCH NM /UT OF STEP PROTECTION PICK UP
,%$ /3 DETCH NM
,%$
,%$ /3 4RIP CH M
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP
,%$
,%$ /3 4RIP CH M
,%$
,%$ 0R 4RIP M
2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP
,%$
,%$ 0R36 4RIP M
,%$
,%$ ) 7ARN NM
,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION WARNING STAGES
,%$
,%$ ) TH 7ARN NM
,%$
,%$ ) 4RIP M ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION TRIP
,%$ ) 4RIP M
,%$ 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TRIP

,%$ 5 4RIP M
,%$
,%$ %XT 'EN4RP M
,%$ %XT 'EN4RP M
,%$ %XT 'EN4RP M 4RIP BY ONE OF THE EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS
,%$ %XT 'EN4RP M
,%$
,%$ &AILURE 6 NM
,%$ &AILURE 6 NM &AILURE IN ONE OF THE INTERNAL DC SUPPLY CIRCUITS
,%$ &AILURE 6 NM
,%$ &AILURE 6 NM
4ABLE 0RESET ,%$ INDICATORS
# ' #

-ARSHALLING OF THE COMMAND TRIP RELAYS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE UNIT CONTAINS TRIP RELAYS WHICH ARE DESIGNATED 4ABLE SHOWS THE LIST OF ALL THE COMMAND FUNCTIONS
42)0 2%,!9 TO 42)0 2%,!9 4HE TRIP RELAYS CAN WITH THEIR ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBER &.O )NPUT
BE MARSHALLED IN THE ADDRESS BLOCK 4HE BLOCK IS FUNCTIONS NATURALLY HAVE NO EFFECT IF THE CORRESPOND
REACHED BY PAGING IN BLOCKS WITH Å Ç OR BY DIRECTLY ING PROTECTION FUNCTION HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED OUT
ADDRESSING WITH $! INPUT OF THE ADDRESS NUMBER DE CONFIGURED REFER TO 3ECTION OR WHEN IT IS
AND PRESSING THE ENTER KEY % 4HE SELECTION NOT SWITCHED ON
PROCEDURE IS CARRIED OUT AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION
4HE FOLLOWING BOXES SHOW AN EXAMPLE FOR MARSHAL
-ULTIPLE COMMANDS ARE POSSIBLE IE ONE LOG
LING OF TRIP RELAYS 4ABLE SHOWS ALL TRIP RELAYS AS
ICAL COMMAND FUNCTION CAN BE GIVEN TO SEVERAL TRIP
PRESET FROM THE FACTORY &IGURE AT THE END OF THIS
RELAYS SEE ALSO 3ECTION SECTION ILLUSTRATES THE PRESET ASSIGNMENT AS A TRIP
PING MATRIX
- ! 2 3 ( ! , , ) . ' "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ARSHALLING OF THE TRIP RE

4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 3 LAYS
4HE DESIRED TRIP RELAY IS REACHED WITH THE KEY !
& 4 2 ) 0
!LLOCATIONS FOR TRIP RELAY
2 % , ! 9
4RIP RELAY HAS BEEN PRESET FOR

4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
ST 4RIP BY TEST TRIP FUNCTION FOR TRIP RELAY &.O
4 E S T 4 R I P THIS FUNCTION IS FIX ALLOCATED AND CANNOT BE
CHANGED
4 2 ) 0 2 % , 4RIP RELAY HAS BEEN PRESET FOR

ND 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION STAGE &.O
) M P 4 R I P :

0 R 4 R I P RD 4RIP BY REVERSE POWER PROTECTION &.O
# ' #


4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
TH 4RIP BY REVERSE POWER PROTECTION WITH TRIPPED
0 R 3 6 4 R I P STOP VALVE &.O

4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
TH 4RIP BY STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION &.O
5 4 R I P

N O T A L L O C A T E D TH NO FUNCTION ALLOCATED
,EAVE THE SELECTION LEVEL WITH KEY COMBINATION & ! 9OU CAN GO THEN TO THE NEXT TRIP RELAY WITH THE ARROW KEY ! OR
GO BACK WITH "
&.O !BBREVIATION ,OGICAL COMMAND FUNCTION
NOT ALLOCATED NO COMMAND FUNCTION ALLOCATED

)MP4RIP : 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION STAGE
)MP4RIP :" 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION OVERREACHING ZONE :"
)MP4RIP : 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION STAGE
)MP4RIP 4 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION DELAY TIME 4 FINAL STAGE EXPIRED
%XT 'EN4RP 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT
/3 4RIP CH 4RIP BY OUT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC
/3 4RIP CH 4RIP BY OUT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC
0R 4RIP 4RIP BY REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
0R36 4RIP 4RIP BY REVERSE POWER PROTECTION WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED
0F 4RIP 4RIP BY FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION STAGE 0F
0F 4RIP 4RIP BY FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION STAGE 0F
) 4RIP 4RIP BY LOAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION STAGE )
) 4RIP 4RIP BY LOAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION THERMAL STAGE
5 4RIP 4RIP BY STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
4ABLE -ARSHALLING POSSIBILITIES FOR COMMAND FUNCTIONS
# ' #


-!23(!,,).' 42)0 2%,!93 (EADING OF THE ADDRESS BLOCK
42)0 2%,!9

42)0 2%, 4EST 4RIP
42)0 2%, )MP4RIP 4
42)0 2%, /3 4RIP CH EG TRIP FOR NETWORK CIRCUIT BREAKER
42)0 2%, /3 4RIP CH
42)0 2%, ) 4RIP
42)0 2%, ) 4RIP
42)0 2%,!9

42)0 2%, 4EST 4RIP
42)0 2%, )MP4RIP :
42)0 2%, 0R 4RIP EG TRIP FOR GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER
42)0 2%, 0R36 4RIP
42)0 2%, 5 4RIP
42)0 2%,!9

42)0 2%, 4EST 4RIP
42)0 2%, )MP4RIP : EG TRIP FOR STOP VALVE
42)0 2%, 0R36 4RIP
42)0 2%, 5 4RIP
42)0 2%,!9

42)0 2%, 4EST 4RIP
42)0 2%, )MP4RIP :
42)0 2%, 0R 4RIP EG TRIP FOR DE EXCITATION
42)0 2%, 0R36 4RIP
42)0 2%, 5 4RIP
42)0 2%,!9

42)0 2%, 4EST 4RIP EG TRIP FOR STATION AUXILIARY SUPPLY CHANGE
OVER
4RIP TEST FOR EACH TRIP RELAY IS FIX ALLOCATED AND CANNOT BE ALTERED
4ABLE 0RESET COMMAND FUNCTIONS FOR TRIP RELAYS
# ' #

YL
PP
RE RE NO US R
KA K IT X EV
RO AER ELV TAI UA O
KR ERB TA B CX
O TIU RE TI VA E NO EG
W
TE CR NE UCR PO TIA NA
. IC ' IC T3 E$ T3 HC
%XT 'EN4RP &.O
%XT 'EN4RP &.O
%XT 'EN4RP &.O
%XT 'EN4RP &.O
!NNUNC &.O
!NNUNC &.O
!NNUNC &.O
!NNUNC &.O
U 4RIP &.O
) 4RIP &.O
) 4RIP &.O
0F 4RIP &.O
0F 4RIP &.O
0R36 4RIP &.O
0R 4RIP &.O
/3 4RIP CH &.O
/3 4RIP CH &.O
)-0 4 !US &.O
: 4RIP &.O
:" 4RIP &.O
: 4RIP &.O

&IGURE 4RIPPING MATRIX PRE SETTINGS
# ' #

5- 6 /PERATING INSTRUCTIONS
/PERATING INSTRUCTIONS
3AFETY PRECAUTIONS 4HE KEYBOARD COMPRISES KEYS WITH NUMBERS

9ES.O AND CONTROL BUTTONS 4HE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE
KEYS IS EXPLAINED IN DETAIL IN THE FOLLOWING
7ARNING .UMERICAL KEYS FOR THE INPUT OF NUMERALS

!LL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHICH APPLY FOR WORK
IN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ARE TO BE OBSERVED
DURING TESTS AND COMMISSIONING TO $IGITS TO FOR NUMERICAL INPUT
#AUTION $ECIMAL POINT

#ONNECTION OF THE DEVICE TO A BATTERY CHAR
GER WITHOUT CONNECTED BATTERY MAY CAUSE
IMPERMISSIBLY HIGH VOLTAGES WHICH DAMAGE 0 )NFINITY SYMBOL
THE DEVICE 3EE ALSO 3ECTION UNDER
4ECHNICAL DATA FOR LIMITS
#HANGE OF SIGN INPUT OF NEGATIVE

NUMBERS
$IALOG WITH THE RELAY

9ES.O KEYS FOR TEXT PARAMETERS
3ETTING OPERATION AND INTERROGATION OF DIGITAL PROTEC
TION SYSTEMS CAN BE CARRIED OUT VIA THE INTEGRATED
9ES KEY OPERATOR AFFIRMS THE DIS
MEMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL LOCATED ON *9
PLAYED QUESTION
THE FRONT PLATE !LL THE NECESSARY OPERATING PARAME
TERS CAN BE ENTERED AND ALL THE INFORMATION CAN BE
READ OUT FROM HERE /PERATION IS ADDITIONALLY POSSI .O KEY OPERATOR DENIES THE DIS
BLE VIA THE INTERFACE SOCKET BY MEANS OF A PERSONAL . PLAYED QUESTION OR REJECTS A SUG
COMPUTER OR SIMILAR GESTION AND REQUESTS FOR ALTERNATIVE
-EMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DIS

PLAY PANEL +EYS FOR PAGING THROUGH THE DISPLAY
4HE MEMBRANE KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL IS EXTER 0AGING FORWARDS THE NEXT ADDRESS
NALLY ARRANGED SIMILAR TO A POCKET CALCULATOR &IGURE IS DISPLAYED
ILLUSTRATES THE FRONT VIEW
0AGING BACKWARDS THE PREVIOUS
! TWO LINE EACH CHARACTER LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ADDRESS IS DISPLAYED
PRESENTS THE INFORMATION %ACH CHARACTER COMPRISES
A X DOT MATRIX .UMBERS LETTERS AND A SERIES OF
SPECIAL SYMBOLS CAN BE DISPLAYED "LOCK PAGING FORWARDS THE BEGIN
NING OF THE NEXT ADDRESS BLOCK IS DIS
$URING DIALOG THE UPPER LINE GIVES A FOUR FIGURE NUM PLAYED
BER FOLLOWED BY A BAR 4HIS NUMBER PRESENTS THE SET
TING ADDRESS 4HE FIRST TWO DIGITS INDICATE THE AD "LOCK PAGING BACKWARDS THE BEGIN
DRESS BLOCK THEN FOLLOWS THE TWO DIGIT SEQUENCE NING OF PREVIOUS ADDRESS BLOCK IS
NUMBER )N MODELS WITH PARAMETER CHANGE OVER FA DISPLAYED
CILITY THE IDENTIFIER OF THE PARAMETER SET IS SHOWN BE
FORE THE SETTING ADDRESS
# ' #

#ONFIRMATION KEY /PERATION WITH A PERSONAL COM

%NTER OR CONFIRMATION KEY EACH NU PUTER
% MERICAL INPUT OR CHANGE VIA THE 9ES
.O KEYS MUST BE CONFIRMED BY THE ! PERSONAL COMPUTER ALLOWS JUST AS THE OPERATOR
ENTER KEY ONLY THEN DOES THE DE PANEL ALL THE APPROPRIATE SETTINGS INITIATION OF TEST
VICE ACCEPT THE CHANGE 4HE ENTER ROUTINES AND READ OUT OF DATA BUT WITH THE ADDED
KEY CAN ALSO BE USED TO ACKNOWL
COMFORT OF SCREEN BASED VISUALIZATION AND A MENU
EDGE AND CLEAR A FAULT PROMPT IN
GUIDED PROCEDURE
THIS DISPLAY A NEW INPUT AND RE
PEATED USE OF THE ENTER KEY IS THEN
NECESSARY !LL DATA CAN BE READ IN FROM OR COPIED ONTO MAGNET
IC DATA CARRIER FLOPPY DISC EG FOR SETTINGS AND CON
FIGURATION !DDITIONALLY ALL THE DATA CAN BE DOCU
MENTED ON A CONNECTED PRINTER )T IS ALSO POSSIBLE BY
#ONTROL AND SPECIAL KEYS CONNECTING A PLOTTER TO PRINT OUT THE FAULT HISTORY
TRACES
#ODEWORD PREVENTS UNAUTHORIZED
#7 ACCESS TO SETTING PROGRAMS NOT
NECESSARY FOR CALL UP OF ANNUNCI &OR OPERATION OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER THE INSTRUC
ATIONS OR MESSAGES TION MANUALS OF THIS DEVICE ARE TO BE OBSERVED 4HE
0# PROGRAM $)'3) IS AVAILABLE FOR SETTING AND PRO
2 "ACKSPACE ERASURE OF INCORRECT EN CESSING OF ALL DIGITAL PROTECTION DATA .OTE THAT THE
TRIES OPERATING INTERFACE IN THE FRONT OF THE RELAY IS NOT GAL
VANICALLY ISOLATED AND THAT ONLY ADEQUATE CONNEC
& &UNCTION KEY EXPLAINED WHEN TION CABLES ARE APPLIED EG 86 &URTHER
USED INFORMATION ABOUT FACILITIES ON REQUEST
$! $IRECT ADDRESSING IF THE ADDRESS

NUMBER IS KNOWN THIS KEY ALLOWS
DIRECT CALL UP OF THE ADDRESS /PERATIONAL PRECONDITIONS
-ESSAGES3IGNALS INTERROGATION &OR MOST OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONS THE INPUT OF A CODE

-3
OF ANNUNCIATIONS OF FAULT AND OPER WORD IS NECESSARY 4HIS APPLIES FOR ALL ENTRIES VIA THE
ATING DATA REFER TO 3ECTION MEMBRANE KEYBOARD OR FRONT INTERFACE WHICH CON
CERN THE OPERATION ON THE RELAY FOR EXAMPLE
SETTING OF FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS THRESHOLDS

4HE THREE KEYS ! Å 2%3%4 WHICH ARE SOMEWHAT FUNCTIONS
SEPARATED FROM THE REST OF THE KEYS CAN BE AC
CESSED WHEN THE FRONT COVER IS CLOSED 4HE ARROWS ALLOCATION OR MARSHALLING OF SIGNALS BINARY INPUTS
HAVE THE SAME FUNCTION AS THE KEYS WITH IDENTICAL ,%$ INDICATORS TRIP RELAYS
SYMBOLS IN THE MAIN FIELD AND ENABLE PAGING IN FOR
WARD DIRECTION 4HUS ALL SETTING VALUES AND EVENT CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR OPERATING LANGUAGE
DATA CAN BE DISPLAYED WITH THE FRONT COVER CLOSED INTERFACE AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION
&URTHERMORE STORED ,%$ INDICATIONS ON THE FRONT CAN
BE ERASED VIA THE 2%3%4 KEY WITHOUT OPENING THE INITIATION OF TEST PROCEDURES
FRONT COVER $URING RESET OPERATION ALL ,%$S ON THE
FRONT WILL BE ILLUMINATED THUS PERFORMING A ,%$ TEST 4HE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE READ OUT OF AN
7ITH THIS RESET ADDITIONALLY THE FAULT EVENT INDICA NUNCIATIONS OPERATING DATA OR FAULT DATA OR FOR THE
TIONS IN THE DISPLAY ON THE FRONT PANEL OF THE DEVICE READ OUT OF SETTING PARAMETERS
ARE ACKNOWLEDGED THE DISPLAY SHOWS THEN THE OP
ERATIONAL VALUES OF THE QUIESCENT STATE 4HE DISPLAY IS 4HE METHOD OF ENTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS EXPLAINED IN
SWITCHED OVER TO OPERATING MODE AS SOON AS ONE OF DETAIL IN THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UNDER 3ECTION
THE KEYS $! -3 #7 OR Å IS PRESSED
# ' #

2EPRESENTATION OF THE RELAY FRONT VIEW
2EADINESS INDICATION
GREEN
5NIT FAULTY INDICATION
RED
,%$ TO
RED CAN BE
"ETRIEB3ERVIC MARSHALLED
PRESETTING BE
3T¶RUNG"LOCKED LOW
4WO LINE DISPLAY
,#$ WITH CHAR
ACTERS EACH -ASCHINENSCHUTZ
'ENERATOR 0ROTECTION
: ·: 0 5 )
/N/FF SWITCH FOR
INTEGRATED POWER
SUPPLY

!DDITIONAL KEYS
CAN BE ACCESSED #7
WHEN COVER IS /PERATOR
CLOSED PANEL
2
&
2%3%4 $!
,%$
-3 *9 . %
POLE SOCKET FOR
CONNECTING A PER
SONAL COMPUTER
).!(Z m
5.6
5(V
;n)))=
$IAGR # ! 8

5- #! "!## & .R
"ASE MODULE !DDITIONAL MODULE

# ! !
&ACTORY PRESETTING ,%$S

)MPEDANCE PROTECTION PICK UP 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP WITH CLOSED STOP VALVE
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION TRIP IN STAGE :4 ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION WARNING STAGE )
)MPEDANCE PROTECTION 4 EXPIRED ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION THERMAL WARNING STAGE
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION PICK UP CHAR OR ,OAD UNBALANCED PROTECTION TRIP
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP CHAR 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TRIP
/UT OF STEP PROTECTION TRIP CHAR %XTERNAL TRIP VIA BINARY INPUT
2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP $EVICE FAULT HARDWARE FAULT
&IGURE &RONT VIEW OF OPERATING KEY BOARD AND DISPLAY PANEL
# ' #

3ETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS
)NTRODUCTION
0ARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE
&OR SETTING THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS IT IS NECESSARY !DDRESSES WHICH REQUIRE TEXT INPUT
TO ENTER THE CODEWORD OF CODE LEVEL SEE 3ECTION
7ITHOUT CODEWORD ENTRY PARAMETERS CAN BE 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS IE
READ OUT BUT NOT BE CHANGED BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUMBER EG FOR BLOCK
SEQUENCE NUMBER "EHIND THE BAR APPEARS
)F THE CODEWORD IS ACCEPTED PARAMETERIZING CAN BE THE MEANING OF THE REQUIRED PARAMETER IN THE SEC
GIN )N THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS EACH ADDRESS IS ILLUS OND DISPLAY LINE THE APPLICABLE TEXT 7HEN THE
TRATED IN A BOX AND IS EXPLAINED 4HERE ARE THREE RELAY IS DELIVERED A TEXT HAS BEEN PRESET )N THE
FORMS OF DISPLAY FOLLOWING SECTIONS THIS TEXT IS SHOWN )F IT IS TO BE
RETAINED NO OTHER INPUT IS NECESSARY /NE CAN
!DDRESSES WITHOUT REQUEST FOR OPERATOR INPUT PAGE FORWARDS OR BACKWARDS WITHIN THE BLOCK OR TO
THE NEXT OR PREVIOUS BLOCK )F THE TEXT NEEDS TO BE
4HE ADDRESS IS IDENTIFIED BY THE BLOCK NUMBER FOL ALTERED PRESS THE .O KEY . 4HE NEXT ALTERNATIVE
LOWED BY AS SEQUENCE NUMBER EG FOR TEXT ALSO PRINTED IN THE DISPLAY BOXES ILLUSTRATED IN
BLOCK $ISPLAYED TEXT FORMS THE HEADING OF THIS THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS THEN APPEARS )F THE ALTER
BLOCK .O INPUT IS EXPECTED "Y USING KEYS Å OR Ç NATIVE TEXT IS NOT DESIRED THE . KEY IS PRESSED
THE NEXT OR THE PREVIOUS BLOCK CAN BE SELECTED "Y AGAIN ETC 4HE ALTERNATIVE WHICH IS CHOSEN IS
USING THE KEYS ! OR " THE FIRST OR LAST ADDRESS WITHIN CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE CHANGED
THE BLOCK CAN BE SELECTED AND PAGED PARAMETERS ARE ONLY SAVED AFTER TERMINATION OF PA
RAMETERIZING REFER BELOW
!DDRESSES WHICH REQUIRE NUMERICAL INPUT
&OR EACH OF THE ADDRESSES THE POSSIBLE PARAMETERS
4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS IE AND TEXT ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS )F THE
BLOCK AND SEQUENCE NUMBER EG FOR BLOCK MEANING OF A PARAMETER IS NOT CLEAR IT IS USUALLY BEST
SEQUENCE NUMBER "EHIND THE BAR APPEARS TO LEAVE IT AT THE FACTORY SETTING 4HE ARROWS Å Ç OR !"
THE MEANING OF THE REQUIRED PARAMETER IN THE SEC AT THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE ILLUSTRATED DISPLAY BOXES
OND DISPLAY LINE THE VALUE OF THE PARAMETER 7HEN INDICATE THE METHOD OF MOVING FROM BLOCK TO BLOCK OR
THE RELAY IS DELIVERED A VALUE HAS BEEN PRESET )N WITHIN THE BLOCK 5NUSED ADDRESSES ARE AUTOMATI
THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS THIS VALUE IS SHOWN )F THIS CALLY PASSED OVER
VALUE IS TO BE RETAINED NO OTHER INPUT IS NECES
SARY /NE CAN PAGE FORWARDS OR BACKWARDS WITHIN )F THE PARAMETER ADDRESS IS KNOWN THEN DIRECT AD
THE BLOCK OR TO THE NEXT OR PREVIOUS BLOCK )F THE DRESSING IS POSSIBLE 4HIS IS ACHIEVED BY DEPRESSING
VALUE NEEDS TO BE ALTERED IT CAN BE OVERWRITTEN US KEY $! FOLLOWED BY THE FOUR DIGIT ADDRESS AND SUB
ING THE NUMERICAL KEYS AND IF REQUIRED THE DECI SEQUENTLY PRESSING THE ENTER KEY % !FTER DIRECT AD
MAL POINT ANDOR CHANGE SIGN OR WHERE AP DRESSING PAGING BY MEANS OF KEYS Å Ç AND KEYS ! "
PROPRIATE INFINITY SIGN 0 4HE PERMISSIBLE SETTING IS POSSIBLE
RANGE IS GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING TEXT NEXT TO THE AS
SOCIATED BOX %NTERED VALUES BEYOND THIS RANGE 4HE SETTING PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED AT ANY TIME BY
WILL BE REJECTED 4HE SETTING STEPS CORRESPOND TO THE KEY COMBINATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION
THE LAST DECIMAL PLACE AS SHOWN IN THE SETTING BOX KEY & FOLLOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS
)NPUTS WITH MORE DECIMAL PLACES THAN PERMITTED THE QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 #ONFIRM
WILL BE TRUNCATED DOWN TO THE PERMISSIBLE NUMBER WITH THE 9ES KEY 9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE
4HE VALUE MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTRY KEY COME VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN
% 4HE DISPLAY THEN CONFIRMS THE ACCEPTED VALUE STEAD CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED IE ALL AL
4HE CHANGED PARAMETERS ARE ONLY SAVED AFTER TER TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LAST
MINATION OF PARAMETERIZING REFER BELOW CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS
CAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE
# ' #

)F ONE TRIES TO LEAVE THE SETTING RANGE FOR THE FUNCTION !LL PARAMETER SETS CAN BE ACCESSED IN A SIMILAR MAN
AL PARAMETER BLOCKS IE ADDRESS BLOCKS TO NER
WITH KEYS Å Ç THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE QUESTION %.$
/& #/$%7/2$ /0%2!4)/. 0RESS THE .O C +EY COMBINATION &
KEY . TO CONTINUE PARAMETERIZING )F YOU PRESS THE ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET !
9ES KEY *9 INSTEAD ANOTHER QUESTION APPEARS
3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 .OW YOU CAN CONFIRM C +EY COMBINATION &
WITH *9 OR ABORT WITH . AS ABOVE ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET "
!FTER COMPLETION OF THE PARAMETERIZING PROCESS THE C +EY COMBINATION &

CHANGED PARAMETERS WHICH SO FAR HAVE ONLY BEEN ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET #
STORED IN VOLATILE MEMORY ARE THEN PERMANENTLY
STORED IN %%02/-S 4HE DISPLAY CONFIRMS .%7 C +EY COMBINATION &
3%44).'3 3!6%$ !FTER PRESSING THE KEY -3 FOL ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET $
LOWED BY 2%3%4 ,%$ THE INDICATIONS OF THE QUIES
CENT STATE APPEAR IN THE DISPLAY )NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS AGAIN NECESSARY FOR THE SET
TING OF A NEW SELECTED PARAMETER SET 7ITHOUT INPUT
OF THE CODEWORD THE SETTINGS CAN ONLY BE READ BUT
NOT MODIFIED
3ELECTABLE PARAMETER SETS 3INCE ONLY A FEW PARAMETERS WILL BE DIFFERENT IN MOST
APPLICATIONS IT IS POSSIBLE TO COPY PREVIOUSLY STORED
5P TO DIFFERENT SETS OF PARAMETERS CAN BE SELECTED PARAMETER SETS INTO ANOTHER PARAMETER SET
FOR THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS IE THE ADDRESSES
ABOVE AND BELOW 4HESE PARAMETER SETS )T IS ADDITIONALLY POSSIBLE TO SELECT THE ORIGINAL SET
CAN BE SWITCHED OVER DURING OPERATION LOCALLY USING TINGS IE THE SETTINGS PRESET ON DELIVERY FOR A MODI
THE OPERATOR PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE US FIED AND STORED PARAMETER SET 4HIS IS DONE BY COPY
ING A PERSONAL COMPUTER OR ALSO REMOTELY USING ING THE /2)'3%4 TO THE DESIRED PARAMETER SET
BINARY INPUTS
)T IS FINALLY STILL POSSIBLE TO DEFINE THE ACTIVE PARAMETER
)F THIS FACILITY IS NOT USED THEN IT IS SUFFICIENT TO SET THE SET IE THE PARAMETER SET WHICH IS VALID FOR THE FUNC
PARAMETERS FOR THE PRESELECTED SET 4HE REST OF THIS TIONS AND THRESHOLD VALUES OF THE UNIT 3EE 3ECTION
SECTION IS OF NO IMPORTANCE /THERWISE THE PARAME FOR MORE DETAILS
TER CHANGE OVER FACILITY MUST BE CONFIGURED AS %8)34
UNDER ADDRESS REFER TO 3ECTION 4HE FIRST 4HE PARAMETER SETS ARE PROCESSED IN ADDRESS BLOCK
PARAMETER SET IS IDENTIFIED AS SET ! THE OTHER SETS ARE 4HE MOST SIMPLE MANNER TO COME TO THIS BLOCK IS
" # AND $ %ACH OF THESE SETS IS ADJUSTED ONE AFTER USING DIRECT ADDRESSING
THE OTHER
PRESS DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $!
)F THE SWITCH OVER FACILITY IS TO BE USED FIRST SET ALL PA ENTER ADDRESS EG
RAMETERS FOR THE NORMAL STATUS OF PARAMETER SET ! PRESS ENTER KEY %
4HEN SWITCH OVER TO PARAMETER SET "
4HE HEADING OF THE BLOCK FOR PROCESSING THE PARAME
&IST COMPLETE THE PARAMETERIZING PROCEDURE FOR TER SETS THEN APPEARS
SET ! AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION
)T IS POSSIBLE TO SCROLL THROUGH THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS
0RESS KEY COMBINATION & IE FIRST THE FUNCTION ES USING THE ! KEY 4HE COPYING FACILITIES ARE SUMMA
KEY & AND THEN THE NUMBER KEY !LL FOLLOWING IN RIZED IN 4ABLE
PUTS THEN REFER TO PARAMETER SET "
0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER PRO

# ( ! . ' % / 6 % 2 CESSING OF PARAMETER SETS
# ' #

&OLLOWING COPYING ONLY SUCH PARAMETERS NEED BE

#OPY
!DDR CHANGED WHICH ARE TO BE DIFFERENT FROM THE SOURCE
FROM TO PARAMETER SET
/2)'3%4 3%4 !
0ARAMETERIZING MUST BE TERMINATED FOR EACH PARAM
/2)'3%4 3%4 " ETER SET AS DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION
/2)'3%4 3%4 #
/2)'3%4 3%4 $

3ETTING OF DATE AND TIME
3%4 ! 3%4 "
4HE DATE AND TIME CAN BE SET WHEN THE THE REAL TIME
3%4 ! 3%4 #
CLOCK IS AVAILABLE 3ETTING IS CARRIED OUT IN BLOCK
3%4 ! 3%4 $ WHICH IS REACHED BY DIRECT ADDRESSING $!
% OR BY PAGING WITH Å AND Ç )NPUT OF THE CODEWORD
3%4 " 3%4 ! IS REQUIRED TO CHANGE THE DATA
3%4 " 3%4 # 3ELECTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESSES IS BY FURTHER

SCROLLING USING ! " AS SHOWN BELOW %ACH MODIFICA
3%4 " 3%4 $ TION MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER KEY %
3%4 # 3%4 ! 4HE DATE AND TIME ARE ENTERED WITH DOTS AS SEPARA
TOR SIGNS SINCE THE KEYBOARD DOES NOT HAVE A COLON
3%4 # 3%4 "
OR SLASH FOR !MERICAN DATE
3%4 # 3%4 $
4HE CLOCK IS SYNCHRONIZED AT THE MOMENT WHEN THE
3%4 $ 3%4 ! ENTER KEY % IS PRESSED FOLLOWING INPUT OF THE COM
PLETE TIME 4HE DIFFERENCE TIME FACILITY ADDRESS
3%4 $ 3%4 " ENABLES EXACT SETTING OF THE TIME SINCE THE DIF
FERENCE CAN BE CALCULATED PRIOR TO THE INPUT AND THE
3%4 $ 3%4 # SYNCHRONIZATION OF THE CLOCK DOES NOT DEPEND ON THE
MOMENT WHEN THE ENTER KEY % IS PRESSED
4ABLE #OPYING PARAMETER SETS
3 % 4 4 ) . ' "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 3ETTING THE REAL TIME CLOCK

2 % ! , 4 ) - % # , / # + #ONTINUE WITH !
!T FIRST THE ACTUAL DATE AND TIME ARE DISPLAYED

#ONTINUE WITH !
%NTER THE NEW DATE DIGITS FOR DAY DIGITS FOR MONTH
$ ! 4 % AND DIGITS FOR YEAR INCLUDING CENTURY USE THE ORDER
AS CONFIGURED UNDER ADDRESS 3ECTION BUT
ALWAYS USE A DOT FOR SEPARATOR
$$--9999 OR --$$9999
4 ) - % %NTER THE NEW TIME HOURS MINUTES SECONDS EACH

WITH DIGITS SEPARATED BY A DOT
((--33
5SING THE DIFFERENCE TIME THE CLOCK IS SET FORWARDS BY

$ ) & & 4 ) - % THE ENTERED TIME OR BACKWARDS USING THE KEY
4HE FORMAT IS THE SAME AS WITH THE TIME SETTING ABOVE
# ' #

)NITIAL DISPLAYS ADDRESS BLOCKS AND
7HEN THE RELAY IS SWITCHED ON FIRSTLY THE ADDRESS AND THE TYPE IDENTIFICATION OF THE RELAY APPEARS !LL 3IEMENS
RELAYS HAVE AN -,&" MACHINE READABLE TYPE NUMBER 7HEN THE DEVICE IS OPERATIVE AND DISPLAYS A QUIESCENT
MESSAGE ANY DESIRED ADDRESS CAN BE REACHED EG BY PRESSING THE DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $! FOLLOWED BY THE
ADDRESS NUMBER
4HE RELAY INTRODUCES ITSELF BY GIVING ITS TYPE NUM

5 - 6

" BER AND THE VERSION OF FIRMWARE WITH WHICH IT IS
5 -

EQUIPPED 4HE SECOND DISPLAY LINE SHOWS THE
COMPLETE ORDERING DESIGNATION
!FTER ADDRESS THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS BEGIN )F SWITCH OVER OF PARAMETER SETS IS USED THE IDENTIFIER OF
THE PARAMETER SET IS INDICATED AS A LEADING CHARACTER &URTHER ADDRESS POSSIBILITIES ARE LISTED UNDER !NNUNCI
ATIONS AND 4ESTS
! #OMMENCEMENT OF FUNCTIONAL PARAMETER BLOCKS

0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2 3 EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATED FOR PARAMETER SET !
-ACHINE AND POWER SYSTEM DATA ADDRESS BLOCKS AND
4HE RELAY REQUESTS BASIC DATA OF THE POWER SYSTEM AND THE SWITCHGEAR 4HEY ARE NOT ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY FOR
THE ACTUAL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS HOWEVER THEY ARE USED FOR THE DETERMINATION OF OPERATIONAL DATA
- ! # ( ) . % "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK -ACHINE AND POWER

0 / 7 % 2 3 9 3 4 % - $ ! 4 ! SYSTEM DATA
0 / 7 % 2 2ATED APPARENT POWER OF MACHINE

- 6 ! 3ETTING RANGE -6! TO -6!
# / 3 0 ( ) 2ATED POWER FACTOR COS

3ETTING RANGE TO
) N 2ATED CURRENT OF MACHINE

K ! 3ETTING RANGE K! TO K!
5 N 2ATED VOLTAGE OF MACHINE

PHASE TO PHASE
K 6 3ETTING RANGE K6 TO K6
# ' #

3 4 ! 2 0 / ) . 4
4YPE OF STAR POINT EARTHING OF THE MACHINE
( ) ' ( 2 % 3 ) 3 4 ! . # %
, / 7 2 % 3 ) 3 4 ! . # %
) . 3 4 2 5 - % . 4 "EGINNING OF BLOCK
4 2 ! . 3 & / 2 - % 2 $ ! 4 ! )NSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER DATA
4HE INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER DATA ARE ENTERED IN THE MACHINE AND THE MACHINE STARPOINT SEE &IGURE
BLOCK /F PARTICULAR IMPORTANCE HERE IS THE CORRECT &URTHERMORE GENERATOR OPERATION IS ASSUMED
POLARITY WHICH IS DETERMINED BY THE INPUT OF THE STAR )F THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS ARE ARRANGED DIFFERENTLY OR
POINT SIDE OF THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS ADDRESS IF THE PROTECTED MACHINE IS A SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
4HE DESCRIPTIONS 4/7!2$3 -!#().% AND THEN THE ENTRY MUST BE CHANGED ACCORDINGLY
4/7!2$3 34!20/).4 PRESUPPOSE THAT THE CURRENT
TRANSFORMERS ARE LOCATED BETWEEN 4HE SECONDARY RATED VOLTAGE OF THE TRANSFORMERS
ADDRESS IS NECESSARY FOR POWER PROTECTION
&OR THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION IN PARTICULAR ANGLE

ERROR CORRECTION FOR THE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANS
FORMERS IS OF IMPORTANCE ADDRESSES AND
'
AS HERE A VERY SMALL ACTIVE POWER MUST BE CAL
CULATED FROM A CONSIDERABLE APPARENT POWER IN CASE
OF SMALL POWER FACTOR
4HE SUM · OF THE ANGLE ERRORS OF CURRENT AND VOLTAGE

TRANSFORMERS IS USED FOR THE CORRECTION ANGLE 4HE
A #4 34!20.4 4/7!2$3 -!#().% ANGLE IS COMPOSED OF A CONSTANT COMPONENT AS THE
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER VOLTAGE AND THUS ITS ANGLE CAN
BE ASSUMED TO BE CONSTANT AND A CURRENT DEPEN
DENT COMPONENT
' 4HE DEPENDENCE OF THE CURRENT IS APPROXIMATED BY A

STRAIGHT CURVE AS ILLUSTRATED IN &IGURE WHICH
SHOWS THE ANGLE ERROR AS A FUNCTION OF THE CURRENT
MAGNITUDE 4HIS CORRECTION CURVE IS DEFINED BY THE
INTERSECTION OF THE · AXIS 7 AND THE SLOPE 7
7HEN THE ANGLE ERROR CURVE IS KNOWN THE VALUES 7
B #4 34!20.4 4/72$3 34!20/).4 AND 7 MUST BE ENTERED IN ADDRESSES AND
WITH REVERSED SIGN 4HE TOTAL ANGLE ERROR CAN
&IGURE 'ENERATORMOTOR CT ORIENTATION ALSO BE DETERMINED DURING COMMISSIONING AND EN
ADDRESS TERED REFER TO 3ECTION
# ' #

)). #HARACTERISTICS OF THE LINE
) )
·
· ·
3LOPE 7
) )
·
· AXIS INTERSECTION 7 · 7 | )
7
&IGURE %XAMPLE FOR ANGLE ERROR · AS A FUNCTION OF THE CURRENT )).
) . # 4 0 2 ) - 0RIMARY RATED CURRENT OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

K ! 3ETTING RANGE K! TO K!
0RIMARY RATED VOLTAGE OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PHASE TO

5 . 6 4 0 2 ) -
PHASE
K 6 3ETTING RANGE K6 TO K6
5 N 3 % # / . $ 3ECONDARY RATED VOLTAGE OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

PHASE TO PHASE
6 3ETTING RANGE 6 TO 6
# 4 3 4 ! 2 0 . 4 0OLARITY OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

4 / 7 ! 2 $ 3 - ! # ( ) . % 3TARPOINT FORMED ON MACHINE TERMINAL SIDE
4 / 7 2 $ 3 3 4 ! 2 0 / ) . 4 3TARPOINT FORMED ON MACHINE STARPOINT SIDE
#ORRECTION ANGLE 7 FOR THE INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS

# 4 ! . ' 7
3ETTING RANGE EL TO EL
D E G 4HE PRESETTING CORRESPONDS TO THE ANGLE DEVIATION OF THE
INTERNAL TRANSDUCERS
#URRENT DEPENDENT CORRECTION 7 FOR THE INSTRUMENT

# 4 ! . ' 7 TRANSFORMERS
D E G 3ETTING RANGE EL TO EL
4HE PRESETTING CORRESPONDS TO THE ANGLE DEVIATION OF THE
INTERNAL TRANSDUCERS %XACT TEST OF THE ANGLE ERROR IS POS
SIBLE DURING COMMISSIONING WITH THE MACHINE REFER TO
3ECTION AND
# ' #

7ITH ADDRESSES AND THE DEVICE IS IN 5.PRIM 5.SEC 5.SEC

STRUCTED AS TO HOW THE RESIDUAL PATH OF THE VOLTAGE o o
TRANSFORMERS IS CONNECTED 4HIS INFORMATION IS IM
PORTANT FOR THE MONITORING OF MEASURED VALUES
THE FACTOR 5PH5DELTA SECONDARY VALUES ADDRESS
)F THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SET OR EARTHING TRANSFORMER SHALL BE SET AS o o WHEN THE
HAS E N OPEN DELTA WINDINGS AND IF THESE ARE DELTA WINDINGS ARE CONNECTED )F THE RATIO IS DIFFERENT
CONNECTED TO THE DEVICE THEN THIS HAS TO BE RE EG WHEN THE DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE IS FORMED BY IN
CORDED IN ADDRESS 3INCE THE RATIO OF THE VOLT TERMEDIATE TRANSFORMERS THE FACTOR HAS TO BE SE
AGE TRANSFORMERS IS NORMALLY LECTED ACCORDINGLY
4HE MEASURED DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE INPUT 5DELTA OF

6 4 $ % , 4 ! THE DEVICE IS
# / . . % # 4 % $ #/..%#4%$ TO THE E N OPEN DELTA WINDINGS
OF THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SET OR
. / 4 # / . . % # 4 % $ ./4 #/..%#4%$
-ATCHING FACTOR FOR RESIDUAL VOLTAGE

5 P H 5 D E L T A
RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF VT PHASE WINDING
RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF OPEN DELTA WINDING
NORMALLY
3ETTING RANGE TO
3ETTINGS FOR IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
) - 0 0 2 / 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK

' % . % 2 ! , 3 % 4 4 ) . ' 3 )MPEDANCE PROTECTION GENERAL SETTINGS
) - 0 0 2 / 4
/ & & 3WITCH /&& OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
/ . 3WITCH /. OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % , )MPEDANCE PROTECTION OPERATES BUT 42)0 2%,AY IS

",/#+ED
4HE )MPEDANCE PROTECTION COMPRISES DISTANCE #ONTROLLED OVERREACHING STAGE

ZONES AND TIME STAGES ARRANGED AS FOLLOWS ZONE :" DELAY 4"
)NDEPENDENT DISTANCE STAGES &INAL STAGE

ZONE : DELAY 4 FAULT DETECTION
ZONE : DELAY 4 NON DIRECTIONAL DELAY 4
# ' #

3ETTING OF THE IMPEDANCE STAGES ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE RELEVANT PARAMETERS ARE SET FOR EACH DISTANCE 4HE RELAY CONSIDERS AUTOMATICALLY ITS RATED CURRENT
STAGE 4HE REACTANCE 8 DETERMINES THE REACH OF ITS RATED CURRENT OF THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS WHEN
ASSOCIATED ZONE 4HE RESISTANCE 2 FORMS THE ALLOW CALCULATING THE IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS
ANCE FOR FAULT RESISTANCE
!S IT CAN BE PRESUPPOSED THAT THE DISTANCE ZONE IS #ALCULATION %XAMPLE

SET TO MEASURE INTO THE UNIT TRANSFORMER THE SETTING
MUST BE SELECTED SO THAT IT TAKES THE REGULATING 5NIT TRANSFORMER
RANGE OF THE TRANSFORMER INTO ACCOUNT U+
4HE ZONE : IS THEREFORE SET TO APPROXIMATELY 3. -6!
OF THE PROTECTED RANGE IE TIMES THE TRANSFORMER 5. K6
REACTANCE 4HE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION OPERATES IN
#URRENT TRANSFORMERS ! !
STANTANEOUSLY OR WITH ONLY A SMALL DELAY 4 FOR SHORT
6OLTAGE TRANSFORMERS K6 K6
CIRCUITS WITHIN THIS ZONE
7HICH GIVES THE DATA FOR ZONE OF TRANSFORMER
4HE ZONE REACH FOR ZONE : COULD BE SET SLIGHTLY
REACTANCE
ABOVE THE TRANSFORMER REACTANCE 4HE ASSIGNED TIM
ER 4 MUST THEN BE SET SUCH THAT IT CANNOT INTERFERE

WITH THE TRIP TIME OF THE NEXT SYSTEM PROTECTION RELAY
IE ONE GRADING TIME INTERVAL HIGHER 8 PRIM ¬

4HE FOLLOWING IS VALID FOR THE PRIMARY REACTANCE 4HUS RESULTS THE SETTING FOR ZONE IN SECONDARY VAL
UES

K2 U+ 5.
8 PRIM
3. ! !
8 SEC ¬
! !
WHERE
K2 ZONE REACH OF ZONE : IN 8 SEC ¬
U+ PERCENT IMPEDANCE VOLTAGE OF THE UNIT
TRANSFORMER
3. RATED APPARENT POWER OF THE UNIT TRANS .OTE &OR A ! RELAY CONNECTED TO ! CTS THE SEC
FORMER ONDARY VALUE WOULD BE
5. RATED VOLTAGE OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER
! !
4HE VALUES DETERMINED SUCH MUST BE CONVERTED FOR 8 SEC ¬
! !
THE SECONDARY SIDE OF CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORM
ERS )N GENERAL 8 SEC ¬
:SECONDARY
3IMILARLY ZONE REACH OF THE SECOND STAGE IS DETER
#URRENT TRANSFORMER RATIO :PRIMARY MINED FROM EG TRANSFORMER REACTANCE
6OLTAGE TRANSFORMER RATIO
2
(10.5)
4HUS THE CONVERSION FORMULA FOR REACH FOR ANY IM X2 prim 100 12.1 0.0889¬
PEDANCE ZONE IS 100 100 150
4HUS RESULTS THE SETTING FOR ZONE IN SECONDARY VAL

. UES
8 SEC CT 8 PRIM
. VT
! !
7HERE .CT CT RATIO 8 SEC ¬
! !
.VT VT RATIO
8PRIM THE PRIMARY REACTANCE 8 SEC ¬
# ' #

2ESISTANCE SETTING OPERATING IMPEDANCE MUST BE ENSURED EVEN UNDER

CONDITIONS OF TEMPORARY OVERLOAD
2ESISTANCE SETTING 2 ALLOWS A MARGIN FOR FAULT RESIS
TANCE WHICH APPEARS AS AN IN PHASE RESISTANCE AD .ORMALLY A RESISTANCE SETTING EQUAL TO THE REACTANCE
DITION TO THE FAULT IMPEDANCE AT THE POINT OF FAULT )T SETTING IS ADEQUATE TO FORM SUFFICIENT ARC RESISTANCE
COMPRISES FOR EXAMPLE ARC RESISTANCES IN CASE OF ALLOWANCE IN THIS EXAMPLE
ARCING FAULTS 4HE SETTING SHOULD TAKE THESE FAULT RE
SISTANCES INTO ACCOUNT BUT NOT BE SET HIGHER THAN AB &OR ZONE 2SEC ¬
SOLUTELY NECESSARY !N ADEQUATE DIFFERENCE FROM THE &OR ZONE 2SEC ¬
T
4
4
4
:
: : :"
8 | 84RAFO 8 8 8"
2 2 2"
8 84RAFO
UNIT AUXILIARY
")
:
&IGURE 4IME GRADING FOR MACHINE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION EXAMPLE
)NDEPENDENT ZONE :
2ESISTANCE VALUE FOR ZONE :

2 ¬
¬ ,ARGEST SETTING VALUE ¬
2EACTANCE VALUE REACH FOR ZONE :

8 ¬
$ELAY FOR ZONE :

4 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
AND 0 NO TRIP IN ZONE :
THE SETTING VALUES OF THE IMPEDANCE COMPONENTS AND THEIR LIMITS MUST BE DIVIDED BY IF THE RELAY S RATED
CURRENT IS !
# ' #

#ONTROLLED OVERREACH ZONE :"
4HE OVERREACH ZONE :" IS A CONTROLLED STAGE )T AN INTERNAL FAULT WITHIN THE POWER STATION UNIT SINCE
DOES NOT INFLUENCE THE NORMAL ZONE : 4HERE IS THE SYSTEM IS ISOLATED FROM THE POWER STATION 4HUS
THEREFORE NO SWITCH OVER RATHER THE OVERREACH RAPID CLEARANCE IS POSSIBLE WITHOUT LOSS OF SE
ZONES WILL BE SWITCHED EFFECTIVE OR NON EFFECTIVE VIA A LECTIVITY
BINARY INPUT
:ONE :" CAN BE ACTIVATED VIA A BINARY INPUT OF THE
:ONE :" IS NORMALLY MADE EFFECTIVE WHEN THE NET DEVICE WHICH IS CONTROLLED BY THE NETWORK CIRCUIT
WORK CIRCUIT BREAKER IS IN OFF POSITION )N THIS CASE BREAKER AUXILIARY CONTACT REFER TO &IGURE )T MAY
EACH PICK UP OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION INDICATES BE DELAYED BY THE TIME 4"
2ESISTANCE VALUE
2 " ¬
2EACTANCE VALUE REACH

8 " ¬
$ELAY FOR ZONE :"

4 " 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
AND 0 NO TRIP IN ZONE :"
CURRENT IS !
)NDEPENDENT ZONE :
2ESISTANCE VALUE FOR ZONE :

2 ¬
2EACTANCE VALUE REACH FOR ZONE :

8 ¬
$ELAY FOR ZONE :

0 S ,ARGEST SETTING VALUE S
AND 0 NO TRIP IN ZONE :
CURRENT IS !
# ' #

"ACK UP STAGE
4HE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION OPERATES AS BACK UP OVERCURRENT TIME PROTECTION FOR FAULTS BEYOND THE ZONES : AND
: 4HE BACK UP TIME 4 IS SET TO GRADE ABOVE THE TIME OF THE SECOND OR THIRD STAGE OF THE NEIGHBOURING SYSTEM
PROTECTION RELAYS !DDITIONALLY A DROP OFF TIME OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION CAN BE SET UNDER ADDRESS
$ELAY FOR 4 FAULT DETECTION UNDIRECTIONAL TRIP

AND 0 NO UNDIRECTIONAL TRIP
$ROP OFF DELAY

4 2 % 3 % 4 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
3ETTINGS FOR FAULT DETECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
) - 0 0 2 / 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT DETECTION FOR IMPEDANCE

& ! 5 , 4 $ % 4 % # 4 ) / . PROTECTION
4HE DETERMINING FACTOR FOR OVERCURRENT SETTING IS THE THEREFORE BE SET ABOVE THE MAXIMUM ANTICIPATED
MAXIMUM POSSIBLE OPERATING CURRENT 0ICK UP UNDER OVER LOAD CURRENT AT LEAST TIMES PREFERRED VAL
CONDITIONS OF PERMISSIBLE OVERLOAD MUST BE EX UE APPROX TIMES
CLUDED 4HE THRESHOLD VALUE ADDRESS MUST
/VERCURRENT DETECTION THRESHOLD VALUE )

) ).
) ) N ,ARGEST SETTING VALUE

).
)N CASE OF EXCITATION SYSTEMS DERIVING THEIR POWER 4HE UNDERVOLTAGE VALUE ADDRESS IS SET BELOW
FROM THE GENERATOR TERMINALS WHEN THE SHORT CIRCUIT THE SMALLEST LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE THAT CAN OCCUR DUR
CURRENT CAN RAPIDLY DECAY BELOW THE PICK UP VALUE ING NORMAL OPERATION EG 5 6 4HE HOLDING
ADDRESS THE UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN CIRCUIT IS TO TIME ADDRESS MUST BE SET TO COVER THE LONGEST
BE USED FAULT CLEARANCE TIME IN BACK UP CASE RECOMMENDED
SETTING 4 (/,$).' 4 S
5NDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN IS
5 3 % ! , ) .
/ & & SWITCHED /&&
/ . SWITCHED /.
# ' #

5NDERVOLTAGE VALUE FOR SEAL IN PHASE TO PHASE

5 6
6 ,ARGEST SETTING VALUE 6
(OLDING TIME OF SEAL IN MUST BE LONGER THAN BACKUP

4 3 % ! , ) .
TIME PLUS CIRCUIT BREAKER OPENING TIME
S 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
2ECOMMENDED SETTING 4 (/,$).' 4 S
3ETTINGS FOR POWER SWING BLOCKING
) - 0 0 2 / 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0OWER SWING BLOCKING FOR

0 / 7 % 2 3 7 ) . ' IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
)F THE DISTANCE ZONE : IS TO BE BLOCKED AFTER DETEC

TION OF A POWER SWING CONDITION POWER SWING BLOCK
ING MUST BE SWITCHED /. UNDER ADDRESS
0OWER SWING BLOCKING IS

0 3
/ & & SWITCHED /&&
/ . SWITCHED /.
&OR THE DETECTION OF POWER SWINGS THE FOLLOWING CON WHERE

SIDERATIONS ARE OF IMPORTANCE SEE ALSO 3ECTION
4 DELAY TIME ZONE : ADDRESS
D:DT RATE OF CHANGE ADDRESS
4O SET THE RATE OF CHANGE OF THE IMPEDANCE VECTOR :MAX | o2 8
ADDRESS BOTH THE MAXIMUM POWER SWING FRE 2 8 SETTINGS AND
QUENCY IN THE INSTANT OF ENTRY OF THE IMPEDANCE VEC
TOR INTO THE POWER SWING POLYGON AND THE TIME RE 0OWER SWING BLOCKING CAN BE LIMITED TO THE TIME 03
QUIRED BY 5- FOR THE DETECTION OF THE POWER 4 !#4 ADDRESS 7ITH THIS SETTING 0 POWER
SWING MUST BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION SWING BLOCKING IS EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE IMPEDANCE
VECTOR HAS LEFT THE POWER SWING POLYGON AGAIN
5NDER THE MOST DIFFICULT CONDITIONS AT LEAST MS
SHOULD BE ALLOWED FOR THE DETECTION OF A POWER 4HE DISTANCE BETWEEN POWER SWING POLYGON AND TRIP
SWING !DDITIONALLY THE TRIP TIME DELAY 4 MUST BE POLYGON PHASE PHASE SHOULD BE AS LARGE AS POS
TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT 4HE FOLLOWING CONDITION SHOULD SIBLE THE 2 INTERSECTION IS DECISIVE /N THE OTHER
BE MAINTAINED HAND THE POWER SWING POLYGON MUST NOT EXTEND INTO
THE OPERATIONAL IMPEDANCE
:MAX
4
D:DT
# ' #

2ATE OF CHANGE OF THE POWER SWING VECTOR BETWEEN

D : D 4 THE POWER SWING POLYGON AND FAULT DETECTION POLYGON
¬ S IN ¬S BELOW WHICH THE POWER SWING IS DETECTED
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE ¬S
¬S
CURRENT IS !
0OWER SWING ACTION TIME

0 3 4 ! # 4 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE S
AND 0 ONLY AFTER DISCONTINUATION OF THE POWER SWING
CRITERION
$ISTANCE BETWEEN POWER SWING POLYGON AND TRIP

$ % , 4 ! :
POLYGON SECONDARY IN ¬
¬ 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE ¬
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE ¬
CURRENT IS !
3ETTINGS FOR STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5 ADDRESS BLOCK
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK

% ! 2 4 ( & ! 5 , 4 5 %ARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
3 % & 0 2 / 4 3WITCH /&& OF EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
%ARTH FAULT PROTECTION OPERATES BUT 42)0 2%,AY IS

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED
# ' #

4HE CRITERION FOR THE INCEPTION OF AN EARTH FAULT IN THE %XAMPLE

STATOR CIRCUIT IS THE OCCURRENCE OF A NEUTRAL DISPLACE
MENT VOLTAGE %XCEEDING THE SETTING VALUE 5 AD K6 6
DRESS THEREFORE REPRESENTS THE PICK UP FOR THIS %ARTHING TRANSFORMER
PROTECTION o
K6!
4HE SETTING MUST BE CHOSEN SUCH THAT THE PROTECTION
DOES NOT PICK UP DURING OPERATIONAL ASYMMETRIES ,OADING RESISTOR ¬
4HE PICK UP VALUE SHOULD BE AT LEAST TWICE THE VALUE ! CONTINUOUS
OF THE OPERATIONAL ASYMMETRY ! VALUE OF TO ! FOR S
OF THE FULL DISPLACEMENT VALUE IS NORMAL
6OLTAGE DIVIDER 6 6
!DDITIONALLY THE PICK UP VALUE HAS TO BE CHOSEN
SUCH THAT DISPLACEMENTS DURING NETWORK EARTH FAULTS 0ROTECTED ZONE
WHICH ARE TRANSFERRED VIA THE COUPLING CAPACITANCES
OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER TO THE STATOR CIRCUIT DO NOT 7ITH FULL NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE THE LOAD RE
LEAD TO PICK UP 4HE DAMPING EFFECT OF THE LOAD RESIS SISTOR SUPPLIES
TOR MUST ALSO BE CONSIDERED IN THIS CASE
6
(INTS FOR DIMENSIONING THE LOAD RESISTOR ARE CON !
¬
TAINED IN THE PAMPHLET 0LANNING -ACHINE 0ROTEC
TION 3YSTEMS /RDER .O % 5 5 &OR A PROTECTED ZONE OF THE PROTECTION SHOULD
! ALREADY OPERATE AT OF THE FULL DISPLACEMENT VOLT
AGE &OR THE DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE SETTING OF
4HE SETTING VALUE IS TWICE THE DISPLACEMENT VALUE THE FULL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE IS USED BECAUSE OF THE
WHICH IS COUPLED IN AT FULL NETWORK DISPLACEMENT &I PROTECTED ZONE #ONSIDERING AN UPSTREAM
NAL DETERMINATION OF THE SETTING VALUE OCCURS DURING VOLTAGE DIVIDER OF 6 6 THIS RESULTS IN
COMMISSIONING WITH PRIMARY VALUES ACCORDING TO
3ECTION 3ETTING 5 6
4HE EARTH FAULT TRIP IS DELAYED BY THE TIME SET UNDER 4HE TIME DELAY MUST LIE BELOW THE ! CAPABILITY
ADDRESS 7HEN SETTING THE DELAY TIME THE OVER TIME OF THE LOADING RESISTOR IE BELOW S 4HE OVER
LOAD CAPABILITY OF THE LOADING EQUIPMENT MUST BE LOAD CAPABILITY OF THE EARTHING TRANSFORMER MUST ALSO
CONSIDERED BE CONSIDERED IF IT LIES BELOW THAT OF THE LOADING RESIS
TOR
!LL SET TIMES ARE ADDITIONAL DELAY TIMES AND DO NOT IN
CLUDE OPERATING TIMES MEASUREMENT TIMES RESET
TIMES OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTION ITSELF
5 0ICK UP VALUE OF EARTH FAULT DETECTION

6 3ETTING RANGE 6 TO 6
4 5 O 4IME DELAY FOR TRIP

S 3ETTING RANGE S TO S
AND 0 NO TRIP WITH 5
4 2 % 3 % 4 2ESET DELAY AFTER TRIP SIGNAL HAS BEEN INITIATED

# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR OUT OF STEP PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
/ 5 4 / 3 4 % 0 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK

0 2 / 4 % # 4 ) / . /UT OF STEP PROTECTION
/ 5 4 / 3 4 % 0 3WITCH /&& OF OUT OF STEP PROTECTION

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
OUT OF STEP PROTECTION OPERATES BUT 42)0 2%,AY IS

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED
4HE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION OPERATES ONLY WHEN AN 4HE DETERMINING FACTOR FOR OVERCURRENT SETTING IS THE
ADJUSTABLE CURRENT VALUE HAS BEEN EXCEEDED AD MAXIMUM POSSIBLE OPERATING CURRENT 0ICK UP UNDER
DRESS 4HE POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF CONDITIONS OF PERMISSIBLE OVERLOAD SHOULD BE EX
THE CURRENTS IS DECISIVE FOR THIS PICK UP !S OUT OF CLUDED 4HE SETTING SHOULD THEREFORE BE SET ABOVE
STEP CONDITIONS ARE SYMMETRICAL OCCURRENCES A THE MAXIMUM ANTICIPATED OVER LOAD CURRENT AT
MAXIMUM VALUE OF NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT MUST LEAST TIMES )N GENERAL THE SAME VALUE AS FOR THE
NOT BE EXCEEDED ADDRESS IMPEDANCE PROTECTION IS CHOSEN
) - E A S /VERCURRENT PICK UP POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT

) ) N 3ETTING RANGE ). TO ).
) - E A S 3YMMETRY CONDITION FOR MEASUREMENT RELEASE

NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT
) ) N 3ETTING RANGE ). TO ).
)M :
:D
LOCUS DIAGRAM :D :C CHARACTERISTIC
OF POWER SWING
IMPEDANCE
:C
CHARACTERISTIC TO :+ TRANSF
0 2E :
:A
8D
:B
&IGURE 0OWER SWING POLYGON
# ' #

4HE MEASURED IMPEDANCES DURING POWER SWING WHERE

CONDITION ARE DECISIVE FOR THE SETTINGS &OR THE DIREC
TION TO THE MACHINE AS VIED FROM THE LOCATION OF THE 8D THE TRANSIENT REACTANCE OF THE MACHINE
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS THE POWER SWING REACTANCE OF XD THE TRANSIENT PER UNIT REACTANCE
THE MACHINE MUST BE CONSIDERED WHICH IS APPROXI 5. GEN THE RATED MACHINE VOLTAGE
MATELY THE TRANSIENT REACTANCE 8D OF THE MACHINE ). GEN THE RATED MACHINE CURRENT
#ONSEQUENTLY SETTING FOR :B SHOULD BE :B 8D CF .CT THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMATION
&IGURE RATIO
.VT THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMATION
8D CAN BE CALCULATED FROM THE PER UNIT REACTANCE XD RATIO
AS FOLLOWS
5SUAL VALUES DEPENDENT ON THE TYPE OF GENERATOR
5 . GEN . CT ARE LISTED IN 4ABLE FOR 5. 6
8 DJ X DJ
) . GEN . VT
2OTOR TYPE XD 8D 8D
5. 6 ). ! 5. 6 ). !
TURBO ROTOR ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬
SALIENT POLE ROTOR ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬
4ABLE 4RANSIENT MACHINE REACTANCES REFERRED TO RATED VALUES OF THE MACHINE
!S IT IS PRESUPPOSED THAT THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED 4ABLE SHOWS TYPICAL VALUES OF THE CHARACTERISTICS
WITH THE NETWORK VIA A UNIT TRANSFORMER THE SETTING IN OF UNIT TRANSFORMERS FOR SECONDARY RATED CURRENTS ).
THE NETWORK DIRECTION IS CHOSEN SUCH THAT THE REAC ! AND ). ! 4HE RELATIONSHIP OF THE VALUES IS
TANCE REACH OF CHARACTERISTIC IS APPROXIMATELY ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING EQUATION
TO OF THE TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCE AND THE

REACH OF CHARACTERISTIC IS INTO THE NETWORK 4HUS :C 5+ U+ 5. U+ 5.
ADDRESS IS SET TO TO OF THE TRANS 8 +PRIM
). ). 3 .
FORMER REACTANCE :D IS SET TO COVER AT LEAST THE UNIT
. CT
TRANSFORMER EVENTUALLY A PART OF THE NETWORK SYSTEM 8 +SEC 8 +PRIM
. VT
4RANSFORMER TYPE U+ 5+5. 8+ 8+
5. 6 ). ! 5. 6 ). !
UNIT TRANSFORMER ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬
GENERAL ¬ ¬ ¬ ¬
4ABLE 0ER UNIT IMPEDANCE VOLTAGES AND IMPEDANCES OF TRANSFORMERS
# ' #

)M
:D :TOT
:A
TAN ·
WITH · ^
:C 5.
: 2 J8 :TOT
:A
TAN ^
2E
:B:D :A :A | :TOT
5.
:B:C ·
5'
WITH :TOT :B :C POWER SWING ANGLE BETWEEN

GENERATOR AND UNIT TRANSFOR
:B 5' MER AS ILLUSTRATED OR
WITH :TOT :B :D POWER SWING ANGLE BETWEEN

GENERATOR AND NETWORK
&IGURE 0OWER SWING POLYGON AND IMPEDANCE VECTORS WITH POWER SWING ANGLE ·
4HE SETTING :A IS DECISIVE FOR THE WIDTH OF THE POWER &OR A RATED FREQUENCY OF (Z IE 4 MS FOR
SWING POLYGON 4HIS SETTING VALUE IS DETERMINED BY EXAMPLE THE ABOVE FORMULA DELIVERS WITH :A
THE TOTAL IMPEDANCE :TOT AND CAN BE DERIVED FROM THE | :TOT CF &IGURE THE MAXIMUM DETECTABLE
EQUATION IN &IGURE :TOT CAN BE CALCULATED FROM POWER SWING FREQUENCY F03
THE SUM OF :B :D THEN THE POWER SWING ANGLE IS
VALID BETWEEN THE MACHINE EMF AND THE NETWORK F03 (Z
/PTIONALLY :TOT CAN BE CALCULATED FROM :B :C IN
THIS CASE THE POWER SWING ANGLE IS VALID BETWEEN THE 4HE INCLINATION ANGLE OF THE POWER SWING POLYGON
MACHINE EMF AND THE UNIT TRANSFORMER 4HE PRE CAN BE SET IN ADDRESS AND THUS MATCHED TO THE
SETTING OF ADDRESS CORRESPONDS TO THE LATTER CONDITIONS )T SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY THE VECTOR
CASE 5SUALLY THE POWER SWING ANGLE IS CHOSEN ANGLE OF :TOT
SINCE THE GENERATOR VOLTAGE AND THE SYSTEM VOLTAGE
EQUAL THE VOLTAGE DIFFERENCE
#ALCULATION EXAMPLE
4HE POLYGON WIDTH :A DETERMINES ALSO THE MAXIMUM
DETECTABLE POWER SWING FREQUENCY 4HE CONSIDER 'ENERATOR DATA
ATION THAT AT MAXIMUM POWER SWING FREQUENCY AT XD
LEAST TWO IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS MUST HAVE 5. K6
BEEN CARRIED OUT WITHIN THE POWER SWING POLYGON ). K!
LEADS TO THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
5NIT TRANSFORMER DATA
:A U+
F0 | | WITH 4 AC PERIOD 3. -6!
Ã 4 :TOT
5. K6
# ' #

)NSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS !SSUMING THAT THE CHARACTERISTIC SHOULD COVER

CT RATIO OF THE TRANSFORMER REACTANCE THE SETTING OF :C
.CT ! ! RESULTS IN
VT RATIO
:C | ¬ ¬
.VT 6 6
!SSUMING THAT THE REMAINING TRANSFORMER REACTANCE
AND THE COVERED SYSTEM REACTANCE SHOULD BE ¬
4HUS THE SECONDARY TRANSIENT REACTANCE THE SETTING OF :D :C RESULTS IN
5 . GEN . CT
8 DJ X DJ :D :C ¬
) . GEN . VT
4HE WIDTH :A OF THE POLYGON IS DETERMINED BY THE TO

8 DJ ¬ TAL IMPEDANCE :TOT )N THIS EXAMPLE THE TOTAL IMPED
ANCE IS THAT OF CHARACTERISTIC IE THE SUM OF GENER
ATOR REACTANCE AND OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER
4HE SETTING OF ADDRESS IS THUS DETERMINED BE REACTANCE THAT IS THE SUM OF THE SETTING VALUES FOR :B
CAUSE OF :B 8D AND :C ¬ ¬ ¬ 4HUS
4HE SECONDARY REACTANCE OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER IS :A | ¬ ¬
DERIVED FROM THE PRIMARY REACTANCE BY CONSIDERING
THE INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER RATIOS

U+ 5. . CT
8+
3 . . VT

¬

: A (ALF WIDTH OF THE POWER SWING POLYGON

¬ 3ETTING RANGE ¬ TO ¬
: B )MPEDANCE REACH IN REVERSE DIRECTION MACHINE

: C )MPEDANCE REACH IN FORWARD DIRECTION CHARACTERISTIC IN

DIRECTION OF THE UNIT TRANSFORMER
: D : C )MPEDANCE REACH IN FORWARD DIRECTION CHARACTERISTIC IN

NETWORK DIRECTION AS DIFFERENCE :D :C
CURRENT IS !
# ' #

0 ( ) 0 / , 9 ' )NCLINATION ANGLE OF THE POWER SWING POLYGON

^ 3ETTING RANGE ^ TO ^
!DDRESS DETERMINES THE NUMBER OF OUT OF STEP THROUGH IS MAINTAINED SO THAT THE COUNTER IS INCREM
PERIODS FOR CHARACTERISTIC WHICH SHALL LEAD TO TRIP ENTED WITH THE NEXT PASSING THROUGH 7HEN NO RE
IE HOW OFTEN THIS CHARACTERISTIC MUST HAVE BEEN NEWED PICK UP OCCURS WITHIN THIS TIME THE OUT OF
PASSED THROUGH !DDRESS DETERMINES THE NUM STEP CONDITION IS FORGOTTEN 4HIS TIME SHOULD BE SET
BER OF OUT OF STEP PERIODS FOR CHARACTERISTIC WHICH HIGHER THAN THE LONGEST EXPECTED SLIP PERIOD IE
SHALL LEAD TO TRIP IE HOW OFTEN THIS CHARACTERISTIC SMALLEST SLIP FREQUENCY #ONVENTIONAL VALUES LIE BE
MUST HAVE BEEN PASSED THROUGH TWEEN S AND S
&OR CHARACTERISTIC TO PASSES ARE NORMALLY ADE 7ITH EACH DETECTED OUT OF STEP CONDITION THE CORRE
QUATE AS OUT OF STEP CONDITIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL SPONDING COUNTER IS INCREMENTED AND AN ANNUNCI
CENTRE WITHIN THE POWER STATION UNIT SHOULD NOT BE TOL ATION /UT OF STEP CHARACTERISTIC OR /UT OF STEP
ERATED TOO LONG TIME AND THE POWER SWING FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTIC IS ISSUED 4HESE ANNUNCIATIONS DIS
TENDS TO ACCELERATE DURING OUT OF STEP CONDITION SO APPEAR AFTER THE TIME WHICH IS SET UNDER ADDRESS
THAT THE ELECTRICAL AND DYNAMIC STRESS OF THE MACHINE )F THIS TIME IS SET HIGHER THAN THE HOLDING TIME
INCREASES /N THE OTHER HAND FOR OUT OF STEP CONDI ADDRESS THEN THE OUT OF STEP ANNUNCIATION
TIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CENTRE BEING IN THE NETWORK BEGINS WITH THE FIRST OUT OF STEP DETECTION AND ENDS
SYSTEM A HIGHER NUMBER OF SLIP PERIOD CAN BE TOLER AFTER THE LAST DETECTED OUT OF STEP CONDITION PRO
ATED LONGED WITH THIS ANNUNCIATION TIME
4HE HOLDING TIME ADDRESS DETERMINES HOW 4HE DROP OFF DELAY TIME ADDRESS BEGINS AFTER
LONG TIME A DETECTED OUT OF STEP CONDITION PASSING TRIP COMMAND IS GIVEN AND PICK UP HAS DROPPED OFF
2 % 0 # ( ! 2 .UMBER OF OUT OF STEP CONDITIONS DETECTED BY

CHARACTERISTIC WHICH SHOULD CAUSE TRIPPING
3ETTING RANGE TO
2 % 0 # ( ! 2 .UMBER OF OUT OF STEP CONDITIONS DETECTED BY

CHARACTERISTIC WHICH SHOULD CAUSE TRIPPING
3ETTING RANGE TO
4 ( / , $ ) . ' 0ICK UP HOLDING TIME VALID FOR BOTH CHARACTERISTICS

(OLDING TIME FOR OUT OF STEP ANNUNCIATION VALID FOR BOTH

4 3 ) ' . ! ,
CHARACTERISTICS
4 2 % 3 % 4 $ROP OFF TIME AFTER TRIP COMMAND HAS BEEN ISSUED

# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION ADDRESS BLOCK
& / 2 7 0 / 7 % 2
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
3 5 0 % 2 6 ) 3 ) / .
& / 2 7 0 / 7 % 2 3WITCH /&& OF FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION OPERATES BUT 42)0

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % , 2%,AY IS ",/#+ED
3ETTING OF THE FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS VERY MUCH DEPENDENT ON THE APPLICATION 'ENERAL SETTING RECOM
MENDATIONS CANNOT BE MADE 4HE STAGES OPERATE INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER 4HE PICK UP VALUES MUST BE SET
AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE SECONDARY RATED POWER 3.SEC o | 5.SEC | ).SEC 4HE MACHINE OUTPUT MUST THEREFORE
BE REFERRED TO SECONDARY VALUES
0SEC 0MACH 5.MACH ).MACH
| |
3.SEC 3.MACH 5.PRI ).PRI
WHEREBY 0SEC SECONDARY ACTIVE POWER ACCORDING TO SETTING VALUE
3.SEC SECONDARY RATED APPARENT POWER o | 5.SEC | ).SEC
0MACH ACTIVE POWER OF MACHINE ACCORDING TO SETTING VALUE
3.MACH RATED APPARENT POWER OF MACHINE
5.MACH RATED VOLTAGE OF MACHINE
).MACH RATED CURRENT OF MACHINE
5.PRI PRIMARY RATED VOLTAGE OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
).PRI PRIMARY RATED CURRENT OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
4HE SET TIMES ARE ADDITIONAL DELAY TIMES WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE THE OPERATING TIMES MEASURING TIME RESET TIME
OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTION ITSELF
3UPERVISION OF DECREASE IN FORWARD ACTIVE POWER

0 F
3ETTING RANGE TO
OF SECONDARY RATED APPARENT POWER
0 F 3UPERVISION OF INCREASE IN FORWARD ACTIVE POWER

3ETTING RANGE TO
OF SECONDARY RATED APPARENT POWER
4 0 F 4RIP DELAY ON DECREASE OF FORWARD ACTIVE POWER

AND 0 NO TRIP
4 0 F 4RIP DELAY ON INCREASE OF FORWARD ACTIVE POWER

AND 0 NO TRIP
4 2 % 3 % 4 $ROP OFF TIME AFTER TRIP SIGNAL HAS BEEN ISSUED

# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR REVERSE POWER PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK

2 % 6 % 2 3 % 0 / 7 % 2 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION
2 % 6 0 / 7 % 2 3WITCH /&& OF REVERSE POWER PROTECTION

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
REVERSE POWER PROTECTION OPERATES BUT 42)0

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
2%,AY IS ",/#+ED
)F REVERSE POWER OPERATION OCCURS THEN THE TURBINE 4HE REVERSE POWER IS MEASURED BY THE PROTECTION
GENERATOR SET MUST BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE NET UNIT ITSELF DURING THE PRIMARY TESTS REFER TO 3ECTION
WORK SINCE OPERATION OF THE TURBINE WITHOUT A CERTAIN !PPROXIMATELY TIMES THE MEASURED RE
MINIMUM STEAM THROUGHPUT COOLING EFFECT IS IM VERSE POWER VALUE IS CHOSEN AS THE SETTING VALUE
PERMISSIBLE )N CASE OF A GAS TURBINE THE MOTORING 4HIS VALUE MUST BE ENTERED WITH ITS NEGATIVE SIGN )N
LOAD MAY BECOME TOO LARGE FOR THE NETWORK )N THE CASES OF LARGE MACHINES WITH SMALL MOTORING POWER
EVENT OF REVERSE POWER WITH THE STOP VALVE IN NORMAL IT IS ADVISABLE TO CORRECT THE ANGLE ERROR OF THE INSTRU
STATE A SUITABLE TIME DELAY MUST BE PROVIDED IN OR MENT TRANSFORMERS SEE 3ECTION
DER TO BRIDGE A POSSIBLE TRANSIENT REVERSE POWER IN
TAKE FOLLOWING SYNCHRONIZING OR DURING POWER OSCIL 4HE PICK UP VALUE MUST BE SET AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE
LATIONS AFTER NETWORK FAULTS EG THREE POLE SHORT CIR SECONDARY RATED POWER 3.SEC o | 5.SEC | ).SEC
CUIT 5SUALLY THE TIME DELAY IS SET TO APPROXIMATELY T 4HE MACHINE OUTPUT MUST THEREFORE BE REFERRED TO
S SECONDARY VALUES
)N THE EVENT OF FAULTS THAT LEAD TO A TRIP OF THE STOP

VALVE DISCONNECTION BY THE REVERSE POWER PROTEC 0SEC 0MACH 5.MACH ).MACH
| |
TION IS PERFORMED AFTER A SHORT TIME DELAY FOLLOWING 3.SEC 3.MACH 5.PRI ).PRI
CONFIRMATION THAT THE STOP VALVE HAS SUCCESSFULLY OP
ERATED 4HIS CONFIRMATION IS NORMALLY VIA AN OIL PRES WHEREBY
SURE SWITCH OR A LIMIT SWITCH ON THE STOP VALVE )T MUST 0SEC SECONDARY ACTIVE POWER ACCORDING TO
BE A CONDITION FOR TRIPPING THAT THE REVERSE POWER IS SETTING VALUE
CAUSED SOLELY BY THE FAILURE OF ENERGY TO THE TURBINE 3.SEC SECONDARY RATED APPARENT POWER
! TIME DELAY IS REQUIRED TO BRIDGE OUT THE ACTIVE POW o | 5.SEC | ).SEC
ER OSCILLATIONS CAUSED BY A RAPID CLOSURE OF THE
0MACH ACTIVE POWER OF MACHINE ACCORDING TO
VALVES IE TO WAIT UNTIL A STEADY STATE ACTIVE POWER
SETTING VALUE
VALUE HAS BEEN REACHED ! TIME DELAY OF TO S IS
SUFFICIENT IN THIS CASE APPROXIMATELY S ARE REC 3.MACH RATED APPARENT POWER OF MACHINE
OMMENDED FOR GAS TURBINES 4HE SET TIMES ARE ADDI 5.MACH RATED VOLTAGE OF MACHINE
TIONAL TIME DELAYS WHICH DO NOT INCLUDE THE RELAY OP ).MACH RATED CURRENT OF MACHINE
ERATING TIMES MEASUREMENT TIME RESET TIME
5.PRI PRIMARY RATED VOLTAGE OF VOLTAGE TRANS
FORMERS
).PRI PRIMARY RATED CURRENT OF CURRENT TRANS
FORMERS
# ' #

0ICK UP VALUE OF REVERSE POWER IN PERCENT OF SEC

0 2 % 6 % 2 3 %
ONDARY RATED APPARENT POWER
3ETTING RANGE TO
4 3 6 / 0 % . 4RIP DELAY FOR REVERSE POWER WITH STOP VALVE NORMAL

STATE
S
3ETTING RANGE S TO S
AND 0 NO TRIP WITH STOP VALVE NORMAL STATE
4 3 6 # , / 3 4RIP DELAY FOR REVERSE POWER WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED

AND 0 NO TRIP WITH SHORT TIME STAGE
4 2 % 3 % 4 $ROP OFF TIME AFTER TRIP COMMAND HAS BEEN ISSUED

3ETTINGS FOR UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION ADDRESS BLOCK
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 5NBALANCED LOAD PRO

5 . " ! , ! . # % $ , / ! $ TECTION
5 . " ! , , / ! $ 3WITCH /&& OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION OPERATES BUT 42)0

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
2%,AY IS ",/#+ED
4HE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSLY PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE )MAXMACH ).MACH

SEQUENCE CURRENT IS DECISIVE FOR THE THERMAL REPLICA 3ETTING VALUE )
).MACH ).PRI
|
&ROM EXPERIENCE THIS CURRENT AMOUNTS TO APPROXI

MATELY TO OF RATED MACHINE CURRENT FOR MA WHEREBY
CHINES UP TO -6! AND WITH TURBO ROTORS AND AT )MAXMACH MAXIMUM CONTINUOUSLY PER
LEAST OF THE RATED MACHINE CURRENT FOR MACHINES MISSIBLE THERMAL NEGATIVE
WITH SALIENT POLE ROTORS &OR LARGER MACHINES AND IN SEQUENCE CURRENT
CASES OF DOUBT THE DATA SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFAC ).MACH 2ATED MACHINE CURRENT
TURER SHOULD PREVAIL ).PRI PRIMARY RATED CT CURRENT
4HE VALUES MUST BE CONVERTED TO THE SECONDARY 4HIS VALUE ) IS SET UNDER ADDRESS )T ALSO REP
QUANTITIES WHEN SETTING THE 5- 4HE FOLLOWING RESENTS THE PICK UP VALUE OF A CURRENT DEPENDENT
APPLIES ALARM STAGE THE DEFINITE DELAY TIME OF WHICH 4 )
IS SET UNDER ADDRESS
# ' #

%XAMPLE )F )). | T IS REPLACED BY THE CONSTANT # THEN IT FOL

LOWS THAT
-ACHINE ). !
)MAX #
Ç
K
#URRENT TRANSFORMER ! !
! 3INCE THE CONSTANT # APPLIES FOR THE MACHINE THE
) | PERMISSIBLE UNBALANCED LOAD REFERRED TO RATED MA
!
CHINE CURRENT MUST BE INSERTED FOR K AND NOT THE VAL
4HE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION SIMULATES THE TEM UE REFERRED TO THE SECONDARY SIDE
PERATURE RISE ACCORDING TO THE THERMAL DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATION THE SOLUTION OF WHICH IS AN E FUNCTION IN %XAMPLE
STEADY STATE OPERATION 4HE TIME CONSTANT Ç IS DECI
SIVE FOR THE TIME TO REACH THE LIMIT TEMPERATURE AND # S
THUS FOR THE TRIP TIME
)
)F THE TIME CONSTANT IS STATED BY THE MANUFACTURER K
THEN THAT VALUE IS SET ADDRESS 4HE THERMAL ).
CAPABILITY TIME CAN ALSO BE EXPRESSED BY THE CON 4HEN IT FOLLOWS THAT
STANT # )). | T OR BY THE THERMAL UNBALANCED
LOAD CHARACTERISTIC S
Ç S

4HE CONSTANT # IS PROPORTIONAL TO THE PERMISSIBLE
LOSS ENERGY 3TRICTLY SPEAKING IT ONLY APPLIES IF A CON )F THE THERMAL UNBALANCED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC IS PRO
STANT LOSS ENERGY IS SUPPLIED WITHOUT HEAT DISSIPAT VIDED THE PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC MUST BE
ING 4HIS CORRESPONDS TO A LINEAR TEMPERATURE CHAR MATCHED TO COINCIDE WITH IT AS FAR AS POSSIBLE !LSO IN
ACTERISTIC AS PRESENT IN THE INITIAL STAGE OF THE E FUNC THIS CASE A LINEAR E FUNCTION CHARACTERISTIC CAN BE
TION IE DURING A LARGE UNBALANCED LOAD 5NDER THIS ASSUMED ON THE BASIS OF A LARGE UNBALANCED LOAD
PROVISION THE GRADIENT TRIANGLE ACCORDING &IGURE MOST SIMPLY )). 4HE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CUR
RESULTS IN THE FOLLOWING EQUATION RENTTIME COORDINATES FOR EG )). ARE READ FROM
THE CHARACTERISTIC &IGURE AND THE TIME CONSTANT
)). K Ç IS CALCULATED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING FORMULA
OR )). | T K | Ç
Ç T T
Ç
K
WHEREBY )). ANY UNBALANCED LOAD
WHEREBY T IS THE PERMISSIBLE DURATION AT )).
Ç THE THERMAL TIME CONSTANT
AND K IS THE PERMISSIBLE CONTINUOUS UNBALANCED
K THE PERMISSIBLE UNBALANCED LOAD OF
LOAD
THE MACHINE
T THE TIME AT WHICH K IS REACHED
)
)). ).

0ARAMETER Ç
+
T Ç T
TIME TIME
&IGURE ) T CHARACTERISTIC &IGURE 4HERMAL UNBALANCED LOAD CHARACTER
ISTIC
# ' #

%XAMPLE SEQUENCE CURRENTS ABOVE TIMES THE PERMISSIBLE

NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT 4HEREFORE THE THERMAL
&ROM THE UNBALANCED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC IS INTERSECTED BY A DEFINITE TIME NEGA
T S AT TIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT CHARACTERISTIC ) ADDRESS
)). ! SETTING TO APPROX ENSURES THAT IN THE
EVENT OF A PHASE FAILURE UNBALANCED LOAD ALWAYS
#ONTINUOUS PERMISSIBLE UNBALANCED LOAD SMALLER THAN o IE ) TRIPPING AL
)). WAYS OCCURS ACCORDING TO THE THERMAL CHARACTERISTIC
/N THE OTHER HAND A TWO PHASE SHORT CIRCUIT CAN BE
S ASSUMED TO BE PRESENT IF MORE THAN UNBAL
Ç S
ANCED LOAD EXISTS #ONSEQUENTLY THE TIME DELAY 4
) ADDRESS IS COORDINATED ACCORDING TO
4HE CALCULATED TIME CONSTANT IS SET AS 4)-% #/.34 THE TIME GRADING FOR PHASE SHORT CIRCUITS
UNDER ADDRESS
4HE SET TIMES ARE ADDITIONAL DELAY TIMES WHICH DO
4HE CHARACTERISTIC OF THE THERMAL UNBALANCED LOAD NOT INCLUDE THE OPERATING TIMES MEASUREMENT TIME
PROTECTION DOES NOT FURTHER REDUCE FOR HIGH NEGATIVE RESET TIME OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTION ITSELF
) -AXIMUM CONTINUOUSLY PERMISSIBLE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE

CURRENT IN OF ).
3ETTING RANGE TO
4 ) 4IME DELAY FOR DEFINITE TIME WARNING STAGE OP

ERATES AFTER PICK UP OF ) ADDRESS
AND 0 NO WARNING WITH ) STAGE
4 ) - % # / . 3 4 4HERMAL TIME CONSTANT Ç

4 ( % 2 - 7 ! 2 . 4HERMAL WARNING TEMPERATURE RISE IN OF TRIP

PING TEMPERATURE RISE
3ETTING RANGE TO
) 0ICK UP VALUE FOR HIGH CURRENT DEFINITE TIME TRIP

STAGE
3ETTING RANGE TO
4 ) 4IME DELAY FOR HIGH CURRENT DEFINITE TIME TRIP STAGE

) ADDRESS
S 3ETTING RANGE S TO
AND 0 NO TRIP WITH ) STAGE
4 2 % 3 % 4 $ROP OFF TIME AFTER TRIP SIGNAL HAS BEEN ISSUED

# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR MEASURED VALUE MONITORING ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE DIFFERENT MONITORING FUNCTIONS OF THE PROTECTIVE PECTED OR IF DURING OPERATION ONE OR MORE MONITOR
RELAY ARE DESCRIBED IN 3ECTION 4HEY PARTLY ING FUNCTIONS REACT SPORADICALLY THEN SENSITIVITY
MONITOR THE RELAY ITSELF PARTLY THE STEADY STATE MEA SHOULD BE REDUCED
SURED VALUES OF THE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS
./4% 0REREQUISITE FOR CORRECT FUNCTION OF THE MEA
4HE SENSITIVITY OF THE MEASURED VALUE MONITORING CAN SURED VALUE MONITORS IS THE PROPER SETTING OF THE GEN
BE CHANGED IN BLOCK 4HE FACTORY SETTINGS ARE SUF ERAL POWER SYSTEM DATA 3ECTION ESPECIALLY
FICIENT IN MOST CASES )F PARTICULARLY HIGH OPERATIONAL THE PARAMETERS CONCERNING VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS
ASYMMETRIES OF THE CURRENTS ANDOR VOLTAGES ARE EX AND THE MATCHING FACTOR
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % "EGINNING OF BLOCK
-EASURED VALUE SUPERVISION
3 5 0 % 2 6 ) 3 ) / .
- 6 3 5 0 % 2 6 -EASURED VALUE MONITORING IS

/ & & /&& SWITCHED OFF
/ . /. SWITCHED ON
#URRENT THRESHOLD ABOVE WHICH THE SYMMETRY MONI

3 9 - ) T H R E S
TORING IS EFFECTIVE REFER TO &IGURE
) ) N 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE | ).
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE | ).
3YMMETRY FACTOR FOR THE CURRENT SYMMETRY SLOPE OF

3 9 - & A C T )
THE SYMMETRY CHARACTERISTIC SEE &IGURE
#URRENT THRESHOLD ABOVE WHICH THE SUMMATION MONI

3 5 - ) T H R E S
TORING REFER TO &IGURE REACTS ABSOLUTE CONTENT
) ) N RELATED TO ). ONLY
3MALLEST SETTING VALUE | ).
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE | ).
2ELATIVE CONTENT RELATED TO THE MAXIMUM CONDUCTOR

3 5 - & A C T )
CURRENT FOR OPERATION OF THE CURRENT SUMMATION MON
ITORING REFER TO &IGURE
6OLTAGE THRESHOLD PHASE PHASE ABOVE WHICH THE

3 9 - 5 T H R E S
SYMMETRY MONITORING IS EFFECTIVE SEE &IGURE
6 3MALLEST SETTING VALUE 6
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE 6
# ' #

3YMMETRY FACTOR FOR THE VOLTAGE SYMMETRY SLOPE OF

3 9 - & A C T 5
THE SYMMETRY CHARACTERISTIC REFER &IGURE
6OLTAGE THRESHOLD PHASE TO PHASE ABOVE WHICH THE

3 5 - 5 T H R E S
SUMMATION MONITORING REFER &IGURE REACTS AB
6 SOLUTE CONTENT IS EFFECTIVE
3MALLEST SETTING VALUE 6
,ARGEST SETTING VALUE 6
2ELATIVE CONTENT RELATED TO THE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE FOR

3 5 - & A C T 5
OPERATION OF THE VOLTAGE SUMMATION MONITORING REFER
&IGURE
#OUPLING EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
5P TO FOUR DESIRED SIGNALS FROM EXTERNAL PROTECTION OR PROTECTION AND SUPERVISION SIGNALS THEY CAN BE AN
SUPERVISION UNITS CAN BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PRO NUNCIATED AS %XTERNAL TRIP TIME DELAYED AND TRANS
CESSING OF 5- 4HE SIGNALS ARE COUPLED AS %X MITTED TO THE TRIP MATRIX
TERNAL SIGNALS VIA BINARY INPUTS ,IKE THE INTERNAL
% 8 4 % 2 . ! , "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK )NCORPORATING OF AN EXTERNAL TRIP

4 2 ) 0 & 5 . # 4 ) / . FUNCTION
% 8 4 4 2 ) 0 3WITCH /&& OF EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION

/ & &
/ . 3WITCH /. OF EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION
EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION OPERATES BUT 42)0 2%,AY IS

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED
4 $ % , ! 9 4IME DELAY FOR EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION

S AND 0 NO TRIP

# ' #


4 2 ) 0 & 5 . # 4 ) / . FUNCTION

/ & &

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED

S AND 0 NO TRIP


4 2 ) 0 & 5 . # 4 ) / . FUNCTION

/ & &

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED

S AND 0 NO TRIP

# ' #


4 2 ) 0 & 5 . # 4 ) / . FUNCTION

/ & &

" , / # + 4 2 ) 0 2 % ,
",/#+ED

S AND 0 NO TRIP

# ' #

3ETTINGS FOR TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION ADDRESS BLOCK
"INARY INPUTS OF THE DEVICE CAN BE USED FOR THE TWO 4HE TRIP CIRCUITS ARE CHECKED APPROX TWO TO THREE
TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION FUNCTIONS REFER TO 3ECTION TIMES PER SECOND !LARM DELAY IS DETERMINED BY THE
%ACH TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION NEEDS TWO BINARY NUMBER OF MEASUREMENT REPETITIONS ADDRESS
INPUTS (IGHER NUMBER OF MEASUREMENT REPETITIONS
CORRESPONDS TO LONGER ALARM DELAY AND OF COURSE TO
4HE TRIP CIRCUIT IS SUPERVISED FOR OPEN CIRCUIT SHORT INCREASED SAFETY AGAINST FAULTY ALARM %QUALLY THE
CIRCUIT AND CONTROL VOLTAGE FAILURE TIME DELAY CAN BRIDGE OUT SHORT INTERRUPTIONS DURING
BREAKER OPERATION
4 2 ) 0 # ) 2 è 4
"EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
3 5 0 % 2 6 ) 3 ) / .
4 2 0 3 5 0 % 2 6 4RIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION IS

/ & & /&& SWITCHED OFF
/ . /. SWITCHED ON
. O # ) 2 # 4 .UMBER OF SUPERVISED TRIP CIRCUITS

POSSIBLE TO
.UMBER OF MEASUREMENT REPETITIONS

- % ! 2 % 0 % 4 3ETTING RANGE TO
CORRESPONDING TO AN ALARM DELAY OF APPROX S
TO S
# ' #

!NNUNCIATIONS
)NTRODUCTION
!FTER A FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS AND MESSAGES PROVIDE A 0RESS KEY -3 - STANDS FOR MESSAGES 3 FOR
SURVEY OF IMPORTANT FAULT DATA AND THE FUNCTION OF THE SIGNALS THEN THE ADDRESS APPEARS AUTO
RELAY AND SERVE FOR CHECKING SEQUENCES OF FUNCTION MATICALLY AS THE BEGINNING OF THE ANNUNCIATION
AL STEPS DURING TESTING AND COMMISSIONING &URTHER BLOCKS
THEY PROVIDE INFORMATION ABOUT THE CONDITION OF MEA
SURED DATA AND THE RELAY ITSELF DURING NORMAL OPERA &OR CONFIGURATION OF THE TRANSFER OF ANNUNCIATIONS VIA
TION THE SERIAL INTERFACES THE NECESSARY DATA ARE ENTERED
IN BLOCK SEE 3ECTION
4O READ OUT RECORDED ANNUNCIATIONS NO CODEWORD
INPUT IS NECESSARY 4HE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE ARRANGED AS FOLLOWS
4HE ANNUNCIATIONS GENERATED IN THE RELAY ARE PRES "LOCK /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS THESE ARE
ENTED IN VARIOUS WAYS MESSAGES WHICH CAN APPEAR DURING THE
OPERATION OF THE RELAY INFORMATION ABOUT
,%$ INDICATIONS IN THE FRONT PLATES OF THE RELAY &IG CONDITION OF RELAY FUNCTIONS MEASURE
URE MENT DATA ETC
"INARY OUTPUTS OUTPUT RELAYS VIA THE CONNECTIONS "LOCK %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE LAST FAULT PICK
OF THE RELAY UP TRIP EXPIRED TIMES OR SIMILAR !S DE
FINED A FAULT BEGINS WITH PICK UP OF ANY
)NDICATIONS IN THE DISPLAY ON THE FRONT PLATE OR ON FAULT DETECTOR AND ENDS AFTER DROP OFF OF
THE SCREEN OF A PERSONAL COMPUTER VIA THE OPERAT THE LAST FAULT DETECTOR
ING INTERFACE
"LOCK %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE PREVIOUS NET
4RANSMISSION VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE TO LOCAL OR RE WORK FAULT AS BLOCK
MOTE CONTROL FACILITIES
"LOCK %VENT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR THE LAST BUT TWO
-OST OF THESE ANNUNCIATIONS CAN BE RELATIVELY FREELY
NETWORK FAULT AS BLOCK
ALLOCATED TO THE ,%$S AND BINARY OUTPUTS SEE 3EC
TION !LSO WITHIN SPECIFIC LIMITATIONS GROUP AND
"LOCK )NDICATION OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VAL
MULTIPLE INDICATIONS CAN BE FORMED
UES CURRENTS VOLTAGES FREQUENCY
4O CALL UP ANNUNCIATIONS ON THE OPERATOR PANEL THE
FOLLOWING POSSIBILITIES EXIST
UES POWER POWER FACTOR IMPEDANCES
"LOCK PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å FORWARDS OR Ç BACK
WARDS UP TO ADDRESS
UES OF THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
$IRECT SELECTION WITH ADDRESS CODE USING KEY $! NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT CALCULATED
ADDRESS AND EXECUTE WITH KEY % THERMAL VALUE

#OMMENCEMENT OF ANNUNCIATION BLOCKS
! . . 5 . # ) ! 4 ) / . 3
! COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF THE POSSIBLE ANNUNCIATIONS AND OUTPUT FUNCTIONS WITH THE ASSOCIATED FUNCTION NUMBER
&.O IS GIVEN IN !PPENDIX # )T IS ALSO INDICATED TO WHICH DEVICE EACH ANNUNCIATION CAN BE ROUTED
# ' #

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
/PERATIONAL AND STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS CONTAIN INFOR !FTER SELECTION OF THE ADDRESS BY DIRECT SELEC
MATION WHICH THE UNIT PROVIDES DURING OPERATION AND TION WITH $! % ANDOR PAGING WITH Å OR Ç
ABOUT THE OPERATION 4HEY BEGIN AT ADDRESS AND FURTHER SCROLLING ! OR " THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCI
)MPORTANT EVENTS AND STATUS CHANGES ARE CHRONO ATIONS APPEAR 4HE BOXES BELOW SHOW ALL AVAILABLE
LOGICALLY LISTED STARTING WITH THE MOST RECENT MES OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS )N EACH SPECIFIC CASE OF
SAGE 4IME INFORMATION IS SHOWN IN HOURS AND MIN COURSE ONLY THE ASSOCIATED ANNUNCIATIONS APPEAR IN
UTES 5P TO OPERATIONAL INDICATIONS CAN BE STORED THE DISPLAY
)F MORE OCCUR THE OLDEST ARE ERASED IN SEQUENCE
.EXT TO THE BOXES BELOW THE ABBREVIATED FORMS ARE
&AULTS IN THE MACHINE ARE ONLY INDICATED AS &AULT EXPLAINED )T IS INDICATED WHETHER AN EVENT IS AN
TOGETHER WITH THE SEQUENCE NUMBER OF THE FAULT $E NOUNCED ON OCCURRENCE # #OMING OR A STATUS
TAILED INFORMATION ABOUT THE HISTORY OF THE FAULT IS CON IS ANNOUNCED #OMING AND 'OING #'
TAINED IN BLOCKS &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS REFER TO 3EC 4HE FIRST LISTED MESSAGE IS AS EXAMPLE ASSIGNED
TION WITH DATE AND TIME IN THE FIRST LINE THE SECOND LINE
SHOWS THE BEGINNING OF A CONDITION WITH THE CHARAC
4HE INPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED TER # TO INDICATE THAT THIS CONDITION OCCURRED AT THE
DISPLAYED TIME
/ 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / . ! , "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATIONAL

ANNUNCIATIONS
! . . 5 . # ) ! 4 ) / . 3
ST LINE $ATE AND TIME OF THE EVENT OR STATUS

CHANGE
/ 3 B L O C K E D # ND LINE !NNUNCIATION TEXT IN THE EXAMPLE #OMING
)F THE REAL TIME CLOCK IS NOT AVAILABLE THE DATE IS REPLACED BY JJJJJJ THE TIME IS GIVEN AS RELATIVE TIME FROM THE
LAST RE START OF THE PROCESSOR SYSTEM
$IRECT RESPONSE FROM BINARY INPUTS
3 T A R T & L T 2 E C &AULT RECORDING STARTED VIA BINARY INPUT #
! N N U N C 5SER DEFINED ANNUNCIATION .O RECEIVED VIA BINARY

INPUT #'
INPUT #'
INPUT #'
INPUT #'
6 4 M C B 4 R I P 6OLTAGE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY MCB TRIPPED #'
% X T E N S : " 3WITCH IMPEDANCE PROTECTION TO EXTENDED ZONE :"

FROM EXTERNAL SIGNAL #'
% X T T R I P %XTERNAL TRIP SIGNAL VIA BINARY INPUT #'
# ' #

0 H A S E R O T A T #HANGE OVER TO COUNTER CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION VIA

BINARY INPUT +'
3 6 T R I P P E D 3TOP VALVE TRIPPED #'
2 - T H R E P L 2ESET MEMORY OF THERMAL REPLICA OF UNBALANCED LOAD

PROTECTION #
'ENERAL OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE PROTECTION DEVICE
$ E V O P E R A T I V E $EVICE OPERATIVE #'
0 R O T O P E R A T !T LEAST ONE PROTECTION FUNCTION IS OPERATIVE #'
) N I T I A L S T A R T )NITIAL START OF THE PROCESSOR SYSTEM #
, % $ R E S E T 3TORED ,%$ INDICATIONS RESET #
, O G - E A S " L O C K -ESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUES VIA THE SYSTEM INTER

FACE ARE BLOCKED #'
4 E S T M O D E -ESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUE VIA THE SYSTEM INTER
FACE ARE MARKED WITH 4EST OPERATION #'
0 A R A M R U N N I N G 0ARAMETERS ARE BEING SET #'
0 A R A M 3 E T ! 0ARAMETER SET ! IS ACTIVE #'
0 A R A M 3 E T " 0ARAMETER SET " IS ACTIVE #'
0 A R A M 3 E T # 0ARAMETER SET # IS ACTIVE #'
0 A R A M 3 E T $ 0ARAMETER SET $ IS ACTIVE #'
3 Y S T & L T 0OWER SYSTEM FAULT #' DETAILED INFORMATION IN THE

FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS
& L T 2 E C $ A T $ E L &AULT RECORDING DATA DELETED #
& L T 2 E C V I A " ) &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA BINARY INPUT #
& L T 2 E C V I A + " &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA THE FRONT KEYBOARD #
& L T 2 E C V I A 0 # &AULT RECORDING TRIGGERED VIA OPERATING 0# INTERFACE

#
/ P E R A T R A N G E 0ROTECTION IN OPERATING RANGE IE SUITABLE MEASURED
VALUES ARE PRESENT #'
# ' #

# L O C K W I S E #LOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION #
# O U N T E R C L O C K #OUNTER CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION #
!NNUNCIATIONS OF MONITORING FUNCTIONS
7 R O N G 3 7 V E R S 3OFTWARE VERSION OF THE DEVICE IS WRONG #
7 R O N G D E V ) $ $EVICE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IS WRONG #
! N N U N C L O S T !NNUNCIATIONS LOST BUFFER OVERFLOW #
! N N U 0 # L O S T !NNUNCIATIONS FOR OPERATING 0# INTERFACE LOST #
/ P E R ! N N ) N V A /PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS INVALID #'
& L T ! N N ) N V A L &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS INVALID #'
, % $ " U F F ) N V A "UFFER FOR STORED ,%$S INVALID #'
6 $ % 7 3 T A T E ) N V 6$%7 STATE MESSAGES ACC )%# INVALID

#'
# H S % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED #'
# H S ! % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET !

NO OPERATION POSSIBLE WITH THIS SET #'
# H S " % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET "
# H S # % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET #
# H S $ % R R O R #HECK SUM ERROR DETECTED FOR PARAMETER SET $
& A I L U R E 6 &AILURE IN INTERNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE 6 #'
& A I L U R E 6 &AILURE IN OFFSET VOLTAGE 6 #'
& A I L 4 R I P 2 E L &AILURE ON TRIP RELAY PCB #'
, 3 ! D I S R U P T E D ,3! LINK DISRUPTED SYSTEM INTERFACE #'
# ' #

& A I L U R E ¦ ) &AILURE DETECTED BY CURRENT PLAUSIBILITY MONITOR ¦)

#'
& A I L U R E ) S Y M M &AILURE DETECTED BY CURRENT SYMMETRY MONITOR #'
& A I L U R E ¦ 5 P E &AILURE DETECTED BY VOLTAGE PLAUSIBILITY MONITOR

¦5PH E #'
& A I L U R E 5 S Y M M &AILURE DETECTED BY VOLTAGE SYMMETRY MONITOR #'
& A I L 0 H A S E 3 E Q &AILURE DETECTED BY PHASE SEQUENCE MONITOR #'
& A I L U R E 4 R I P &AILURE IN TRIP CIRCUIT #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATION OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
) M P O F F )MPEDANCE PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
) M P B L O C K E D )MPEDANCE PROTECTION IS BLOCKED #'
) M P A C T I V E )MPEDANCE PROTECTION ACTIVE #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
5 O F F 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
5 B L O C K E D 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS BLOCKED #'
5 A C T I V E 3TATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION IS ACTIVE #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
/ 3 O F F /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
/ 3 B L O C K E D /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS BLOCKED #'
/ 3 A C T I V E /UT OF STEP PROTECTION IS ACTIVE #'
# ' #

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
0 F O F F &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
0 F B L O C K E D &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS BLOCKED #'
0 R A C T I V E &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION IS ACTIVE #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
0 R O F F 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
0 R B L O C K E D 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS BLOCKED #'
0 R A C T I V E 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION IS ACTIVE #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
) O F F 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
) B L O C K E D 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS BLOCKED #'
) A C T I V E 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS ACTIVE #'
) 7 A R N 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION CURRENT WARNING STAGE

OPERATED #'
) T H 7 A R N 5NBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION THERMAL WARNING STAGE

OPERATED #'
2 - T H R E P L 4HERMAL REPLICA OF THERMAL STAGE OF UNBALANCED PRO

TECTION RESET #
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTIONS
% X T O F F %XTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION IS SWITCHED OFF #'
% X T B L O C K E D %XTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION IS BLOCKED #'
% X T A C T I V E %XTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION IS ACTIVE #'
# ' #

/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF TRIP TEST FUNCTIONS
4 E S T 4 R I P 4EST TRIP RELAY IS IN PROGRESS #'
/PERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS OF TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
&URTHER MESSAGES
4 A B L E O V E R F L O W )F MORE MESSAGES HAVE BEEN RECEIVED THE LAST VALID

MESSAGE IS 4ABLE OVERFLOW
% N D O F T A B L E )F NOT ALL MEMORY PLACES ARE USED THE LAST MESSAGE IS

%ND OF TABLE
# ' #

&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4HE ANNUNCIATIONS WHICH OCCURRED DURING THE LAST CAN PAGE THE INDIVIDUAL ANNUNCIATIONS FORWARDS OR
THREE FAULTS CAN BE READ OFF ON THE FRONT PANEL OR VIA BACKWARDS %ACH ANNUNCIATION IS ASSIGNED WITH A
THE OPERATING INTERFACE 4HE INDICATIONS ARE RE SEQUENCE ITEM NUMBER
CORDED IN THE SEQUENCE FROM THE YOUNGEST TO THE
OLDEST UNDER ADDRESSES AND 7HEN &OR THESE PURPOSES THE FAULT MEANS THE PERIOD
A FURTHER FAULT OCCURS THE DATA RELATING TO THE OLDEST FROM FIRST PICK UP OF ANY PROTECTION FUNCTION UP TO LAST
ARE ERASED %ACH FAULT DATA BUFFER CAN CONTAIN UP TO DROP OFF OF A PROTECTION FUNCTION
ANNUNCIATIONS
)N THE FOLLOWING CLARIFICATION ALL THE AVAILABLE FAULT AN
)NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT REQUIRED NUNCIATIONS ARE INDICATED )N THE CASE OF A SPECIFIC
FAULT OF COURSE ONLY THE ASSOCIATED ANNUNCIATIONS
4O CALL UP THE LAST FAULT DATA ONE GOES TO ADDRESS APPEAR IN THE DISPLAY !T FIRST AN EXAMPLE IS GIVEN FOR
EITHER BY DIRECT ADDRESS $! % OR BY A SYSTEM FAULT AND EXPLAINED
PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç 7ITH THE KEYS ! OR " ONE
, ! 3 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE LAST

SYSTEM FAULT
& ! 5 , 4
UNDER ITEM THE DATE OF THE SYSTEM FAULT IS INDICATED IN

3 Y S T & L T THE SECOND LINE THE CONSECUTIVE NUMBER OF THE SYSTEM
FAULT
UNDER ITEM THE TIME OF THE BEGINNING OF THE FAULT IS GIV

& A U L T # EN TIME RESOLUTION IS MS
4HE FOLLOWING ITEMS INDICATE ALL FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS

M S WHICH HAVE OCCURRED FROM FAULT DETECTION UNTIL DROP OFF
) M P & A U L T , # OF THE DEVICE IN CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE 4HESE ANNUN
CIATIONS ARE TAGGED WITH THE RELATIVE TIME IN MILLISECONDS
STARTING WITH THE FIRST FAULT DETECTION
M S
) M P & A U L T , #
M S
) M P ) 5 #
M S
) M P 4 R I P : #
M S
$ E V $ R O P O F F #
ETC
# ' #

'ENERAL FAULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF THE DEVICE
& L T " U F F / V E R &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS LOST BUFFER OVERFLOW
3 Y S T & L T 3YSTEM FAULT WITH CONSECUTIVE NUMBER
& A U L T "EGINNING OF FAULT
$ E V I C E & L T $ E T &AULT DETECTION OF THE DEVICE GENERAL
$ E V I C E 4 R I P 4RIP BY THE DEVICE GENERAL
$ E V $ R O P O F F $ROP OFF OF THE DEVICE GENERAL
&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
) M P ' E N & L T 'ENERAL FAULT DETECTION OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
) M P & A U L T , &AULT DETECTION OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION PHASE ,
) M P ) 5 &AULT DETECTION OF IMPEDANCE PROTECTION WITH UNDER

VOLTAGE SEAL IN
0 O W E R 3 W I N G 0OWER SWING DETECTED IMPEDANCE PROTECTION BLOCKED
) M P 4 R I P : 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ZONE :
) M P 4 R I P : " 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ZONE :" EXTENDED

STAGE
) M P 4 R I P : 4RIP BY IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ZONE :
) M P 4 R I P 4 )MPEDANCE PROTECTION TIME 4 EXPIRED
&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
5 & A U L T &AULT DETECTION OF STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
5 4 R I P 4RIP BY STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
# ' #

&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF OUT OF STEP PROTECTION
/ 3 C H A R /UT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC PASSED

THROUGH
/ 3 C H A R /UT OF STEP PROTECTION CHARACTERISTIC PASSED

THROUGH
/ 3 D E T C H /UT OF STEP DETECTION BY CHARACTERISTIC
/ 3 D E T C H /UT OF STEP DETECTION BY CHARACTERISTIC
/ 3 4 R I P C H /UT OF STEP TRIP BY CHARACTERISTIC
/ 3 4 R I P C H /UT OF STEP TRIP BY CHARACTERISTIC
&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION
0 F & L T D E T &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION PICKED UP ON 0F
0 F & L T D E T &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION PICKED UP ON 0F
0 F 4 R I P &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION TRIP BY 0F STAGE
0 F 4 R I P &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION TRIP BY 0F STAGE
&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF REVERSE POWER PROTECTION
0 R & A U L T D E T 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION PICKED UP
0 R 4 R I P 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP
0 R 3 6 4 R I P 2EVERSE POWER PROTECTION TRIP WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED
&AULT ANNUNCIATION OF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
) & A U L T &AULT DETECTION OF THE STEPPED CHARACTERISTIC
) 4 R I P 4RIP BY THE STEPPED CHARACTERISTIC
) 4 R I P 4RIP BY THE THERMAL CHARACTERISTIC
# ' #

&AULT ANNUNCIATIONS FOR TRIP FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE VIA BINARY INPUT
% X T ' E N & L T %XTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION PICKED UP
% X T ' E N 4 R P 4RIP BY EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION
&URTHER MESSAGES
4 ! " , % % - 0 4 9 MEANS THAT NO FAULT EVENT HAS BEEN RECORDED
4 ! " , % / 6 % 2 & , / 7 MEANS THAT OTHER FAULT DATA HAVE OCCURRED HOWEVER
MEMORY IS FULL
4 ! " , % / " 3 / , % 4 % A NEW FAULT EVENT HAS OCCURRED DURING READ OUT PAGE
ON WITH ! OR " THE DISPLAY SHOWS THE FIRST ANNUNCI
ATION IN THE ACTUALIZED ORDER
% . $ / & 4 ! " , % )F NOT ALL MEMORY PLACES ARE USED THE LAST MESSAGE IS
%ND OF TABLE
4HE DATA OF THE SECOND TO LAST FAULT CAN BE FOUND UNDER ADDRESS 4HE AVAILABLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE THE
SAME AS FOR THE LAST FAULT
N D 4 / , ! 3 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF

THE SECOND TO LAST FAULT
& ! 5 , 4
ETC
4HE DATA OF THE THIRD TO LAST FAULT CAN BE FOUND UNDER ADDRESS 4HE AVAILABLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE THE SAME
AS FOR THE LAST FAULT
R D 4 / , ! 3 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK &AULT ANNUNCIATIONS OF

THE THIRD TO LAST FAULT
& ! 5 , 4
ETC
# ' #

2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4HE STEADY STATE RMS OPERATING VALUES CAN BE READ TERED TO THE DEVICE UNDER ADDRESS BLOCK AS DE
OUT AT ANY TIME UNDER THE ADDRESS BLOCKS TO SCRIBED IN 3ECTION
4HE FIRST ADDRESS BLOCK CAN BE CALLED UP DIRECTLY US
ING $! % OR BY PAGING WITH Å OR Ç 4HE INDI )N THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE SOME TYPICAL VALUES HAVE
VIDUAL MEASURED VALUES CAN BE FOUND BY FURTHER BEEN INSERTED )N PRACTICE THE ACTUAL VALUES APPEAR
PAGING WITH ! OR " %NTRY OF THE CODEWORD IS NOT NEC 6ALUES OUTSIDE THE FREQUENCY OPERATION RANGE F.
ESSARY 4HE VALUES WILL BE UPDATED IN APPROXIMATELY SEEM TOO SMALL
SECOND INTERVALS
&URTHER MEASURED OR CALCULATED VALUES ARE DIS
4HE DATA ARE DISPLAYED IN ABSOLUTE PRIMARY VALUES PLAYED IN ADDRESS BLOCKS AND "LOCK INDI
AND IN PERCENT OF THE RATED DEVICE VALUES 4O ENSURE CATES VALUES OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION BLOCK
CORRECT PRIMARY VALUES THE RATED DATA MUST BE EN THOSE OF THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
/ 0 % 2 ! 4 ) / . ! , "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK /PERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES

!
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 3 !
5SE ! KEY TO MOVE TO THE NEXT ADDRESS WITH THE NEXT MEASURED VALUE
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 0AGE ON WITH THE ! KEY TO READ OFF THE NEXT ADDRESS WITH
THE NEXT MEASURED VALUE OR PAGE BACK WITH "
) , K !
/NE ADDRESS IS AVAILABLE FOR EACH MEASURED VALUE 4HE

- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % VALUES CAN BE REACHED ALSO BY DIRECT ADDRESSING USING
) , K ! KEY $! FOLLOWED BY THE ADDRESS NUMBER AND EXECUTE
WITH %
4HE PRIMARY VALUES ADDRESSES TO ARE RE

- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % FERRED TO THE PRIMARY RATED VALUES AS PARAMETERIZED
) , K ! UNDER ADDRESSES FOR ). AND FOR 5. REFER
TO 3ECTION
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 , % K 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 , % K 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 , % K 6
# ' #

- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
) , ; = 4HE PERCENTAGE IS REFERRED TO RATED CURRENT
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
) , ; =
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
) , ; =
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 4HE SECONDARY VOLTAGES ADDRESSES TO ARE

REFERRED TO THE VOLTAGES APPLIED TO THE RELAY TERMINALS
5 , % 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 , % 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 , % 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
5 6
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 4HE PERCENTAGE IS REFERRED TO RATED CURRENT

) P O S ; =
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 4HE PERCENTAGE IS REFERRED TO THE PHASE TO PHASE VOLT

5 P O S 6 AGE IE o | 5POS
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % &REQUENCY IN (Z CAN ONLY DISPLAYED WHEN AN AC MEA

F ( Z SURED QUANTITY IS PRESENT
# ' #


" POWERS AND IMPEDANCES
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 3 "
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 4HE PERCENTAGE OF ACTIVE POWER 0 AND REACTIVE POWER

1 IS REFERRED TO RATED APPARENT POWER
0 ; = o w 5. w ).
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
1 ; =
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 0OWER FACTOR OF THE MACHINE

# / 3 0 ( )
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
0OWER ANGLE OF THE MACHINE
0 ( ) D E G
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
-EASURED RESISTANCE FROM 5) | COS
2 ¬
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 %
-EASURED REACTANCE FROM 5) | SIN
8 ¬
4HE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT AND THE CALCULATED ROTOR SURFACE TEMPERATURE RISE ARE DISPLAYED IN ADDRESS
BLOCK

# NEGATIVE SEQUENCE VALUES
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % 3 #
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % #ALCULATED NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT IN OF RATED

RELAY CURRENT
) N E G
- % ! 3 6 ! , 5 % #ALCULATED TEMPERATURE RISE IN OF THE THERMAL TRIP

VALUE IF UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS SWITCHED OFF
) N E G T H THEN IS INDICATED
# ' #

/PERATIONAL CONTROL FACILITIES
$URING OPERATION OF THE PROTECTION RELAY IT MAY BE DE SHALLED TO THE CORRESPONDING SWITCHING FUNCTIONS
SIRED TO INTERVENE IN FUNCTIONS OR ANNUNCIATIONS MAN DURING INSTALLATION OF THE DEVICE AND THAT THEY HAVE
UALLY OR FROM SYSTEM CRITERIA 5- COMPRISES FA BEEN CONNECTED REFER TO 3ECTION -ARSHALLING
CILITIES EG TO RE ADJUST THE REAL TIME CLOCK TO ERASE OF THE BINARY INPUTS
STORED INFORMATIONS OR TO CHANGE OVER PRESELECTED
SETS OF FUNCTION PARAMETERS 4HE CONTROL FACILITIES BEGIN WITH ADDRESS BLOCK
4HIS ADDRESS IS REACHED
4HE FUNCTIONS CAN BE CONTROLLED FROM THE OPERATING
PANEL ON THE FRONT OF THE DEVICE VIA THE OPERATING IN BY BLOCK PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å FORWARDS OR Ç
TERFACE IN THE FRONT AS WELL AS VIA BINARY INPUTS BACKWARDS UP TO ADDRESS OR
)N ORDER TO CONTROL FUNCTIONS VIA BINARY INPUTS IT IS BY DIRECT SELECTION WITH ADDRESS CODE USING KEY
NECESSARY THAT THE BINARY INPUTS HAVE BEEN MAR $! ADDRESS AND EXECUTE WITH KEY %
$ % 6 ) # % "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK $EVICE CONTROL

# / . 4 2 / ,
!DJUSTING AND SYNCHRONIZING THE REAL TIME CLOCK ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE DATE AND TIME CAN BE ADJUSTED AT ANY TIME DUR )NPUT OF THE CODEWORD IS REQUIRED CODE LEVEL TO
ING OPERATION AS LONG AS THE REAL TIME CLOCK IS OPERA CHANGE THE DATA 3ELECTION OF THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS
TIVE 3ETTING IS CARRIED OUT IN BLOCK WHICH IS ES IS BY FURTHER SCROLLING USING ! " AS SHOWN BELOW
REACHED BY DIRECT ADDRESSING $! % OR BY %ACH MODIFICATION MUST BE CONFIRMED WITH THE ENTER
PAGING WITH Å AND Ç KEY %
3 % 4 4 ) . ' "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 3ETTING THE REAL TIME CLOCK

2 % ! , 4 ) - % # , / # + #ONTINUE WITH !
!T FIRST THE ACTUAL DATE AND TIME ARE DISPLAYED

#ONTINUE WITH !

%NTER THE NEW DATE DIGITS FOR DAY DIGITS FOR MONTH
$ ! 4 % AND DIGITS FOR YEAR INCLUDING CENTURY USE THE ORDER
AS CONFIGURED UNDER ADDRESS 3ECTION BUT
ALWAYS USE A DOT FOR SEPARATOR
$$--9999 OR --$$9999
4 ) - % %NTER THE NEW TIME HOURS MINUTES SECONDS EACH

WITH DIGITS SEPARATED BY A DOT
((--33
5SING THE DIFFERENCE TIME THE CLOCK IS SET FORWARDS BY

$ ) & & 4 ) - % THE ENTERED TIME OR BACKWARDS USING THE KEY
4HE FORMAT IS THE SAME AS WITH THE TIME SETTING ABOVE
# ' #

%RASING STORED ANNUNCIATIONS ADDRESS BLOCK
4HE ANNUNCIATIONS AND THE STATUS OF THE ,%$ MEMO ENTRY IS NECESSARY TO ERASE THE STORED ITEMS CODE
RIES ARE STORED IN .6 2!-S AND THUS SAVED PRO LEVEL 2ESET IS SEPARATE FOR THE DIFFERENT GROUPS OF
VIDED THE BACK UP BATTERY IS INSTALLED 4HESE STORES MEMORIES AND ANNUNCIATIONS /NE REACHES THE INDI
CAN BE CLEARED IN BLOCK "LOCK IS CALLED UP BY VIDUAL ITEMS BY PAGING ! " %RASURE REQUIRES CONFIR
PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç OR DIRECTLY BY KEYING IN MATION WITH THE KEY *9 4HE DISPLAY THEN CONFIRMS
THE CODE $! % 7ITH THE EXCEPTION OF RESET THE ERASURE )F ERASURE IS NOT REQUIRED PRESS KEY . OR
TING THE ,%$ INDICATIONS ADDRESS CODEWORD SIMPLY PAGE ON
"EGINNING OF BLOCK 2ESET

2 % 3 % 4
2 % 3 % 4 2EQUEST WHETHER THE ,%$ MEMORIES SHOULD BE RESET

, % $
2 % 3 % 4 2EQUEST WHETHER THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATION BUFFER

/ 0 % 2 ! 4 ! . . 5 . # STORE SHOULD BE ERASED
2 % 3 % 4 2EQUEST WHETHER THE FAULT ANNUNCIATION BUFFER AND

& ! 5 , 4 ! . . 5 . # FAULT RECORDING STORES SHOULD BE ERASED
$URING ERASURE OF THE STORES WHICH MAY TAKE SOME TIME THE DISPLAY SHOWS 4!3+ ). 02/'2%33 !FTER ERASURE
THE RELAY ACKNOWLEDGES ERASURE EG
2 % 3 % 4
3 5 # # % 3 3 & 5 ,
# ' #

)NFORMATION TO ,3! DURING TEST OPERATION ADDRESS BLOCK
7HEN THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A CENTRAL STORAGE DE &.O 3YS -- BLOCK FOR BLOCKING ALL MES
VICE OR LOCALIZED SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM AND SAGES AND MEASURED VALUES
THE PROTOCOL ACCORDING )%# AND 6$%7
:6%) IS USED THEN THE INFORMATIONS WHICH ARE TRANS )N ORDER TO CARRY OUT SWITCH OVER BY THE OPERATOR
MITTED TO THE CENTRAL COMPUTING SYSTEM CAN BE IN ENTRY OF THE CODEWORD CODE LEVEL IS NECESSARY
FLUENCED REFER TO 3ECTION &OR THIS PURPOSE ADDRESS
BLOCK IS AVAILABLE PROVIDED THE )%#
4HE STANDARDIZED PROTOCOL ALLOWS ALL ANNUNCIATIONS PROTOCOL HAS BEEN CHOSEN DURING CONFIGURA
MESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUES TO BE TAGGED WITH TION OF THE SERIAL SYSTEM INTERFACE 3ECTION AD
THE ORIGIN TEST OPERATION WHICH OCCUR WHILE THE DRESS ANDOR 6$%7 %84%.$%$ 4HE
RELAY IS TESTED 4HUS THESE MESSAGES CAN BE DISTIN BLOCK IS CALLED UP BY PAGING WITH THE KEYS Å OR Ç OR
GUISHED FROM THOSE WHICH OCCUR DURING REAL OPERA DIRECTLY BY KEYING IN THE CODE $! % 5SE KEY
TION !DDITIONALLY IT IS POSSIBLE TO BLOCK ALL ANNUNCI ! TO SCROLL TO ADDRESS "Y PRESSING THE
.O KEY . THE POSITIONS OF THIS SWITCH ARE
ATIONS MESSAGES AND MEASURED VALUES TO ,3! DUR
CHANGED 4HE DESIRED POSITION MUST BE CONFIRMED
ING TEST OPERATION
WITH THE ENTER KEY %
4HIS FEATURES CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED VIA BINARY INPUTS
!S WITH EVERY SETTINGS OF THE DEVICE FOR WHICH CODE
OR USING THE INTEGRATED OPERATING KEYBOARD OR VIA THE
WORD INPUT IS NECESSARY CODEWORD OPERATION MUST
OPERATING 0# INTERFACE BE TERMINATED 4HIS IS DONE BY USING THE KEY COMBI
NATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOL
)N ORDER TO ACCOMPLISH SWITCH OVER VIA BINARY INPUTS LOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE
THE RESPECTIVE INPUTS MUST HAVE BEEN ASSIGNED DUR QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 #ONFIRM WITH
ING MARSHALLING REFER TO 3ECTION 4HE FOLLOW THE 9ES KEY *9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BE
ING INPUT FUNCTIONS ARE SUITABLE COME VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . IN
STEAD CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED IE ALL AL
&.O 3YS 4EST FOR TAGGING THE MESSAGES TERATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LAST
AND MEASURED VALUES WITH THE ORIGIN 4EST CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS
OPERATION CAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE
3 9 3 6 $ % 7 "EGINNING OF BLOCK !NNUNCIATIONS AND MEASURED VAL

UES FOR THE SYSTEM INTERFACE WITH )%# AND
! . . 5 . # - % ! 3 6 ! , 6$%7:6%) COMPATIBLE PROTOCOL
3 9 3 4 % 3 4 /NLY FOR )%# AND 6$%7:6%) COMPAT

IBLE PROTOCOL
/ & &
IN /. POSITION THE )%# AND 6$%7:6%)
/ . COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE ASSIGNED WITH THE ORIGIN
TEST OPERATION
3 9 3 " , / # + /NLY FOR )%# AND 6$%7:6%) COMPAT

IBLE PROTOCOL
/ & &
IN /. POSITION NO ANNUNCIATIONS AND MEASURED VALUES
/ . ARE TRANSMITTED TO THE SYSTEM INTERFACE
$O NOT FORGET TO SWITCH THE ADDRESSES BACK TO /&& AFTER HAVING FINISHED TEST OPERATIONS
# ' #

3ELECTION OF PARAMETER SETS ADDRESS BLOCK
5P TO DIFFERENT SETS OF PARAMETERS CAN BE SELECTED 4HE CORRESPONDING PROCEDURE IS USED FOR THE OTHER
FOR THE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS IE THE ADDRESSES PARAMETER SETS
ABOVE AND BELOW 4HESE PARAMETER SETS
CAN BE SWITCHED OVER DURING OPERATION LOCALLY USING C +EY COMBINATION &
THE OPERATOR PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE US ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET !
ING A PERSONAL COMPUTER OR ALSO REMOTELY USING
BINARY INPUTS C +EY COMBINATION &
ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET "
4HE FIRST PARAMETER SET IS IDENTIFIED AS SET ! THE OTHER
C +EY COMBINATION &
SETS ARE " # AND $ %ACH OF THESE SETS HAS BEEN SET
ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET #
DURING PARAMETERIZING 3ECTION PROVIDED
THE SWITCH OVER FACILITY IS USED C +EY COMBINATION &
ACCESS TO PARAMETER SET $
2EAD OUT OF SETTINGS OF A PARAMETER 4HE RELAY OPERATES ALWAYS WITH THE ACTIVE PARAMETER
SET SET EVEN DURING READ OUT OF THE PARAMETERS OF ANY
DESIRED PARAMETER SET 4HE CHANGE OVER PROCEDURE
)N ORDER TO LOOK UP THE SETTINGS OF A PARAMETER SET IN DESCRIBED HERE IS THEREFORE ONLY VALID FOR READ OUT
THE DISPLAY IT IS SUFFICIENT TO GO TO ANY ADDRESS OF THE OF PARAMETERS IN THE DISPLAY
FUNCTION PARAMETERS IE ADDRESSES ABOVE AND
BELOW EITHER BY DIRECT ADDRESSING USING KEY
$! ENTERING THE FOUR FIGURE ADDRESS CODE AND TERMI #HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER
NATING WITH ENTER KEY % OR BY PAGING THROUGH THE DIS SET FROM THE OPERATING PANEL
PLAY WITH Å OR Ç 9OU CAN SWITCH OVER TO LOOK UP A DIF
FERENT PARAMETER SET EG &OR CHANGE OVER TO A DIFFERENT PARAMETER SET IE IF
A DIFFERENT SET SHALL BE ACTIVATED THE ADDRESS BLOCK
0RESS KEY COMBINATION & IE FIRST THE FUNCTION IS TO BE USED &OR THIS CODEWORD ENTRY CODE LEVEL
KEY & AND THEN THE NUMBER KEY !LL DISPLAYED IS REQUIRED
PARAMETERS NOW REFER TO PARAMETER SET "
4HE BLOCK FOR PROCESSING PARAMETER SETS IS REACHED
4HE PARAMETER SET IS INDICATED IN THE DISPLAY BY A BY PRESSING THE DIRECT ADDRESS KEY $! FOLLOWED BY
LEADING CHARACTER ! TO $ BEFORE THE ADDRESS NUM THE ADDRESS AND ENTER KEY % OR BY PAGING
BER INDICATING THE PARAMETER SET IDENTIFICATION THROUGH THE DISPLAY WITH Å OR Ç 4HE HEADING OF THE
BLOCK WILL APPEAR
0 ! 2 ! - % 4 % 2 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK 0ARAMETER CHANGE OVER

# ( ! . ' % / 6 % 2 PROCESSING OF PARAMETER SETS
)T IS POSSIBLE TO SCROLL THROUGH THE INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS !S WITH EVERY SETTINGS OF THE DEVICE FOR WHICH CODE
ES USING THE ! KEY OR TO SCROLL BACKWARDS WITH " WORD INPUT IS NECESSARY CODEWORD OPERATION MUST
BE TERMINATED 4HIS IS DONE BY USING THE KEY COMBI
!DDRESS SHOWS THE ACTUALLY ACTIVE PARAMETER NATION & % IE DEPRESSING THE FUNCTION KEY & FOL
SET WITH WHICH THE RELAY OPERATES LOWED BY THE ENTRY KEY % 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS THE
QUESTION 3!6% .%7 3%44).'3 #ONFIRM WITH
)N ORDER TO SWITCH OVER TO A DIFFERENT PARAMETER SET THE 9ES KEY 9 THAT THE NEW SETTINGS SHALL BECOME
SCROLL ON WITH ! TO ADDRESS 5SING THE VALID NOW )F YOU PRESS THE .O KEY . INSTEAD
.O KEY . YOU CAN CHANGE TO ANY DESIRED PARAM CODEWORD OPERATION WILL BE ABORTED IE ALL ALTER
ETER SET ALTERNATIVELY YOU CAN DECIDE THAT THE PA
ATIONS WHICH HAVE BEEN CHANGED SINCE THE LAST
RAMETER SETS ARE TO BE SWITCHED OVER FROM BINARY IN
CODEWORD ENTRY ARE LOST 4HUS ERRONEOUS ALTERATIONS
PUTS OR VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE )F THE DESIRED SET OR
CAN BE MADE INEFFECTIVE
POSSIBILITY APPEARS IN THE DISPLAY PRESS THE ENTER
KEY %
# ' #

! # 4 ) 6 0 ! 2 ! - !DDRESS SHOWS THE ACTUALLY ACTIVE PARAMETER SET

3 % 4 !
! # 4 ) 6 ! 4 ) . ' 5SE THE .O KEY . TO PAGE THROUGH THE ALTERNATIVE

POSSIBILITIES 4HE DESIRED POSSIBILITY IS SELECTED BY
3 % 4 ! PRESSING THE ENTER KEY %
3 % 4 "
3 % 4 #
3 % 4 $
)F YOU SELECT 3%4 "9 ").).054 THEN THE PARAMETER
3 % 4 " 9 " ) . ) . 0 5 4 SET CAN BE CHANGED OVER VIA BINARY INPUTS SEE 3EC
TION
3 % 4 " 9 , 3 ! # / . 4 2 )F YOU SELECT 3%4 "9 ,3! #/.42 THEN THE PARAMETER
SET CAN BE CHANGED OVER VIA THE SYSTEM INTERFACE
#HANGE OVER OF THE ACTIVE PARAMETER

SET VIA BINARY INPUTS "INARY INPUT CAUSES
0ARAM3ELEC 0ARAM3ELEC ACTIVE SET
)F CHANGE OVER OF PARAMETER SETS IS INTENDED TO BE NO NO 3ET !
CARRIED OUT VIA BINARY INPUTS THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE
HEEDED YES NO 3ET "
NO YES 3ET #
,OCALLY IE FROM THE OPERATOR PANEL OR FROM 0# VIA YES YES 3ET $
THE OPERATING INTERFACE !#4)6!4).' MUST BE
SWITCHED TO 3%4 "9 ").).054 REFER TO 3ECTION NO INPUT NOT ENERGIZED
YES INPUT ENERGIZED
4ABLE 0ARAMETER SELECTION VIA BINARY INPUT
LOGICAL BINARY INPUTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR CONTROL OF
THE PARAMETER SETS 4HESE BINARY INPUTS ARE
DESIGNATED 0ARAM3ELEC AND 0ARAM
3ELEC &.O AND 3ELECTOR SWITCH FOR
PARAM SET
4HE LOGICAL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE ALLOCATED TO !
PHYSICAL INPUT MODULES REFER TO 3ECTION IN "
ORDER TO ALLOW CONTROL !N INPUT IS TREATED AS NOT , ,
#
ENERGIZED WHEN IT IS NOT ASSIGNED TO ANY PHYSICAL
$ "INARY INPUT
INPUT
0ARAM3ELEC
4HE CONTROL INPUT SIGNALS MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY
PRESENT AS LONG AS THE SELECTED PARAMETER SET !
SHALL BE ACTIVE "
, #
4HE ACTIVE PARAMETER SETS ARE ASSIGNED TO THE LOGICAL ,
$
BINARY INPUTS AS SHOWN IN 4ABLE "INARY INPUT
0ARAM3ELEC
! SIMPLIFIED CONNECTION EXAMPLE IS SHOWN IN &IGURE
/F COURSE THE BINARY INPUTS MUST BE DECLARED IN &IGURE #ONNECTION SCHEME FOR PARAMETER
NORMALLY OPEN ./ MODE CHANGE OVER VIA BINARY INPUTS
# ' #

4ESTING AND COMMISSIONING
'ENERAL
0REREQUISITE FOR COMMISSIONING IS THE COMPLETION OF $!.'%2

THE PREPARATION PROCEDURES DETAILED IN #HAPTER
3ECONDARY CONNECTIONS OF THE CURRENT
TRANSFORMERS MUST BE SHORT CIRCUITED
BEFORE THE CURRENT LEADS TO THE RELAY ARE
7ARNING INTERRUPTED
)F A TEST SWITCH IS INSTALLED WHICH AUTOMATI
(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT IN THIS CALLY SHORT CIRCUITS THE CURRENT TRANSFORMER
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DURING OPERATION SECONDARY LEADS IT IS SUFFICIENT TO SET THIS
.ON OBSERVANCE OF THE SAFETY RULES CAN RE SWITCH TO THE 4EST POSITION 4HE SHORT CIR
SULT IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY CUIT SWITCH MUST BE CHECKED BEFOREHAND
DAMAGE REFER TO 3ECTION
/NLY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL SHALL WORK ON AND

AROUND THIS EQUIPMENT AFTER BECOMING )T IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ACTUAL SETTINGS FOR THE
THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL WARNINGS AND RELAY BE USED FOR THE TESTING PROCEDURE )F THESE VAL
SAFETY NOTICES OF THIS MANUAL AS WELL AS WITH UES ARE NOT YET AVAILABLE TEST THE RELAY WITH THE FAC
THE APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS TORY SETTINGS )N THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST
SEQUENCE THE PRESET SETTINGS ARE ASSUMED UNLESS
0ARTICULAR ATTENTION MUST BE DRAWN TO THE OTHERWISE NOTED FOR DIFFERENT SETTING VALUES FORMU
FOLLOWING LAE ARE GIVEN WHERE NECESSARY
! 4HE EARTHING SCREW OF THE DEVICE MUST &OR THE FUNCTIONAL TEST A THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL
BE CONNECTED SOLIDLY TO THE PROTECTIVE
VOLTAGE SOURCE WITH ADJUSTABLE VOLTAGE OUTPUTS TO
EARTH CONDUCTOR BEFORE ANY OTHER CON
NECTION IS MADE GETHER WITH A THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL CURRENT
SOURCE WITH ADJUSTABLE CURRENTS SHOULD BE AVAIL
! (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT
ON ALL CIRCUITS AND COMPONENTS CON ABLE 0HASE DISPLACEMENT BETWEEN TEST CURRENTS )0
NECTED TO THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR TO THE AND TEST VOLTAGES 50 SHOULD PREFERABLY BE CONTINU
MEASURING AND TEST QUANTITIES OUSLY ADJUSTABLE
! (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT IN
THE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OF )F UNSYMMETRICAL CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES OCCUR DURING
THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE STORAGE CAPACI THE TESTS IT IS LIKELY THAT THE ASYMMETRY MONITORING WILL
TORS FREQUENTLY OPERATE 4HIS IS OF NO CONCERN BECAUSE
! 4HE LIMIT VALUES GIVEN IN THE 4ECHNICAL THE CONDITION OF STEADY STATE MEASURED VALUES IS
DATA 3ECTION MUST NOT BE EX MONITORED AND UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS
CEEDED AT ALL NOT EVEN DURING TESTING THESE ARE SYMMETRICAL UNDER SHORT CIRCUIT CONDI
AND COMMISSIONING TIONS THESE MONITORING SYSTEMS ARE NOT EFFECTIVE
./4% 4HE ACCURACY WHICH CAN BE ACHIEVED DURING

TESTING DEPENDS ON THE ACCURACY OF THE TESTING
7HEN TESTING THE UNIT WITH A SECONDARY INJECTION TEST EQUIPMENT 4HE ACCURACY VALUES SPECIFIED IN THE
SET IT MUST BE ENSURED THAT NO OTHER MEASURED VAL 4ECHNICAL DATA CAN ONLY BE REPRODUCED UNDER THE
UES ARE CONNECTED AND THAT THE TRIPPING LEADS TO THE REFERENCE CONDITIONS SET DOWN IN )%# RESP
CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP COILS HAVE BEEN INTERRUPTED 6$% PART AND WITH THE USE OF PRECISION
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 4HE TESTS ARE THEREFORE TO BE
LOOKED UPON PURELY AS FUNCTIONAL TESTS
# ' #

$URING ALL THE TESTS IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE THAT THE THEREFORE LESS SENSITIVE 0ROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH
CORRECT COMMAND TRIP CONTACTS CLOSE THAT THE OPERATE ON DECREASE OF MEASURED QUANTITIES ARE
PROPER INDICATIONS APPEAR AT THE ,%$S AND THE OUT BLOCKED OUTSIDE OF THE OPERATING RANGE
PUT RELAYS FOR REMOTE SIGNALLING )N THE TESTING HINTS
THE ANNUNCIATIONS AS SET BY THE FACTORY ARE STATED )F NONE OF THE MEASURED AC QUANTITIES IS PRESENT ALL
!DDITIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS WHICH CAN BE GENERATED PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH OPERATE WITH MEASURED
BY OTHER PROTECTION FUNCTIONS OR PART FUNCTIONS ARE QUANTITIES ARE INEFFECTIVE ! TRIP SIGNAL ONCE ISSUED
NOT MENTIONED )F THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A CENTRAL OF COURSE IS MAINTAINED FOR AT LEAST THE DURATION OF
MEMORY DEVICE VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE CORRECT COM THE PARAMETERIZED RESET TIME 4HE ACTIVE STATE RE
MUNICATION BETWEEN THE RELAY AND THE MASTER STATION QUIRES THAT AT LEAST ONE MEASURED AC QUANTITY BE
MUST BE CHECKED PRESENT AND THAT THE FREQUENCY LIES IN THE RANGE
(Z TO (Z 4HE PURE LOGICAL FUNCTIONS WHICH DO
!FTER TESTS WHICH CAUSE ,%$ INDICATIONS TO APPEAR NOT USE AC QUANTITIES IE THE EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION
THESE SHOULD BE RESET AT LEAST ONCE BY EACH OF THE VIA BINARY INPUTS CAN OPERATE EVEN IN CASE OF THE IN
POSSIBLE METHODS THE RESET BUTTON ON THE FRONT PLATE EFFECTIVE STATE
AND VIA THE REMOTE RESET RELAY SEE CONNECTION DIA
GRAMS !PPENDIX ! ./4%
)F FROM THE INEFFECTIVE STATE A MEASUREMENT VALUE IS
./4% SWITCHED FROM TO THE UNIT WITHOUT A DIFFERENT MEA
4HE UNIT CONTAINS AN INTEGRATED FREQUENCY CORRECTION SUREMENT VALUE HAVING BEEN PRESENT BEFOREHAND
OF THE AMPLITUDES 4HE FOLLOWING FREQUENCY RANGES OPERATING TIMES OF THE PROTECTION FUNCTIONS MAY OC
ARE DEFINED REFER ALSO TO THE 4ECHNICAL DATA 3EC CUR WHICH DIFFER FROM THOSE UNDER NORMAL OPERATING
TIONS AND CONDITIONS SINCE THE UNIT MUST FIRSTLY CALCULATE THE
FREQUENCY FROM THE MEASUREMENT VALUE )N ADDITION
4HE TOLERANCES AS STATED ARE MAINTAINED IN THE ACCU THE MEASURED QUANTITY MUST BE AT LEAST OF ITS
RACY RANGE 4HIS IS DEFINED WITHIN OF THE RATED VALUE WHEN NO DIFFERENT MEASURED QUANTITY IS
RATED FREQUENCY PRESENT 4HIS MUST BE CONSIDERED WHEN TESTING THE
RELAY
4HE OPERATING RANGE IS DEFINED WITHIN OF THE
RATED FREQUENCY !MPLITUDE CORRECTION IS CARRIED OUT ./4%
IN THIS RANGE 7HEN THE UNIT IS DELIVERED FROM THE FACTORY ALL PRO
TECTIVE FUNCTIONS HAVE BEEN SWITCHED OFF 4HIS HAS
.O AMPLITUDE CORRECTION IS CARRIED OUT WITHOUT THE THE ADVANTAGE THAT EACH FUNCTION CAN BE SEPARATELY
OPERATING RANGE 4HIS RESULTS IN REDUCTION OF THE TESTED WITHOUT BEING INFLUENCED BY OTHER FUNCTIONS
MEASURED AC QUANTITIES BECAUSE OF THE AMPLITUDE 4HE REQUIRED FUNCTIONS MUST BE ACTIVATED FOR TESTING
RESPONSE OF THE FILTERS !LL PROTECTION FUNCTIONS WHICH AND COMMISSIONING
OPERATE ON INCREASE OF MEASURED VALUES BECOME
# ' #

4ESTING THE OVERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION STAGE OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
4HE OVERCURRENT FAULT DETECTION STAGE CAN ONLY BE 4HE FINAL TIME 4 IS NORMALLY TESTED AT X SETTING VAL
TESTED IF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION IS CONFIGURED AS UE )T MUST BE NOTED THAT THE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY
%8)34 IN ADDRESS AS DELIVERED REFER TO 3ECTION TIMES OPERATING TIMES OF THE MEASUREMENT FUNC
AND HAS BEEN PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE TIONS ARE NOT INCLUDED
CONTRARY TO THE CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY
ADDRESS )-0 02/4 /. OR )-0 02/4 3WITCH ON TEST CURRENT OF TIMES AT LEAST TIMES
",/#+ 42)0 2%, PICK UP VALUE ) ADDRESS
R !NNUNCIATION )MP &AULT ,
ì DEPENDING ON
!PPLY SYMMETRICAL RATED VOLTAGES TO ALL THREE PHASES PHASE SEE ABOVE
TO AVOID IMMEDIATE TRIP AFTER PICK UP R !FTER 4 S ADDRESS ANNUNCIATION
)MP4RIP 4 ,%$ AS DELIVERED
4ESTING CAN BE PERFORMED WITH TWO PHASE OR THREE F 4RIP RELAY +
PHASE TEST CURRENT WITHOUT DIFFICULTIES
3WITCH OFF TEST CURRENT
3ETTING PARAMETER ) ADDRESS IS DECISIVE FOR
THE PHASE CURRENTS &OR SETTING VALUES UP TO X ). )F THE UNDERVOLTAGE SEAL IN CIRCUIT IS USED ADDRESS
THE CURRENT CAN BE INCREASED GRADUALLY UNTIL THE 5 3%!, ). /. CONTRARY TO THE STATE AS
STAGE PICKS UP DELIVERED THIS CAN BE TESTED DYNAMICALLY
#AUTION 3WITCH ON TEST CURRENT OF TIMES AT LEAST TIMES

PICK UP VALUE ) ADDRESS
4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN TIMES ). MAY R !NNUNCIATIONS )MP &AULT ,
ì DEPENDING
OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIED ON PHASE SEE ABOVE AND )MP 'EN&LT
CONTINUOUSLY REFER TO 3ECTION FOR ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY
OVERLOAD CAPABILITY /BSERVE A COOLING
DOWN PERIOD
2EDUCE APPLIED VOLTAGE THREE PHASE AT LEAST BELOW
&OR TESTS CURRENTS ABOVE X ). MEASUREMENT SHALL BE THE SET VALUE 5 ADDRESS 6 AT DELIVERY
PERFORMED DYNAMICALLY )T SHOULD BE ENSURED THAT AND IMMEDIATELY SWITCH OF TEST CURRENT PICK UP SIG
THE RELAY PICKS UP AT TIMES SETTING VALUE AND DOES NAL WILL BE MAINTAINED
NOT PICK UP AT TIMES SETTING VALUE 4HE RESET VALUE R !NNUNCIATION )MP ) 5 NOT ALLOCATED
SHOULD LIE AT OF THE PICK UP VALUE WHEN DELIVERED
R !FTER 4 S ADDRESS ANNUNCIATION
7HEN THE SET VALUE FOR ) FACTORY SETTING X ). IS )MP4RIP 4 ,%$ AS DELIVERED
EXCEEDED THE PICK UP INDICATIONS FOR ) OF THE THE F 4RIP RELAY +
PHASES UNDER TEST APPEAR F !FTER THE HOLDING TIME 4 3%!, ). ADDRESS
S WHEN DELIVERED THE SIGNAL )MP )
R !NNUNCIATION )MP &AULT , FOR PHASE , 5 DISAPPEARS 4HE OUTPUT RELAY RESET
NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED
7HEN THE VOLTAGE IS RE ESTABLISHED BEFORE THE HOLD
R !NNUNCIATION )MP &AULT , FOR PHASE , ING TIME HAS BEEN ELAPSED THE ANNUNCIATION )MP
NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED ) 5 WILL EITHER DISAPPEAR
R !NNUNCIATION )MP &AULT , FOR PHASE , &URTHER CHECKS ARE PERFORMED WITH PRIMARY VALUES
NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED DURING COMMISSIONING REFER TO 3ECTION AND

R !NNUNCIATION )MP 'EN&LT INDEPENDENT OF
PHASE ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY WHEN DELIVERED
# ' #

4ESTING THE IMPEDANCE ZONES
#LOSE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MCB &OR THE REACTANCE INTERSECTIONS 8 REACH
!LWAYS APPLY THREE PHASE TEST VOLTAGE ENSURE 50 +8 8:ONE )0

CLOCKWISE PHASE ROTATION +EEP THE VOLTAGES IN THE
UNTESTED PHASES AT APPROXIMATELY RATED VALUE 3ET &OR THE RESISTANCE INTERSECTIONS 2 LIMITATION
THE BACK UP STAGE 4 TO 0 IN ORDER TO AVOID TRIP BY
THIS STAGE 50 +2 2:ONE )0
&EED A TEST CURRENT )0 X ). INTO THE LOOP UNDER TEST WHERE )0 TEST CURRENT
)F THE TEST VOLTAGE WOULD EXCEED RATED VOLTAGE WHEN 50 TEST VOLTAGE AT THRESHOLD
THE THRESHOLD IS REACHED REDUCE TEST CURRENT BUT 8:ONE SETTING VALUE 8 OF THE DISTANCE ZONE
ONLY SO FAR THAT OPERATION OF THE OVERCURRENT PICK UP TO BE CHECKED
STAGE ) ADDRESS IS GUARANTEED 4HE TEST CUR 2:ONE SETTING VALUE 2 OF THE DISTANCE ZONE
RENT MUST BE KEPT CONSTANT DURING A TEST TO BE CHECKED
+8 FACTOR FOR 8 INTERSECTION ACCORDING
$ETERMINE THE THRESHOLD POINT BY SLOW REDUCTION OF 4ABLE
THE VOLTAGE #HECK INDICATORS AND OUTPUTS 3INCE THE +2 FACTOR FOR 2 INTERSECTION ACCORDING
TRIPPING POLYGON IS MADE UP OF STRAIGHT LINES &IGURE 4ABLE
DIFFERENT FORMULAE MUST BE USED FOR THE THRESH
OLD VOLTAGES DEPENDENT UPON THE INTERSECTION OF &OR TESTING PHASE TO PHASE THE CURRENT MUST FLOW
THESE LINES 4HE GENERAL FORMULAE ARE THROUGH THE TESTED PHASES IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS
4EST VOLTAGE IS THE PHASE TO PHASE VOLTAGE )T IS ES
SENTIAL TO ENSURE ABSOLUTE SYMMETRY OF THE TWO
PHASE VOLTAGES OTHERWISE ERROR WILL OCCUR &OR THREE
PHASE TESTING IT IS REASONABLE TO MEASURE ONE
6ALIDITY 8 6ALIDITY RANGE +8 PHASE TO EARTH VOLTAGE AND THE ASSOCIATED PHASE
RANGE +2 CURRENT &OR THE FACTORY SET VALUES AND )0). THE
8 RESULTANT VOLTAGES WILL BE AS 4ABLES TO
8"
8
50
ZONE : 0 ^^ 0 ^^
PHASE 50 6 50 6
PHASE 50 6 50 6
0 )0
2 2" 2 2 4ABLE 4EST VOLTAGES 50 FOR ZONE : WITH
TEST CURRENT )0 | ). AND PRESET
TING
ZONE : 0 ^^ 0 ^^

6ALIDITY
RANGE +2
PHASE 50 6 50 6
PHASE 50 6 50 6
6ALIDITY
RANGE +8 4ABLE 4EST VOLTAGES 50 FOR ZONE : WITH
TEST CURRENT )0 | ). AND PRESET
&IGURE )MPEDANCE CHARACTERISTIC TING
# ' #

4ABLE GIVES THE FACTORS +8 AND +2 FOR YOUR OWN

ZONE :" 0 ^^ 0 ^^ SETTINGS FOR TEST ANGLES 0 AND AND THE
GENERALLY APPLICABLE FORMULAE
PHASE 50 6 50 6
PHASE 50 6 50 6 /VERREACH ZONE :" CAN ONLY BE CHECKED UNDER
STEADY STATE CONDITIONS WHEN AN INPUT RELAY HAS
BEEN ALLOCATED TO THE INPUT FUNCTION %XTENS
4ABLE 4EST VOLTAGES 50 FOR ZONE :" WITH :" AND IS ENERGIZED &.O ALLOCATED TO
TEST CURRENT )0 | ). AND PRESET BINARY INPUT AT DELIVERY 4ABLE IS VALID FOR THE
TING PRESET SETTINGS AND TEST CURRENT )0).
+8 +2
WITH FAULT TYPE
0 ^^ GENERAL 0 ^^ GENERAL

PHASE
SIN 0 COS 0

PHASE
SIN 0 COS 0
4ABLE 4EST FACTORS +8 AND +2 FOR INDIVIDUAL SETTINGS
!CTIVATE BINARY INPUT &EED A TEST CURRENT )0 ). 3WITCH ON TEST CURRENT 3WITCH OFF TEST VOLTAGE ABRUPT
INTO THE LOOP UNDER TEST )F THE TEST VOLTAGE WOULD EX LY
CEED RATED VOLTAGE WHEN THE THRESHOLD IS REACHED R !NNUNCIATION 64 MCB 4RIP NOT ALLOCATED WHEN
REDUCE TEST CURRENT BUT ONLY SO FAR THAT OPERATION OF DELIVERED FROM FACTORY
THE OVERCURRENT DETECTION IS GUARANTEED 4HE TEST R .O ANNUNCIATIONS CONCERNING IMPEDANCE PROTEC
CURRENT MUST BE KEPT CONSTANT DURING A TEST TION ZONES : :" AND : .OTE THAT THE BACK UP
TIME FINAL TIME 4 IS NOT BLOCKED AND WILL PRODUCE
$ETERMINE THE THRESHOLD POINT BY SLOW REDUCTION OF TRIP SIGNAL AFTER EXPIRY S WHEN DELIVERED
THE VOLTAGE #HECK INDICATORS AND OUTPUTS &OR THE
FACTORY SET VALUES AND )0). THE RESULTANT VOLT $E ENERGIZE BINARY INPUT
AGES WILL BE AS 4ABLE 4ABLE GIVES THE GENER
ALLY APPLICABLE VALUES
$E ENERGIZE BINARY INPUT

4ESTING THE GRADING TIMES
3ET THE TIME STAGE 4 BACK TO THE DESIRED VALUE
!CTIVATE BINARY INPUT )MP BLOCK NOT ALLO &OR EACH STAGE AT LEAST ONE ADDITIONAL DYNAMIC TEST
CATED WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY 3WITCH ON TEST SHOULD BE MADE TO CHECK THE CORRECT SIGNALLING OF
CURRENT 3WITCH OFF TEST VOLTAGE ABRUPTLY THE TIME STAGES 4IME 4 ADDRESS IS APPLICA
R !NNUNCIATION )MP BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED BLE FOR ZONE : 4" ADDRESS FOR THE OVER
WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY REACH ZONE :" AND 4 ADDRESS FOR ZONE :
R .O ANNUNCIATIONS CONCERNING IMPEDANCE PROTEC 7HEN MEASURING THE RESPONSE TIMES DO NOT FORGET
TION THAT THE PROGRAMMED VALUES ARE DELAY TIMES 4HE IN
$E ENERGIZE BINARY INPUT HERENT MEASUREMENT AND TRIP TIME OF THE RELAY IS AD
DITIONAL 2EFER ALSO TO THE NOTES IN 3ECTION
!CTIVATE BINARY INPUT 64 MCB 4RIP INPUT
# ' #

4ESTING THE POWER SWING BLOCK OUT OF STEP PROTECTION 7HEN THE POLYGON HAS BEEN
ING FUNCTION LEFT PICK UP OF THE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION OCCURS
R !NNUNCIATION /3 CHAR SIGNAL RELAY AT
DELIVERY
0OWER SWING BLOCKING OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION
R !NNUNCIATION /3 DETCH ,%$ AT DELIV
CAN ONLY BE TESTED WHEN THREE SYMMETRICAL CURRENTS
ERY
AND THREE SYMMETRICAL VOLTAGES ARE AVAILABLE 4HE
VOLTAGES MUST TOGETHER BE INFINITELY ADJUSTABLE
)F ONE OUT OF STEP CYCLE HAS BEEN SET FOR N UNDER AD
DRESS AS DELIVERED TRIP WILL OCCUR
0REREQUISITE 0OWER SWING OPTION IS EFFECTIVE AD
R !NNUNCIATION /3 4RIP CH ,%$ AND SIG
DRESS CONTRARY TO THE STATE AT DELIVERY
NAL RELAY AT DELIVERY
R 4RIP RELAY AT DELIVERY
!DJUST THE VOLTAGES SYMMETRICALLY TO THE LEVEL OF THE
RATED VOLTAGE CURRENTS SYMMETRICALLY TO ). 4HE
)F MORE THAN ONE OUT OF STEP CYCLES HAVE BEEN PARA
ANGLE BETWEEN CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES 0 ^
METERIZED THE PROCEDURE MUST BE FOLLOWED SO OFTEN
UNTIL TRIP OCCURS
3LOWLY REDUCE THE VOLTAGES SYMMETRICALLY DOWN TO
6
!CTIVATE BINARY INPUT /3 BLOCK NOT ALLOCATED
R !NNUNCIATION 0OWER 3WING SIGNAL RELAY AT
WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY 3LOWLY REDUCE THE VOLT
DELIVERY
AGES SYMMETRICALLY DOWN TO 6 2EVERSE POLARITY OF
VOLTAGES 4HEN INCREASE VOLTAGES AGAIN
4RIPPING BY THE FIRST ZONE : DOES NOT OCCUR "UT THE
R !NNUNCIATION /3 BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED
OVERREACH ZONE :" ZONE : AND THE BACK UP STAGE
WHEN DELIVERED
4 ARE NOT AFFECTED BY POWER SWING BLOCKING
R .O ANNUNCIATIONS CONCERNING OUT OF STEP PROTEC
TION
0OWER SWING BLOCKING OF : IS EFFECTIVE AS LONG AS THE
IMPEDANCE VECTOR SIMULATED BY THE TEST QUANTITIES
3WITCH OFF TEST QUANTITIES $EACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
REMAINS WITHIN THE POWER SWING POLYGON AND THE AC
TIVE TIME 03 4 !#4 ADDRESS HAS NOT YET
ELAPSED
4ESTING THE STATOR EARTH FAULT

PROTECTION 5
4ESTING THE OUT OF STEP PROTEC
TION 4HE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION FUNCTION CAN ONLY BE
TESTED IF THIS FUNCTION HAS BEEN CONFIGURED AS 3%&
02/4 %8)34 ADDRESS REFER TO 3ECTION
4HE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION CAN ONLY BE TESTED IF IT HAS
AND PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE CONTRARY TO THE CON
BEEN CONFIGURED AS /54 /& 34%0 %8)34 AD
DITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY ADDRESS 3%&
DRESS REFER TO 3ECTION AND PARAMETER
02/4 /. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%,
IZED AS OPERATIVE CONTRARY TO THE CONDITION AS DELIV
ERED FROM FACTORY ADDRESS /54 / 34%0
4HE STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION PROCESSES THE DIS
/. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%, !DDITIONALLY THREE SYM
PLACEMENT VOLTAGE WHICH IS PRODUCED BY THE EARTH
METRICAL CURRENTS AND THREE SYMMETRICAL VOLTAGES
FAULT
MUST BE AVAILABLE 4HE VOLTAGES MUST TOGETHER BE IN
FINITELY ADJUSTABLE
7HEN CHECKING THE DELAY TIMES IT MUST BE NOTED THAT
THE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES OPERATING TIMES
!DJUST THE VOLTAGES SYMMETRICALLY TO THE LEVEL OF THE
OF THE MEASUREMENT FUNCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED
RATED VOLTAGE CURRENTS SYMMETRICALLY TO ). 4HE
ANGLE BETWEEN CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES 0 ^
.OTE 2ATED VOLTAGE SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO AT LEAST
ONE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT INPUT FOR THE DYNAMIC
3LOWLY REDUCE THE VOLTAGES SYMMETRICALLY DOWN TO
TESTING OF THE NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE REFER
6 2EVERSE POLARITY OF VOLTAGES 4HEN INCREASE VOLT
ALSO TO NOTE IN 3ECTION
AGES AGAIN 4HIS HAS SIMULATED ONE PASSING THROUGH
THE POWER SWING POLYGON CHARACTERISTIC OF THE
# ' #

#ONNECT VOLTAGE OF TIMES SETTING VALUE 5 AD !CTIVATE BINARY INPUT 5 BLOCK NOT ALLOCATED
DRESS TO MEASUREMENT INPUT FOR THE NEUTRAL WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY #ONNECT VOLTAGE
DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE R !NNUNCIATION 5 BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED WHEN
R !NNUNCIATION 5 &AULT NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED
DELIVERED FROM FACTORY R .O ANNUNCIATIONS CONCERNING EARTH FAULT PROTEC
R !FTER 4 5 ADDRESS S WHEN DELIV TION
ERED FROM FACTORY ANNUNCIATION 5 4RIP
,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY $ISCONNECT VOLTAGE $EACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
R 4RIP RELAYS AND
&URTHER CHECKS ARE PERFORMED WITH PRIMARY VALUES
$ISCONNECT VOLTAGE DURING COMMISSIONING REFER TO 3ECTION
4ESTING THE POWER PROTECTION FUNCTIONS
4HE FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION AND THE REVERSE 0OLARITY OF POWER IS DEFINED FOR GENERATOR OPERATION
POWER PROTECTION CAN BE TESTED SIMULTANEOUSLY IE
4HE FUNCTION OF THE FORWARD POWER SUPERVISION CAN 0 &ORWARD POWER -ACHINE DELIVERS
ONLY BE TESTED IF IT HAS BEEN CONFIGURED AS &/2 ACTIVE POWER
0/7%2 %8)34 ADDRESS REFER TO 3ECTION
AND PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE CONTRARY TO 0 2EVERSE POWER -ACHINE TAKES UP
THE CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY ADDRESS ACTIVE POWER
&/27 0/7%2 /. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%,
1 OVEREXCITED OPERATION -ACHINE DELIVERS
4HE FUNCTION OF THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION CAN INDUCTIVE POWER
ONLY BE TESTED IF IT HAS BEEN CONFIGURED AS 2%6
0/7%2 %8)34 ADDRESS REFER TO 3ECTION 1 UNDEREXCITED OPERATION -ACHINE TAKES UP
AND PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE CONTRARY TO INDUCTIVE POWER
THE CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY ADDRESS
2%6 0/7%2 /. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%, 4HE DELAY TIMES FOR POWER INCREASE ARE TESTED WITH
TWICE THE PICK UP VALUE FOR POWER DECREASE BY
4HE INTERNAL PROCESSING OF THE POWER VALUES USES THE SWITCHING THE CURRENT TO .OTE 2EVERSE POWER PRO
POSITIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENTS OF THE CURRENTS AND TECTION IS A POWER INCREASE PROTECTION SINCE IT MEA
VOLTAGES 4ESTING OF THE POWER FUNCTIONS SHOULD SURES THE RISE OF A NEGATIVE ACTIVE POWER )T MUST BE
THEREFORE BE WITH THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL VALUES )F NOTED THAT THE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES OPERAT
ASYMMETRICAL MEASUREMENT VALUES ARE USED THEN ING TIMES OF THE MEASURING FUNCTIONS ARE NOT IN
DEVIATIONS ARE TO BE EXPECTED )F SINGLE PHASE MEA CLUDED
SUREMENTS ARE PERFORMED THEN THE POWER VALUES WILL
BE LOWER BY THE FACTOR SINCE THE POSITIVE SE 4HE SET TIMES ARE PURE DELAY TIMES AND DO NOT IN
QUENCE COMPONENT AMOUNTS TO IN THE CURRENT AS CLUDE THE INHERENT OPERATING TIME OF THE PROTECTION
WELL AS IN THE VOLTAGE FUNCTION
# ' #

)F A HIGH ACCURACY TEST EQUIPMENT IS AVAILABLE AT THIS R !FTER 4 0F S ADDRESS ANNUNCI
STAGE EG TYPE #-# OF -ESSRS /MICRON THE ATION 0F 4RIP NOT ALLOCATED AT DELIVERY
ANGLE ERRORS OF THE ANALOG INPUTS OF THE RELAY CAN BE R 4RIP RELAYS NOT ALLOCATED AT DELIVERY
CORRECTED 4HE ANGLE ERRORS OF THE PRIMARY SECTION OF
THE PLANT WILL BE COMPENSATED WITH A LATER STEP SEE !CTIVATE BINARY INPUT 0F BLOCK NOT ALLOCATED
3ECTION AT DELIVERY #ONNECT TEST CURRENT
R !NNUNCIATION 0F BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED AT
y !NGLE ERROR CORRECTION DELIVERY
R .O FURTHER ALARMS REGARDING FORWARD POWER SU
3ET THE CORRECTION PARAMETERS TO ADDRESS PERVISION
#4 !.'7 AND ADDRESS #4 !.' 7 REFER
ALSO TO 3ECTION $ISCONNECT TEST CURRENT
R !NNUNCIATION 0F BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED AT
#ONNECT THREE PHASE SYMMETRICAL TEST VOLTAGE DELIVERY REMAINS
AND TEST CURRENT TO THE RELAY 6OLTAGES AT APPROXI R .O FURTHER ALARMS REGARDING FORWARD POWER SU
MATELY RATED VOLTAGE CURRENT TO PHASE ANGLE TO PERVISION

$E ACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
!DJUST TEST CURRENTS TO ) ).
2EAD OUT THE PHASE ANGLE MEASURED BY THE RELAY

UNDER ADDRESS AND NOTE IT DOWN AS y 2EVERSE POWER
!DJUST TEST CURRENTS TO ) ). 4EST CURRENT AND TEST VOLTAGE IN PHASE OPPOSITION
6OLTAGE SET TO 5.
2EAD OUT THE PHASE ANGLE MEASURED BY THE RELAY
UNDER ADDRESS AND NOTE IT DOWN AS #ONNECT TEST CURRENT OF ).
R !NNUNCIATION 0R &AULT DET NOT ALLO
#ALCULATE THE CORRECTION VALUES AS FOLLOWS OB CATED AT DELIVERY
SERVE THE SIGNS R !FTER 4 36 /0%. S ADDRESS AN
7 ) ) !DDRESS NUNCIATION 0R 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY
7 7 ) !DDRESS
R 4RIP RELAYS AND
3ET THESES CORRECTION VALUES ON THE RELAY $ISCONNECT TEST CURRENT
2EPEAT THE TESTS THE MEASURED ANGLES AT ) AND ) !CTIVATE BINARY INPUT 36 TRIPPED INPUT
MUST NOW BE ALMOST ZERO #ONNECT TEST CURRENT
R !NNUNCIATION 0R &AULT DET NOT ALLO
CATED AT DELIVERY
R !FTER 4 36 #,/3 S ADDRESS AN
y &ORWARD POWER NUNCIATION 0R36 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL
RELAY
4EST CURRENT AND TEST VOLTAGE IN PHASE VOLTAGE R 4RIP RELAYS AND
AT 5. $ISREGARD INITIAL ,%$ INDICATIONS $ISCONNECT TEST CURRENT $E ACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
#ONNECT TEST CURRENT X ). FOR CONDITION AS DELIV !CTIVATE BINARY INPUT 0R BLOCK INPUT
ERED FROM FACTORY #ONNECT TEST CURRENT
R !NNUNCIATION 0F &LT DET NOT ALLO R !NNUNCIATION 0R BLOCKED NOT ALLOCATED AT
CATED BY FACTORY DELIVERY
R !FTER 4 0F S ADDRESS ANNUNCI R .O FURTHER ALARMS REGARDING REVERSE POWER
ATION 0F 4RIP NOT ALLOCATED AT DELIVERY PROTECTION
R 4RIP RELAYS NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED 3WITCH OFF TEST QUANTITIES $E ACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
$ISCONNECT TEST CURRENT &URTHER CHECKS ARE PERFORMED WITH PRIMARY VALUES
R !NNUNCIATION 0F &LT DET NOT ALLO DURING COMMISSIONING REFER TO 3ECTION
CATED AT DELIVERY
# ' #

4ESTING THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION
4HE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION CAN ONLY BE TESTED IF 3WITCH CURRENT TO APPROX X SETTING VALUE )
THIS FUNCTION HAS BEEN CONFIGURED AS 5." ,/!$ ADDRESS
%8)34 ADDRESS REFER TO 3ECTION AND R !NNUNCIATION ) &AULT NOT ALLOCATED AT DE
PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE ADDRESS 5. LIVERY
"!,,/!$ /. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%, CONTRARY TO R !FTER 4 ) S ADDRESS ANNUNCIATION
THE CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY ) 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY
R 4RIP RELAY
4HE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION HAS TWO DEFINITE
TIME DELAY STAGES AND TWO THERMAL STAGES .OTE $EPENDING ON THE SETTING OF THE TIME DELAY
4 ) ADDRESS THE THERMAL STAGES
4HE SETTING VALUE ) ADDRESS REPRESENTS THE ) TH 7ARN ANDOR ) 4RIP MAY PICK UP
PICK UP VALUE OF THE UNBALANCED LOAD ALARM STAGE EARLIER AND REMAIN SO AFTER THE DISCONNECTION OF THE
AND AT THE SAME TIME THE BASE CURRENT FOR THE THERMAL TEST CURRENT
REPLICA
4HE THERMAL STAGES ARE TESTED WITH A SINGLE PHASE
) ADDRESS WITH CURRENT OF TIMES SETTING VALUE ) ADDRESS
4 ) ADDRESS CORRESPONDING TO AN UNBALANCED LOAD OF TIMES
DEFINITE TIME ALARM STAGE SETTING VALUE
) ADDRESS WITH
.OTE $EPENDING ON THE SETTING OF THE TIME CONSTANT
4 ) ADDRESS
ADDRESS THE DEFINITE TIME STAGES ) AND
DEFINITE TIME TRIP STAGE
OR ) MAY PICK UP EARLIER
) ADDRESS WITH
4)-% #/.34 !$$2%33 3WITCH ON TEST CURRENT
THERMAL TRIP STAGE R !FTER REACHING THE THERMAL WARNING STAGE AD
DRESS ANNUNCIATION ) TH 7ARN ,%$
4(%2-7!2. ADDRESS
AND SIGNAL RELAY
AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE THERMAL TRIP STAGE
R /N REACHING THE THERMAL TRIP STAGE AFTER A TIME
THERMAL ALARM STAGE
WHICH CORRESPONDS TO HALF THE TIME CONSTANT AN
NUNCIATION ) 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL
4HE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION IS TESTED WITH A
RELAY
SINGLE PHASE CURRENT )N THIS CASE THE UNBALANCED
R 4RIP RELAY
LOAD AMOUNTS TO ONE THIRD OF THE TEST CURRENT WHICH IS
$ISCONNECT TEST CURRENT
REFERRED TO THE RATED UNIT CURRENT 4RIPPING MUST NOT
OCCUR IF A CURRENT CORRESPONDING TO THREE TIMES THE
.OTE "EFORE MEASURING THE THERMAL TRIP TIME IT MUST
SETTING VALUE IS CONNECTED !FTER AN APPROPRIATE TIME
BE ENSURED THAT THE THERMAL MEMORY IS RESET TO
APPROXIMATELY X Ç A THERMAL STEADY STATE VALUE IS
4HIS IS PERFORMED VIA THE BINARY INPUT 2-
OBTAINED 4HE FOLLOWING CAN BE READ OUT UNDER THE
THREPL RESET MEMORY OF THERMAL REPLICA 4HIS
/PERATIONAL -EASURED 6ALUES # ADDRESS BLOCK
FUNCTION IS ALLOCATED TO BINARY INPUT WHEN DELIVERED
FROM FACTORY !N ALTERNATIVE APPROACH IS TO OBSERVE A
4HE NEGATIVE SEQUENCE CURRENT IN OF RATED UNIT
CURRENT FREE PAUSE OF AT LEAST X Ç
CURRENT AS UNBALANCED LOAD IT SHOULD CORRESPOND
TO APPROXIMATELY ONE THIRD OF THE TEST CURRENT
THE THERMAL STEADY STATE VALUE OF THE THERMAL REPLI #AUTION
CA WHICH SHOULD AMOUNT TO APPROXIMATELY

IN THIS CASE 4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN TIMES ). MAY
OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIED
7HEN THE PICK UP VALUE IS EXCEEDED TEST CURRENT CONTINUOUSLY REFER TO 3ECTION FOR
GREATER THAN X ) OVERLOAD CAPABILITY /BSERVE A COOLING
R 4IME 4 ) ADDRESS ELAPSES DOWN PERIOD
R !NNUNCIATION ) 7ARN ,%$ AND SIGNAL
RELAY )F TESTING WITH PRE LOAD IS PERFORMED IT MUST BE EN
SURED THAT A THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM HAS BEEN ESTAB
.OTE 2ATED VOLTAGE SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO ONE OF LISHED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE TIME MEASUREMENT
THE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT INPUTS DURING THE DYNAMIC 4HIS IS THE CASE ONLY WHEN THE PRE LOAD HAS BEEN
TESTS REFER ALSO TO NOTE IN 3ECTION CONTINUOUSLY CONNECTED FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST X Ç
# ' #

4ESTING THE COUPLING OF EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTIONS
&OUR DESIRED SIGNALS FROM EXTERNAL PROTECTION OR SU !CTIVATE BINARY INPUT OF THE TESTED EXTERNAL TRIP FUNC
PERVISORY UNITS CAN BE CONNECTED INTO THE PROCESS TION
ING OF THE 5- VIA BINARY INPUTS ,IKE THE INTERNAL R !NNUNCIATION %XT TRIP
THIS IS A STRAIGHT
SIGNALS THEY CAN BE ANNUNCIATED DELAYED AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MESSAGE BY THE BINARY INPUT
TRANSMITTED TO THE TRIP MATRIX AS OPERATIONAL INDICATION NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DE
LIVERED FROM FACTORY
4HE EXTERNAL SIGNALS CAN BE CHECKED WHEN THEY R !NNUNCIATION %XT
'EN&LT THIS IS THE ACTU
HAVE BEEN CONFIGURED AS %84 42)0 %8)34 AD AL FAULT EVENT ANNUNCIATION NOT ALLOCATED WHEN
DRESSES ANDOR REFER TO 3EC DELIVERED FROM FACTORY
TION AND PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE AD R !FTER 4 $%,!9 ADDRESS OR OR OR
DRESSES ANDOR %8442)0
S WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY ANNUNCI
/. OR ",/#+ 42)0 2%, CONTRARY TO THE CONDITION ATION %XT
'EN4RP ,%$ FOR ALL EXTERNAL
AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY TRIP FUNCTIONS AND SIGNAL RELAY FOR THE FIRST
R 4RIP RELAYS NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DELIVERED FROM FAC
!T THE TIME OF DELIVERY TWO OF THE EXTERNAL TRIP FUNC TORY
TIONS ARE PARAMETERIZED TO ).054 ADDRESS
AND ).054 ADDRESS 4HE SET TIMES ARE PURE $E ACTIVATE BINARY INPUT
DELAY TIMES
4ESTING THE TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
4WO BINARY INPUTS CAN BE USED FOR ONE CHANNEL OF %NERGIZE THE TWO BINARY INPUTS WHICH BELONG TO THE
THE TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION !DDRESS SEE 3EC TESTED CHANNEL INDIVIDUALLY ONE AFTER THE OTHER BY
TION DETERMINES WHETHER ONE OR TWO SUCH TRIP APPLYING A DC VOLTAGE OF 6DC "UT IF A HIGHER
CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CIRCUITS SHALL BE USED &OR RELAY OF PICK UP THRESHOLD HAS BEEN SET FOR THE BINARY INPUTS
FIRMWARE VERSION 6 OR LATER THIS FUNCTION MUST REFER TO 3ECTION APPLY A VOLTAGE OF
HAVE BEEN CONFIGURED AS EXIST SEE 3ECTION 6DC !S LONG AS ONLY ONE OF THE INPUTS IS ENER
GIZED NO TRIP CIRCUIT ALARM IS GIVEN
4HE SUPERVISED TRIP CIRCUIT IS DETECTED AS FAULTY IF
NONE OF THE INPUTS IS ENERGIZED AT THE SAME TIME RE %NERGIZE BOTH BINARY INPUTS WHICH BELONG TO THE
FER TO 3ECTION !LARM IS GIVEN AFTER A TIME DELAY TESTED CHANNEL
WHICH IS SPECIFIED BY THE SET NUMBER OF REPEATED R .O ALARM ANNUNCIATION CONCERNING TRIP CIRCUIT SU
MEASUREMENTS PERVISION
4HE TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION CAN ONLY BE TESTED IF THIS $E ENERGIZE BOTH BINARY INPUTS WHICH BELONG TO THE
FUNCTION IS PARAMETERIZED AS OPERATIVE ADDRESS TESTED CHANNEL
420 350%26 /. 3ECTION CONTRARY R !NNUNCIATION &AILURE 4RIP
NOT ALLOCATED
TO THE POSITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY WHEN DELIVERED AFTER A SHORT DELAY WHICH IS SPECI
FIED BY THE NUMBER OF REPEATED MEASUREMENTS
.OTE )F DURING MARSHALLING NOT TWO BINARY INPUTS ADDRESS 3INCE THE SUPERVISION OPERATES
TIMES TO TIMES A SECOND ONE CAN EXPECT A DELAY
ARE ALLOCATED TO EACH DESIRED TRIP CIRCUIT SUPERVISION
OF APPROX S TO S WITH PRESET PARAMETERS
FAILURE ANNUNCIATION &AILURE 4RIP
WILL OCCUR
AS A WARNING
4EST THE SECOND CHANNEL IN THE SAME WAY
# ' #

#OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS
'ENERAL ADVICES #HECKING THE CURRENT CIRCUITS
!LL SECONDARY TEST EQUIPMENT MUST BE REMOVED 3WITCH UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION ADDRESS
#ONNECT MEASUREMENT VALUES !LL INSTALLATION PREPA TO ",/#+ 42)0 2%,
RATIONS ACCORDING TO 3ECTION MUST HAVE BEEN
COMPLETED 0RIMARY TESTS ARE PERFORMED WITH THE 7ITH THE PRIMARY PLANT VOLTAGE FREE AND EARTHED
MACHINE INSTALL A THREE POLE SHORT CIRCUIT BRIDGE WHICH IS CA
PABLE OF CARRYING RATED CURRENT EG EARTHING ISOLA
TOR TO THE MACHINE LINE SIDE TERMINALS
7ARNING
0RIMARY TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY $!.'%2
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL WHICH IS TRAINED IN
/PERATIONS IN PRIMARY AREA MUST ONLY BE
COMMISSIONING OF PROTECTION SYSTEMS AND
PERFORMED WITH THE MACHINE AT STAND
FAMILIAR WITH THE OPERATION OF THE PROTECTED
STILL AND WITH PLANT SECTIONS VOLTAGE FREE
OBJECT AS WELL AS THE RULES AND REGULATIONS
AND EARTHED
SWITCHING EARTHING ETC
3LOWLY EXCITE GENERATOR HOWEVER STATOR CURRENT
0RIMARY TESTING IS USUALLY PERFORMED IN THE FOLLOWING MUST NOT INCREASE TO ABOVE MACHINE RATED CURRENT
ORDER
2EAD OUT CURRENT VALUES IN ALL THREE PHASES UNDER AD
SHORT CIRCUIT TESTS DRESS BLOCK 4HEY ARE DISPLAYED IN PRIMARY VALUES
EARTH FAULT TESTS AS WELL AS IN OF THE UNIT RATED CURRENT AND CAN BE
COMPARED WITH THE ACTUAL CURRENTS FLOWING )F SUB
VOLTAGE TESTS STANTIAL DEVIATIONS OCCUR THEN THE CURRENT TRANSFORM
TESTS WITH THE MACHINE CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK ER CONNECTIONS ARE INCORRECT
4HE FOLLOWING HINTS ARE ARRANGED IN THIS ORDER !LL 4HE PHASE SEQUENCE MUST BE CLOCKWISE )F THE MA
PROTECTION FUNCTIONS SHOULD BE INITIALLY SWITCHED /&& CHINE HAS COUNTER CLOCKWISE ROTATION TWO PHASES
CONDITION AS DELIVERED FROM FACTORY SO THAT THEY DO MUST BE INTERCHANGED OR THE ACCORDINGLY ALLOCATED
NOT INFLUENCE ONE ANOTHER $URING PRIMARY TESTING BINARY INPUT 0HASE ROTAT MUST BE ENERGIZED AT
THE FUNCTIONS ARE PROGRESSIVELY SWITCHED TO BEING GENERATOR STAND STILL 4HE UNBALANCED LOAD CAN BE
OPERATIVE READ OUT UNDER ADDRESS )T MUST BE PRACTICALLY
ZERO )F THIS IS NOT THE CASE CHECK FOR CROSSED CURRENT
)F A PARTICULAR PROTECTION FUNCTION IS NOT REQUIRED AT TRANSFORMER LEADS
ALL IT SHOULD BE DE CONFIGURED REFER TO 3ECTION
)T IS THEN TREATED AS ./. %8)34ING )F THE UNBALANCED LOAD AMOUNTS TO ABOUT OF THE
PHASE CURRENTS THEN CURRENT IS FLOWING IN ONLY ONE OR
IN ONLY TWO OF THE PHASES
3WITCHING ON OF A PARTICULAR FUNCTION CAN BE PER
FORMED IN TWO DIFFERENT WAYS 4HE SETTING ADDRESSES
)F THE UNBALANCED LOAD AMOUNTS TO ABOUT OF THE
CONCERNED ARE SHOWN IN THE RESPECTIVE SECTIONS
PHASE CURRENTS THEN ONE CURRENT TRANSFORMER HAS
WRONG POLARITY
",/#+ 42)0 2%, 4HE PROTECTION FUNCTION IS OP
ERATIVE AND OUTPUTS ANNUNCIATIONS AND MEASURED )F THE UNBALANCED LOAD IS ABOUT THE SAME AS THE
VALUES (OWEVER THE TRIP COMMAND IS BLOCKED PHASE CURRENTS THEN TWO PHASES HAVE BEEN
AND IT IS NOT TRANSMITTED TO THE TRIP MATRIX CROSSED
0ROTECTION FUNCTION /. 4HE PROTECTION FUNCTION IS 3HUT DOWN AND DE EXCITE GENERATOR
OPERATIVE AND OUTPUTS ANNUNCIATIONS AND MEA APPLY PLANT EARTHS
SURED VALUES 4HE TRIP COMMAND ACTIVATES THE TRIP SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
RELAYS WHICH HAVE BEEN MARSHALLED TO THE PROTEC CHECK CURRENT TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS AND MAKE
TION FUNCTION ACCORDING TO 3ECTION )F THE CORRECTIONS
PROTECTION COMMAND IS NOT MARSHALLED TO ANY TRIP REPEAT TEST
RELAY TRIPPING DOES NOT OCCUR 2EMOVE SHORT CIRCUIT BRIDGES
# ' #

3WITCH IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ADDRESS TO #HECKING THE VOLTAGE CIRCUITS
",/#+ 42)0 2%,
#HECK IN THE UNEXCITED CONDITION OF THE MACHINE
7ITH THE PRIMARY PLANT VOLTAGE FREE AND EARTHED WITH THE HELP OF REMANENT CURRENTS THAT CURRENT
INSTALL A THREE POLE SHORT CIRCUIT BRIDGE WHICH IS CA TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS ARE NOT OPEN NOR SHORT CIRCUITED
PABLE OF CARRYING RATED CURRENT EG EARTHING ISOLA AND ALL SHORT CIRCUIT BRIDGES ARE REMOVED
TOR BEHIND THE UNIT TRANSFORMER
4HEN SLOWLY EXCITE GENERATOR TO RATED VOLTAGE 2EAD
OUT VOLTAGES IN ALL THREE PHASES IN ADDRESS BLOCK
$!.'%2 4HEY CAN BE COMPARED WITH THE ACTUAL VOLTAGES 4HE
/PERATIONS IN PRIMARY AREA MUST ONLY BE VOLTAGE OF THE POSITIVE SEQUENCE SYSTEM MUST BE AL
PERFORMED WITH THE MACHINE AT STAND MOST o TIMES THE INDICATED PHASE VOLTAGES IT IS RE
STILL AND WITH PLANT SECTIONS VOLTAGE FREE FERRED TO THE PHASE TO PHASE VOLTAGE THE NEGATIVE
AND EARTHED SEQUENCE VOLTAGE SHOULD BE ALMOST ZERO )F THIS IS
NOT THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS ARE INCOR
3LOWLY EXCITE GENERATOR HOWEVER STATOR CURRENT RECT CROSSOVERS
MUST NOT INCREASE TO ABOVE MACHINE RATED CURRENT
4HE PHASE SEQUENCE AT THE RELAY MUST BE CLOCKWISE
4HE RELAY CALCULATES FROM THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES )F NOT THE ANNUNCIATION &AIL0HASE3EQ APPEARS
THE IMPEDANCE BETWEEN THE POINT OF INSTALLATION IN THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATION ADDRESS BLOCK
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS AND THE SHORT CIRCUIT BRIDGE 3HUT DOWN TURBO SET AND DE EXCITE GENERATOR
IE NORMALLY THE SHORT CIRCUIT IMPEDANCE OF THE UNIT APPLY PLANT EARTHS
TRANSFORMER 2EAD OUT THE REACTANCE AND RESISTANCE CHECK VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CIRCUITS AND MAKE
VALUES IN THE MEASURED VALUES " UNDER ADDRESSES CORRECTIONS
AND .OTE THAT THE SECONDARY VALUES DE REPEAT TEST
PEND ON THE RATED RELAY CURRENT ! OR ! )N THE
CASE OF THE TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCE THE FOLLOWING RE "LOCKING OF THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION ON TRIPPING OF
SULTS THE 64 MCB SHOULD ALSO BE CHECKED DURING VOLT
AGE TESTING )T IS ASSUMED THAT THE AUXILIARY CONTACT
0RIMARY TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCE OF THE MCB IS MARSHALLED TO THE BINARY INPUT AS
DELIVERED FROM FACTORY
5.
3WITCH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MCB TO TRIPPED POSI
: 4PRIM U SC TION
3 .TR
#HECK THAT THE MESSAGE 64 MCB TRIP IS INDI
WHERE USC PERCENT IMPEDANCE VOLTAGE OF TRANS CATED IN THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS WITH THE
FORMER #OMING INDEX
5. RATED VOLTAGE OF TRANSFORMER 3LOWLY EXCITE GENERATOR TO RATED VOLTAGE
3. RATED APPARENT POWER OF TRANSFORMER #HECK THAT THE VOLTAGES IN ADDRESS BLOCK ARE
ALMOST ZERO
)N SECONDARY VALUES 3WITCH ON VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER MCB
#HECK THAT THE MESSAGE 64 MCB TRIP IS INDI
. CT CATED IN THE OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS BUT NOW
: 4SEC : 4PRIM WITH THE 'OING INDEX
. VT

5. . CT 3HOULD THE MESSAGE NOT BE GIVEN THEN CHECK THE
U SC
3 .TR . VT CONNECTION OF THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY CIR
CUITS AND CHECK CORRECT MARSHALLING OF THE BINARY IN
WHERE .CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATIO PUT FROM THE AUXILIARY CONTACT OF THE MCB REFER TO
.VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER RATIO 3ECTION
). RATED RELAY CURRENT
)F THE INDICES # FOR #OMING AND ' FOR 'OING
)F SUBSTANTIAL DEVIATIONS OR WRONG SIGN OCCUR THEN ARE INTERCHANGED CHECK AND CORRECT THE CONTACT
THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS ARE INCORRECT MODE OF THE BINARY INPUTS ./ OR .# CONTACT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH 3ECTION
3HUT DOWN THE GENERATOR 2EMOVE SHORT CIRCUIT
BRIDGES 3WITCH THE UNBALANCED LOAD PROTECTION AND 4HE VOLTAGE TESTS ARE COMPLETED AFTER THE GENERATOR
THE IMPEDANCE PROTECTION OPERATIVE ADDRESSES HAS BEEN SHUT DOWN 4HE OUT OF STEP PROTECTION IF
AND /. 4HE LATTER SERVES FROM NOW ON USED SHOULD BE SWITCHED EFFECTIVE NOW ADDRESS
AS SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
# ' #

#HECKING THE EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
)N ORDER TO CHECK INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION OF THE ACTANCE OF THE COUPLING CAPACITANCE IS MUCH LARGER
LOADING RESISTOR AND IN ORDER TO VERIFY THE PROTECTED THAN THE REFERRED RESISTANCE OF THE LOADING RESISTOR
ZONE OF THE EARTH FAULT PROTECTION PRIMARY TESTS ARE 2" 5# CAN BE ASSUMED TO BE 5.5o COMPARE
SUGGESTED ONCE WITH AN EARTH FAULT AT THE MACHINE ALSO VECTOR DIAGRAM &IGURE WHEREBY 5.5o
TERMINALS AND ONCE WITH A NETWORK EARTH FAULT IS THE NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE WITH A FULL DIS
PLACEMENT OF THE NETWORK UPPER VOLTAGE NEUTRAL
4HE FOLLOWING APPLIES
5
#ALCULATION OF PROTECTED ZONE 2 "J 5 2J .5
Ì# +
4HE PROTECTED ZONE SHOULD FIRST BE VERIFIED BY CAL 5 .5
CULATION 5 2J 2 "J Ì# +

)N THE EVENT OF AN EXTERNAL HIGH VOLTAGE SIDE SHORT )NSERTING THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION RATIO 42 OF
CIRCUIT AN INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE IS TRANSMITTED VIA THE THE EARTHING TRANSFORMER
COUPLING CAPACITANCE #+ &IGURE WHICH IN
DUCES A NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE ON THE MA 5 2J 42 52 AND 2 "J 42 2"
CHINE SIDE 4O ENSURE THAT THIS VOLTAGE IS NOT INTER
PRETED BY THE PROTECTION AS AN EARTH FAULT WITHIN THE WE OBTAIN
MACHINE IT IS REDUCED BY A SUITABLE LOADING RESISTOR
TO A VALUE WHICH CORRESPONDS TO APPROXIMATELY ONE 5 .5
5 2 42 2" Ì# +
HALF THE PICK UP VOLTAGE OF THE EARTH FAULT PROTECTION
5 ADDRESS /N THE OTHER HAND THE EARTH
FAULT CURRENT RESULTING FROM THE LOADING RESISTOR IN THE
EVENT OF AN EARTH FAULT AT THE MACHINE TERMINALS 4OGETHER WITH THE VOLTAGE DIVIDER 66 THIS COR
SHOULD NOT EXCEED ! RESPONDS TO A DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE OF
#OUPLING CAPACITANCE #+ AND LOADING RESISTOR 2" 5 .5

REPRESENT A VOLTAGE DIVIDER EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT DIA 5% 42 2" Ì# +

GRAM &IGURE WHEREBY 2" IS THE RESISTANCE 2"
REFERRED TO THE MACHINE TERMINAL CIRCUIT 3INCE THE RE AT THE INPUT OF THE UNIT
#+
#' #, #4R
2"
24
2" ,OADING RESISTOR
24 6OLTAGE DIVIDER
52 .EUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE AT PROTECTION RELAY
#' 'ENERATOR EARTH CAPACITANCE
#, ,INE EARTH CAPACITANCE
#+ #OUPLING CAPACITANCE OF UNIT TRANSFORMER
#4R 7INDING EARTH CAPACITANCE OF UNIT TRANSFORMER 52
&IGURE "LOCK DIAGRAM WITH EARTHING TRANSFORMER
# ' #

4HE PICK UP VALUE FOR THE NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLT %XAMPLE

AGE SHOULD AMOUNT TO AT LEAST TWICE THE VALUE OF THIS
INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE .ETWORK 5.5 K6
F. (Z
#+ ¿&
5#
%ARTHING TRANSFORMER
42
Ì#+
5.5
52 2" ,OADING RESISTOR
o 2" ¬
5 .5
5% 42 2" Ì# +
5.5 2ATED VOLTAGE ON UPPER VOLTAGE SIDE OF UNIT TRANS
FORMER
5# 6OLTAGE AT COUPLING CAPACITANCE #+
#+ 4OTAL COUPLING CAPACITANCE BETWEEN UPPER VOLTAGE 5% ¬ S &
AND LOWER VOLTAGE WINDINGS
52 6OLTAGE ACROSS LOADING RESISTOR
2" ,OADING RESISTOR OF EARTHING TRANSFORMER REFERRED
TO MACHINE CIRCUIT 6

&IGURE %QUIVALENT DIAGRAM 6
)F EG 6 HAS BEEN CHOSEN AS THE SETTING VALUE FOR

5 IN ADDRESS THEN THIS CORRESPONDS TO A PRO
TECTIVE ZONE OF
5.5o
52 .OTE 7HEN USING A NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER 42
MUST BE INSERTED AS THE VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION RATIO
5# INSTEAD OF 42 4HE RESULT IS THE SAME SINCE THE NEU
&IGURE 6ECTOR DIAGRAM TRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER HAS ONLY ONE WINDING
5%
5EARTH 0ICK UP VALUE

%ARTH FAULT ON MACHINE SIDE
6ALUE EXTRAPOLATED
TO 5.MACH
%ARTH FAULT ON
UPPER VOLTAGE SIDE
5

5.-ASCH
CORRESPONDS TO PROTECTED ZONE
&IGURE .EUTRAL DISPLACEMENT VOLTAGE DURING EARTH FAULTS
# ' #

#HECKING FOR MACHINE EARTH FAULT #HECK USING NETWORK EARTH FAULT
3WITCH STATOR EARTH FAULT PROTECTION ADDRESS TO 7ITH THE PRIMARY PLANT VOLTAGE FREE AND EARTHED
",/#+ 42)0 2%, INSTALL A SINGLE POLE EARTH FAULT BRIDGE ON THE HIGH
VOLTAGE SIDE OF THE BLOCK TRANSFORMER
7ITH THE PRIMARY PLANT VOLTAGE FREE AND EARTHED
INSTALL A SINGLE POLE EARTH FAULT IN THE PROXIMITY OF THE
MACHINE TERMINALS $!.'%2
/PERATIONS IN PRIMARY AREA MUST ONLY BE
$!.'%2 PERFORMED WITH THE MACHINE AT STAND
/PERATIONS IN PRIMARY AREA MUST ONLY BE AND EARTHED
PERFORMED WITH THE MACHINE AT STAND
AND EARTHED #AUTION
3TART UP MACHINE AND SLOWLY EXCITE HOWEVER NOT 4HE STAR POINTS OF THE TRANSFORMER MUST
NOT BE CONNECTED TO EARTH DURING THIS
ABOVE 5.o UNTIL THE EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 5
TEST
PICKS UP ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY WHEN DELIV
ERED FROM FACTORY
3TART UP MACHINE AND SLOWLY EXCITE TO OF RATED
MACHINE VOLTAGE MAX %ARTH FAULT PROTECTION
2EAD OUT 5 IN /0%2!4)/.!, -%!3 6!,5%3 !
DOES NOT PICK UP
ADDRESS )F THE CONNECTIONS ARE CORRECT THIS
VALUE CORRESPONDS WITH THE MACHINE TERMINAL VOLT
AGE IN PERCENT REFERRED TO RATED MACHINE VOLTAGE IF 2EAD OUT 5 IN THE /0%2!4)/.!, -%!3 6!,5%3
APPLICABLE DEVIATING RATED PRIMARY VOLTAGE OF EARTH " ADDRESS 4HIS VALUE IS EXTRAPOLATED TO RATED
ING TRANSFORMER OR NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER MUST MACHINE VOLTAGE &IGURE AS AN EXAMPLE 4HE
BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT 4HIS VALUE ALSO CORRESPONDS VOLTAGE VALUE THUS CALCULATED SHOULD CORRESPOND AT
WITH THE SETTING VALUE 5 UNDER ADDRESS SEE THE MOST TO HALF THE PICK UP VALUE 5 ADDRESS
&IGURE IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE DESIRED SAFETY MARGIN
4HE PROTECTION ZONE IS 5 ;6= EG 3HUT DOWN MACHINE 2EMOVE EARTH FAULT BRIDGE
-ACHINE VOLTAGE AT PICK UP | 5. )F THE STAR POINT OF THE HIGH VOLTAGE SIDE OF THE
-EASURED VALUE 5 BLOCK TRANSFORMER IS TO BE EARTHED DURING NORMAL
3ETTING VALUE 5 6 OPERATION RE ESTABLISH STAR POINT EARTHING
0ROTECTED ZONE
3WITCH EARTH FAULT PROTECTION TO BE OPERATIVE AD
3HUT DOWN MACHINE 2EMOVE EARTH FAULT BRIDGE DRESS 3%& 02/4 /.
# ' #

4ESTS WITH THE MACHINE CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK
#HECKING THE CORRECT CONNECTION PO #AUTION

LARITY

&OR A TURBINE SET THE INTAKE OF REVERSE POW
4HE FOLLOWING TEST INSTRUCTIONS APPLY TO A SYNCHRO ER IS ONLY PERMISSIBLE FOR A SHORT TIME SINCE
NOUS GENERATOR OPERATION OF THE TURBINE WITHOUT A CERTAIN
THROUGHPUT OF STEAM COOLING EFFECT CAN
LEAD TO OVERHEATING OF THE TURBINE BLADES
2UN UP GENERATOR AND SYNCHRONIZE WITH NETWORK
3LOWLY INCREASE DRIVING POWER INPUT UP TO APPROXI
MATELY 4HE ACTIVE POWER IS READ OUT UNDER THE
OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES UNDER ADDRESS )F POSSIBLE REDUCE EXCITATION TO APPROXIMATELY
AS A POSITIVE ACTIVE POWER 0A TIMES RATED APPARENT POWER OF GENERATOR UNDER
EXCITED
)F A NEGATIVE ACTIVE POWER VALUE SHOULD BE READ OUT
THEN THE ACTUAL POLARITY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CURRENT #AUTION

TRANSFORMERS AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS DOES NOT AC
CORD WITH THE POLARITY PARAMETERIZED UNDER ADDRESS 5NDEREXCITATION MAY CAUSE THE GENERATOR
2E PARAMETERIZE ADDRESS )F THE POWER FALL OUT OF STEP
READING IS STILL INCORRECT THE FAULT MUST BE IN THE IN
STRUMENT TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS EG CYCLIC EX 4HE MOTORING POWER IS READ OUT AS ACTIVE POWER 0A IN
CHANGE OF PHASES THE OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES UNDER ADDRESS
THE REACTIVE POWER 0R ADDRESS ALSO
3HUT DOWN AND DE EXCITE GENERATOR READ OUT
APPLY PLANT EARTHS
SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT TRANSFORMERS .OTE DOWN MOTORING POWER AS 0 OBSERVE SIGN
CORRECT FAULT IN INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER LEADS CT NOTE DOWN REACTIVE POWER AS 1 WITH POLARITY
ANDOR VT NEGATIVE SIGN SEE TABLE BELOW
REPEAT TEST
)F POSSIBLE SLOWLY INCREASE EXCITATION TO TIMES
RATED APPARENT POWER OF GENERATOR OVEREXCITED
-EASUREMENT OF MOTORING POWER AND 4HE MOTORING POWER IS READ OUT AS ACTIVE POWER 0A IN
ANGLE ERROR CORRECTION THE OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES UNDER ADDRESS
THE REACTIVE POWER 0R ADDRESS IS ALSO
&OR A GENERATOR LEAVE THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION READ OUT
SWITCHED TO /&& ADDRESS FOR THE MOMENT
4HIS FUNCTION AND THE FOLLOWING MEASUREMENTS ARE .OTE DOWN MOTORING POWER AS 0 OBSERVE SIGN
NOT REQUIRED FOR MOTORS NOTE DOWN REACTIVE POWER AS 1 WITH POLARITY
POSITIVE SIGN SEE TABLE BELOW
4HE MOTORING POWER IS AS AN ACTIVE POWER AL
MOST CONSTANT AND INDEPENDENT OF THE REACTIVE POW )F POSSIBLE SLOWLY INCREASE EXCITATION TO TIMES
ER IE INDEPENDENT OF THE EXCITATION CURRENT (OWEV RATED APPARENT POWER OF GENERATOR OVEREXCITED
ER THE PROTECTION RELAY MAY CALCULATE DIFFERENT ACTIVE
POWER VALUES DEPENDENT OF THE EXCITATION BECAUSE 4HE MOTORING POWER IS READ OUT AS ACTIVE POWER 0A IN
OF POSSIBLE ANGLE ERRORS OF THE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE THE OPERATIONAL MEASURED VALUES UNDER ADDRESS
TRANSFORMERS 4HE MOTORING POWER CURVE THEN WOULD THE REACTIVE POWER 0R ADDRESS IS ALSO
NOT BE A STRAIGHT LINE IN PARALLEL TO THE REAL AXIS OF THE READ OUT
POWER DIAGRAM OF THE MACHINE 4HEREFORE THE ANGLE
DEVIATIONS SHOULD BE MEASURED AT THREE MEASURING .OTE DOWN MOTORING POWER AS 0 OBSERVE SIGN
POINTS OF THE POWER DIAGRAM AND THE CORRECTION PA NOTE DOWN REACTIVE POWER AS 1 WITH POLARITY
RAMETERS 7 AND 7 SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED POSITIVE SIGN SEE TABLE BELOW
2EDUCE DRIVING POWER TO ZERO BY CLOSING THE REGULAT !DJUST GENERATOR TO NO LOAD EXCITATION AND SHUT
ING VALVES 4HE GENERATOR NOW TAKES MOTORING ENER DOWN
GY FROM THE NETWORK
# ' #

#HECKING THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION

)TEM MOTORING POWER REACTIVE POWER
0 1 )F THE GENERATOR IS CONNECTED WITH THE NETWORK RE

VERSE POWER CAN BE CAUSED BY
0 1
CLOSING OF THE REGULATING VALVES
0 1
CLOSING OF THE TRIP VALVE
)F THE READ OUT MEASURED VALUES 0 AND 0 AND 0 "ECAUSE OF POSSIBLE LEAKAGES IN THE VALVES THE RE
VERSE POWER TEST SHOULD IF POSSIBLE BE PER
DEVIATE BY MORE THAN FROM EACH THEN AN ANGLE
CORRECTION OF THE INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER ERROR MUST FORMED FOR BOTH CASES
BE PERFORMED ADDRESSES AND 4HE
)N ORDER TO CONFIRM THE CORRECT SETTINGS REPEAT RE
ANGLES ARE CALCULATED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING FOR
MULAE VERSE POWER TEST AGAIN &OR THIS THE REVERSE POWER
PROTECTION ADDRESS IS SET TO ",/#+ 42)0 2%,
IN ORDER TO CHECK ITS EFFECTIVENESS USING THE AN
0 0
TAN · NUNCIATIONS
1 1
3TART UP GENERATOR AND SYNCHRONIZE WITH NETWORK
0 0 #LOSE REGULATING VALVES
TAN ·
1 1 R !T APPROXIMATELY MOTORING POWER ANNUNCI
ATION 0R &AULT DET NOT ALLOCATED WHEN DE
4HE POWER VALUES MUST BE INSERTED WITH THEIR COR LIVERED FROM FACTORY
RECT POLARITY AS READ OUT /THERWISE FAULTY RESULT R !FTER 4 36 /0%. ADDRESS TRIP SIGNAL
0R 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY AS DELIV
4HESE ANGLES ARE INSERTED INTO THE FORMULAE OF THE ERED
CORRECTION QUANTITIES 7 AND 7 AS FOLLOWS )NCREASE DRIVING POWER
· · 4HE LAST TEST WITH THE STOP VALVE CAN BE PERFORMED

7
) ) WITH A LIVE TRIP )T IS ASSUMED THAT THE BINARY INPUT
36 TRIPPED IS MARSHALLED CORRECTLY AND IS CON
7 · 7 | ) TROLLED BY THE STOP VALVE STATUS BY A PRESSURE SWITCH
OR A LIMIT SWITCH AT THE STOP VALVE
WHERE ) AND ) ARE THE CURRENTS WHICH ARE ASSIGNED
WITH THE CORRESPONDING MEASURING POINTS 4HESE #LOSE STOP VALVE
VALUES ARE COMPARED WITH THE PRESET CORRECTION R !NNUNCIATION 0R &AULT DET NOT ALLOCATED
ANGLES 7 AND 7 UNDER ADDRESSES AND WHEN DELIVERED FROM FACTORY
4HE $IFFERENCES BETWEEN THE PRESET VALUES 7 7 R !FTER 4 36 #,/3%$ ADDRESS ANNUNCI
AND THE CALCULATED VALUES 7 7 ARE FINALLY SET UN ATION 0R36 4RIP ,%$ AND SIGNAL RELAY AS
DER ADDRESSES AND AS FOLLOWS DELIVERED
3HUT DOWN MACHINE
.EW SETTING 7 PRESETTING 7 7
3WITCH /. THE REVERSE POWER PROTECTION ADDRESS
.EW SETTING 7 PRESETTING 7 7 AND IF USED THE FORWARD POWER SUPERVI
SION ADDRESS
! QUARTER OF THE SUM OF THE MEASURED VALUES 0 0
IS SET AS PICK UP VALUE OF THE REVERSE POWER PROTEC
TION 0 2%6%23% UNDER ADDRESS NEGATIVE
SIGN
# ' #

#HECKING THE COUPLING OF EXTERNAL TRIP SIGNALS
)F THE COUPLING OF EXTERNAL FUNCTIONS FOR THE ALARM 4HE FUNCTION OF THE COUPLING IS TO BE CHECKED FOR ONE
ANDOR TRIP PROCESSING IS USED IN THE 5- THEN AFTER ANOTHER &OR THIS THE SOURCE OBJECT OF THE
ONE OR MORE OF THESE FUNCTIONS MUST BE CONFIGURED COUPLED SIGNAL IS OPERATED AND THE EFFECT CHECKED
AS %8)34 IN THE ADDRESSES TO 4HE USED
FUNCTION IS ADDITIONALLY SWITCHED IN ADDRESS &INALLY THE USED FUNCTIONS ARE PARAMETERIZED TO /.
ANDOR %84 42)0 J ",/#+ IN THE ASSOCIATED ADDRESSES AND
42)0 2%, OR
4RIPPING TEST INCLUDING CIRCUIT BREAKER ADDRESS BLOCK
-ACHINE PROTECTION 5- ALLOWS SIMPLE CHECKING 7ARNING

OF THE TRIPPING CIRCUIT AND EACH TRIP RELAY
!FTER CONFIRMATION BY THE OPERATOR THE
)NITIATION OF THE TEST CAN BE GIVEN FROM THE OPERATOR SWITCHING DEVICE WILL BE OPERATED %NSURE
KEYBOARD OR FROM THE FRONT OPERATOR INTERFACE 4HE BEFORE EACH TEST THAT SWITCHING IS PERMIS
SIBLE UNDER THE ACTUAL SWITCHGEAR STATUS
PROCEDURE IS STARTED WITH ADDRESS WHICH CAN
%G ISOLATE CIRCUIT BREAKER BY OPENING ISO
BE REACHED BY PAGING WITH Å OR Ç OR BY DIRECT DIALLING LATORS AT EACH SIDE
$! % 4HEN THE CODEWORD INPUT IS NECES
SARY CODE LEVEL
"Y FURTHER PAGING WITH " ! EACH OF THE TRIP RELAYS CAN 4HE TEST PROCEDURE CAN BE ENDED OR ABORTED BY
BE SELECTED FOR TEST PRESSING THE .O KEY . AFTER THE QUESTION %.%2
'):% 42)0 2%,!9 N APPEARS ,EAVING THE BLOCK
!FTER CONFIRMATION BY THE 9ES KEY *9 THE SELECTED WITH KEYS Å OR Ç IS ONLY POSSIBLE AFTER THIS PROCEDURE
RELAY CLOSES ITS CONTACTS FOR S
#OMMENCEMENT OF THE TEST BLOCKS

4 % 3 4 3
# " 4 % 3 4 "EGINNING OF THE BLOCK #IRCUIT BREAKER TEST

LIVE TRIP
, ) 6 % 4 2 ) 0
4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 4EST TRIP CIRCUIT OF TRIP RELAY

4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 #ONFIRM WITH *9 KEY OR ABORT WITH . KEY
# ' #


4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9 #ONFIRM WITH *9 KEY OR ABORT WITH . KEY

#ONFIRM WITH *9 KEY OR ABORT WITH . KEY
4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9

4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9

4 2 ) 0 2 % , ! 9
3TARTING A TEST FAULT RECORD ADDRESS BLOCK
! FAULT RECORD STORAGE CAN BE STARTED AT ANY TIME US OPERATING KEYBOARD OR VIA THE OPERATING INTERFACE
ING THE OPERATING PANEL OR VIA THE OPERATING INTER 4HE PRE TRIGGER TIME WAS SET UNDER ADDRESS
FACE 3TARTING A TEST FAULT RECORD IS ALSO POSSIBLE VIA A
BINARY INPUT PROVIDED THIS IS ACCORDINGLY ALLOCATED )F THE FAULT RECORD IS TRIGGERED VIA A BINARY INPUT RE
&.O 3TART &LT2EC CORDING STARTS AUTOMATICALLY WITH AN EXTERNAL EVENT
EG AT THE INSTANT OF A SWITCHING COMMAND
4HE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS AS SET IN ADDRESS
BLOCK ARE DECISIVE FOR THIS FAULT RECORDING REFER TO -ANUAL STARTING OF A FAULT RECORD CAN BE CARRIED OUT IN
3ECTION 3ELECTION IS MADE UNDER ADDRESS ADDRESS BLOCK WHICH CAN BE REACHED BY PAGING
WHETHER INSTANTANEOUS VALUES OR RMS VALUES WITH Å OR Ç OR BY DIRECT DIALLING WITH $! %
SHOULD BE SCANNED ADDRESS CONCERNS TRIGGER 4HE START ADDRESS IS REACHED WITH !
ING VIA BINARY INPUT ADDRESS TRIGGERING VIA THE
4 % 3 4 "EGINNING OF BLOCK 4EST FAULT RECORDING

& ! 5 , 4 2 % # / 2 $ ) . ' PAGE ON WITH ! TO ADDRESS
& ! 5 , 4 2 % # 3TART FAULT RECORDING #ONFIRM WITH *9 KEY OR ABORT

3 4 ! 2 4 WITH PAGE ON KEY !
3 5 # # % 3 3 & 5 , 4HE RELAY ACKNOWLEDGES SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE

TEST RECORDING
# ' #

0UTTING THE RELAY INTO OPERATION
!LL SETTING VALUES SHOULD BE CHECKED AGAIN IN CASE FRONT SO THAT FROM THEN ON ONLY REAL FAULTS ARE INDI
THEY WERE ALTERED DURING THE TESTS 0ARTICULARLY CHECK CATED &ROM THAT MOMENT THE MEASURED VALUES OF
THAT ALL DESIRED PROTECTION FUNCTIONS HAVE BEEN PRO THE QUIESCENT STATE ARE DISPLAYED $URING PUSHING
GRAMMED IN THE CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ADDRESS THE 2%3%4 BUTTON THE ,%$S ON THE FRONT WILL LIGHT UP
BLOCKS AND REFER TO 3ECTION %NSURE THAT EXCEPT THE "LOCKED ,%$ THUS A ,%$ TEST IS PER
THE TRIP TIMES ARE NOT SET TO 0 FOR THOSE FUNCTIONS OR FORMED AT THE SAME TIME
STAGES WHICH SHOULD TRIP AND THAT ALL DESIRED PROTEC
TION FUNCTIONS HAVE BEEN SWITCHED /. 4HOSE FUNC #HECK THAT THE MODULES ARE PROPERLY INSERTED 4HE
TIONS WHICH SHOULD ONLY GIVE INFORMATION MAY BE GREEN ,%$ MUST BE ON ON THE FRONT THE RED ,%$ MUST
SWITCHED TO ",/#+ 42)0 2%, NOT BE ON
0USH THE KEY -3 ON THE FRONT 4HE DISPLAY SHOWS #LOSE HOUSING COVER
THE BEGINNING OF THE ANNUNCIATION BLOCKS 4HUS IT IS
POSSIBLE THAT THE MEASURED VALUES FOR THE QUIESCENT !LL TERMINAL SCREWS EVEN THOSE NOT IN USE MUST
STATE OF THE RELAY CAN BE DISPLAYED SEE BELOW BE TIGHTENED
4HESE VALUES HAVE BEEN CHOSEN DURING CONFIGURA
TION REFER TO 3ECTION UNDER THE ADDRESSES )F A TEST SWITCH IS AVAILABLE THEN THIS MUST BE IN THE
AND OPERATING POSITION
3TORED INDICATIONS ON THE FRONT PLATE SHOULD BE RESET 4HE PROTECTION RELAY IS NOW READY FOR OPERATION
BY PRESSING THE PUSH BUTTON 2%3%4 ,%$ ON THE
# ' #

5- 6 -AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING
-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING
3IEMENS DIGITAL PROTECTION RELAYS ARE DESIGNED TO RE 2OUTINE CHECKS

QUIRE NO SPECIAL MAINTENANCE !LL MEASUREMENT AND
SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITS ARE FULLY SOLID STATE AND
THEREFORE COMPLETELY MAINTENANCE FREE )NPUT MOD 2OUTINE CHECKS OF CHARACTERISTICS OR PICK UP VALUES
ULES ARE EVEN STATIC RELAYS ARE HERMETICALLY SEALED OR ARE NOT NECESSARY AS THEY FORM PART OF THE CONTINU
PROVIDED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERS OUSLY SUPERVISED FIRMWARE PROGRAMS 4HE PLANNED
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS FOR CHECKING AND MAINTE
)F THE DEVICE IS EQUIPPED WITH A BACK UP BATTERY FOR NANCE OF THE PLANT CAN BE USED TO PERFORM OPERATION
SAVING OF STORED ANNUNCIATIONS AND THE INTERNAL TIME AL TESTING OF THE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 4HIS MAINTE
CLOCK THE BATTERY SHOULD BE REPLACED AFTER AT MOST NANCE SERVES MAINLY FOR CHECKING THE INTERFACES OF
YEARS OF OPERATION REFER TO 3ECTION 4HIS REC THE UNIT IE THE COUPLING WITH THE PLANT 4HE FOLLOW
OMMENDATION IS VALID INDEPENDENT ON WHETHER THE ING PROCEDURE IS RECOMMENDED
BATTERY HAS BEEN DISCHARGED BY OCCASIONAL SUPPLY
VOLTAGE FAILURES OR NOT 2EAD OUT OF OPERATIONAL VALUES ADDRESS BLOCK
AND COMPARISON WITH THE ACTUAL VALUES FOR
!S THE PROTECTION IS ALMOST COMPLETELY SELF MONI CHECKING THE ANALOG INTERFACES
TORED FROM THE MEASURING INPUTS TO THE COMMAND
OUTPUT RELAYS HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FAULTS ARE AU 3IMULATION OF AN INTERNAL SHORT CIRCUIT WITH X ). FOR
TOMATICALLY ANNUNCIATED 4HIS ENSURES THE HIGH AVAIL CHECKING THE ANALOG INPUT AT HIGH CURRENTS
ABILITY OF THE RELAY AND ALLOWS A MORE CORRECTIVE RATH
ER THAN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE STRATEGY 4ESTS AT
SHORT INTERVALS BECOME THEREFORE SUPERFLUOUS
7ARNING
7ITH DETECTED HARDWARE FAULTS THE RELAY BLOCKS ITSELF (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT ON
DROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY SIGNALS EQUIPMENT ALL CIRCUITS AND COMPONENTS CONNECTED
FAULT )F THERE IS A FAULT DETECTED IN THE EXTERNAL MEA WITH THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR WITH THE MEAS
SURING CIRCUITS GENERALLY AN ALARM IS GIVEN ONLY URING AND TEST QUANTITIES
2ECOGNIZED SOFTWARE FAULTS CAUSE THE PROCESSOR TO

RESET AND RESTART )F SUCH A FAULT IS NOT ELIMINATED BY #AUTION
RESTARTING FURTHER RESTARTS ARE INITIATED )F THE FAULT IS 4EST CURRENTS LARGER THAN TIMES ). MAY
STILL PRESENT AFTER THREE RESTART ATTEMPTS THE PROTEC OVERLOAD AND DAMAGE THE RELAY IF APPLIED
TIVE SYSTEM WILL SWITCH ITSELF OUT OF SERVICE AND INDI CONTINUOUSLY REFER TO 3ECTION FOR
CATE THIS CONDITION BY THE RED ,%$ "LOCKED ON THE OVERLOAD CAPABILITY /BSERVE A COOLING
FRONT PLATE $ROP OFF OF THE AVAILABILITY RELAY SIGNALS DOWN PERIOD
EQUIPMENT FAULT
#IRCUIT BREAKER TRIP CIRCUITS ARE TESTED BY ACTUAL
4HE REACTION TO DEFECTS AND INDICATIONS GIVEN BY THE LIVE TRIPPING 2ESPECTIVE NOTES ARE GIVEN IN 3EC
RELAY CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY AND IN CHRONOLOGICAL SE
TION
QUENCE READ OFF AS OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS UNDER
THE ADDRESS FOR DEFECT DIAGNOSIS REFER TO 3EC
TION
)F THE RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A LOCAL SUBSTATION AUTO

MATION SYSTEM ,3! DEFECT INDICATIONS WILL ALSO BE
TRANSFERRED VIA THE SERIAL INTERFACE TO THE CENTRAL CON
TROL SYSTEM
7ARNING
%NSURE THAT THE CONNECTION MODULES ARE NOT
DAMAGED WHEN REMOVING OR INSERTING THE
DEVICE MODULES (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES MAY
OCCUR WHEN THE HEAVY CURRENT PLUGS ARE
DAMAGED
# ' #

2EPLACING THE BACK UP BATTERY
4HE DEVICE ANNUNCIATIONS ARE STORED IN .6 2!-S 3HORTEN THE LEGS TO MM INCH EACH AND
! BACK UP BATTERY IS INSERTED SO THAT THEY ARE RE BEND OVER AT A LENGTH OF MM INCH
TAINED EVEN WITH A LONGER FAILURE OF THE DC SUPPLY
VOLTAGE 4HE BACK UP BATTERY IS ALSO REQUIRED FOR THE
INTERNAL SYSTEM CLOCK WITH CALENDER TO CONTINUE IN
THE EVENT OF A POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
4HE BACK UP BATTERY SHOULD BE REPLACED AT THE LATEST

AFTER YEARS OF OPERATION 4HE WAY OF DISPLACEMENT
DEPENDS ON THE APPLIED BATTERY HOLDER
2ECOMMENDED BATTERY
$IMENSIONS
IN MM
,ITHIUM BATTERY 6 !H TYPE #2 !! EG
6!24! /RDER .O FOR RELAYS WITH
SCREWED TERMINAL FOR THE BATTERY &IGURE "ENDING THE BACK UP BATTERY FOR RE
6!24! /RDER .O FOR RELAYS SNAP ON LAYS WITH SCREWED TERMINAL FOR THE
BATTERY HOLDER BATTERY
4HE BATTERY IS LOCATED AT THE REAR EDGE OF THE PROCES

SOR BOARD OF THE BASIC MODULE '%! 4HE BASIC MOD ,ATER VERSION DO NOT HAVE AXIAL LEGS BUT ARE
ULE MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE HOUSING IN ORDER TO RE SNAPPED ON A BATTERY HOLDER
PLACE THE BATTERY
0REPARE AREA OF WORK PROVIDE CONDUCTIVE SURFACE
PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM &IGURE
FOR THE BASIC MODULE
/PEN HOUSING COVER

7ARNING
2EAD OUT DEVICE ANNUNCIATIONS IE ALL ADDRESSES (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT IN
WHICH COMMENCE WITH ONWARDS 4HIS IS THE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OF
CARRIED OUT MOST CONVENIENT USING THE FRONT OPER THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THE
ATING INTERFACE AND A PERSONAL COMPUTER WITH THE MODULES FROM THE HOUSING STORAGE CA
$)'3)q PROTECTION DATA PROCESSING PROGRAM THE PACITORS
INFORMATION IS THUS STORED IN THE 0#
#AUTION
.OTE !LL CONFIGURATION DATA AND SETTINGS OF THE DE
VICE ARE STORED IN %%02/-S PROTECTED AGAINST %LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO
SWITCHING OFF OF THE POWER SUPPLY 4HEY ARE STORED NENT CONNECTIONS THE 0#" TRACKS OR THE
INDEPENDENT OF THE BACK UP BATTERY 4HEY ARE CONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BE
THEREFORE NEITHER LOST WHEN THE BATTERY IS RE AVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE
PLACED NOR WHEN THE DEVICE IS OPERATED WITHOUT A VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR
FACE
BATTERY
0ULL OUT BASIC MODULE AND PLACE ONTO THE CONDUC
/NLY FOR RELAYS WITH SCREWED TERMINAL FOR THE TIVE SURFACE
BATTERY 0REPARE THE BATTERY AS IN &IGURE
5NSCREW USED BATTERY FROM THE TERMINALS OR RE
#AUTION MOVE IT FROM THE HOLDER DO NOT PLACE ON THE CON
DUCTIVE SURFACE
$O NOT SHORT CIRCUIT BATTERY $O NOT RE
VERSE BATTERY POLARITIES $O NOT CHARGE
)NSERT THE PREPARED BATTERY INTO THE TERMINALS OR
BATTERY
HOLDER AS IN &IGURE AND TIGHTEN THE SCREWS OR
AS IN &IGURE
# ' #

6IEW UPON
THE PCB
2EAR VIEW ON THE
REMOVED BASIC MODULE
&IGURE )NSTALLATION OF THE BACK UP BATTERY FOR RELAYS WITH SCREWED BATTERY TERMINALS
)NSERT BASIC MODULE INTO THE HOUSING ENSURE THAT $O NOT REVERSE POLARITIES $O NOT RE
THE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE LEFT BEFORE CHARGE $O NOT THROW INTO FIRE $ANGER
THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN OF EXPLOSION
&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE 0ROVIDED THE INTERNAL SYSTEM CLOCK IS NOT AUTOMAT
VER &IGURE ICALLY SYNCHRONIZED VIA THE ,3! INTERFACE IT CAN
NOW BE SET OR SYNCHRONIZED AS DESCRIBED IN 3EC
TION
7ARNING #LOSE HOUSING COVER

4HE DISCHARGED BATTERY CONTAINS ,ITHIUM
)T MUST ONLY BE DISPOSED OFF IN LINE WITH THE 4HE REPLACEMENT OF THE BACK UP BATTERY HAS THUS
APPLICABLE REGULATIONS BEEN COMPLETED
6IEW UPON
2EAR VIEW ON THE THE PCB
REMOVED BASIC MODULE
&IGURE )NSTALLATION OF THE BACK UP BATTERY FOR RELAYS WITH SNAP ON BATTERY HOLDER
# ' #

&AULT TRACING
)F THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE INDICATES A DEFECT THE FOLLOW 2EPLACING THE MINI FUSE
ING PROCEDURE IS SUGGESTED
3ELECT A REPLACEMENT FUSE } MM %NSURE
)F NONE OF THE ,%$S ON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE MODULE IS THAT THE RATED VALUE TIME LAG MEDIUM SLOW AND
ON THEN CHECK CODE LETTERS ARE CORRECT &IGURE
(AVE THE MODULES BEEN PROPERLY PUSHED IN AND 0REPARE AREA OF WORK PROVIDE CONDUCTIVE SURFACE
LOCKED FOR THE BASIC MODULE
)S THE /./&& SWITCH ON THE FRONT PLATE IN THE /. /PEN HOUSING COVER
POSITION
)S THE AUXILIARY VOLTAGE AVAILABLE WITH THE CORRECT

POLARITY AND OF ADEQUATE MAGNITUDE CONNECTED
7ARNING
TO THE CORRECT TERMINALS 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS IN !P (AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT IN
PENDIX ! THE DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OF
THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THE
(AS THE MINI FUSE IN THE POWER SUPPLY SECTION MODULES FROM THE HOUSING STORAGE CA
BLOWN SEE &IGURE )F APPROPRIATE REPLACE THE PACITORS
FUSE ACCORDING TO 3ECTION
)F THE RED FAULT INDICATOR "LOCKED ON THE FRONT IS ON PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM &IGURE
AND THE GREEN READY ,%$ REMAINS DARK THE DEVICE
HAS RECOGNIZED AN INTERNAL FAULT 2E INITIALIZATION OF
THE PROTECTION SYSTEM COULD BE TRIED BY SWITCHING #AUTION
THE DC AUXILIARY VOLTAGE OFF AND ON AGAIN 4HIS HOW
EVER RESULTS IN LOSS OF FAULT DATA AND MESSAGES IF THE %LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPO
NENT CONNECTIONS THE 0#" TRACKS OR THE
RELAY IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH A BUFFER BATTERY AND IF A
CONNECTING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BE
PARAMETERIZING PROCESS HAS NOT YET BEEN COM
AVOIDED UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PRE
PLETED THE LAST PARAMETERS ARE NOT STORED VIOUSLY TOUCHING AN EARTHED METAL SUR
FACE
-INI FUSE OF THE POWER SUPPLY

MEDIUM SLOW -
2EAR VIEW ON THE RE
MOVED BASIC MODULE RATED
AT 5(.6 VALUE
!%
!%
!'
&IGURE -INI FUSE OF THE POWER SUPPLY
# ' #

0ULL OUT BASIC MODULE AND PLACE ONTO THE CONDUC &IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE RELEASING LE
TIVE SURFACE VER &IGURE
2EMOVE BLOWN FUSE FROM THE HOLDER &IGURE #LOSE HOUSING COVER
&IT NEW FUSE INTO THE HOLDER &IGURE 3WITCH ON THE DEVICE AGAIN )F A POWER SUPPLY FAILURE
IS STILL SIGNALLED A FAULT OR SHORT CIRCUIT IS PRESENT IN
)NSERT BASIC MODULE INTO THE HOUSING ENSURE THAT THE INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY 4HE DEVICE SHOULD BE RE
THE RELEASING LEVER IS PUSHED FULLY TO THE LEFT BEFORE TURNED TO THE FACTORY SEE #HAPTER
THE MODULE IS PRESSED IN &IGURE
2EMOVING THE BASIC MODULE

PROVIDED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM
0ULL OUT BASIC MODULE AND PLACE ONTO CONDUCTIVE
SURFACE
)NSERTING THE BASIC MODULE

0USH RELEASING LEVER FULLY TO THE LEFT
)NSERT MODULE
&IRMLY PUSH IN THE MODULE USING THE
RELEASING LEVER
6IEW FROM ABOVE ONTO A SIZE

MODULE WITH RELEASING LEVER
&IGURE !ID FOR REMOVING AND INSERTING BASIC MODULE
# ' #

5- 6 2EPAIRS 3TORAGE
2EPAIRS 3TORAGE
2EPAIR OF DEFECTIVE MODULES IS NOT RECOMMENDED AT 3OLID STATE PROTECTIVE RELAYS SHALL BE STORED IN DRY
ALL BECAUSE SPECIALLY SELECTED ELECTRONIC COMPO AND CLEAN ROOMS 4HE LIMIT TEMPERATURE RANGE FOR
NENTS ARE USED WHICH MUST BE HANDLED IN ACCOR STORAGE OF THE RELAYS OR ASSOCIATED SPARE PARTS IS
DANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR %LECTROSTATI ^# TO ^# REFER 3ECTION UNDER THE
CALLY %NDANGERED #OMPONENTS %%# &URTHER 4ECHNICAL DATA CORRESPONDING TO ^& TO ^&
MORE SPECIAL MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES ARE NECES
SARY FOR ANY WORK ON THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS IN OR 4HE RELATIVE HUMIDITY MUST BE WITHIN LIMITS SUCH THAT
DER TO DO NOT DAMAGE THE BATH SOLDERED MULTILAYER NEITHER CONDENSATION NOR ICE FORMS
BOARDS THE SENSITIVE COMPONENTS AND THE PROTEC
TIVE FINISH )T IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE STORAGE TEMPERA
TURE TO THE RANGE # TO # & TO &
4HEREFORE IF A DEFECT CANNOT BE CORRECTED BY OPERA THIS PREVENTS FROM EARLY AGEING OF THE ELECTROLYTIC CA
TOR PROCEDURES SUCH AS DESCRIBED IN #HAPTER IT IS PACITORS WHICH ARE CONTAINED IN THE POWER SUPPLY
RECOMMENDED THAT THE COMPLETE RELAY SHOULD BE RE
TURNED TO THE MANUFACTURER 5SE THE ORIGINAL TRANS &OR VERY LONG STORAGE PERIODS IT IS RECOMMENDED
PORT PACKAGING FOR RETURN )F ALTERNATIVE PACKING IS THAT THE RELAY SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE AUXILIARY
USED THIS MUST PROVIDE THE DEGREE OF PROTECTION VOLTAGE SOURCE FOR ONE OR TWO DAYS EVERY OTHER YEAR
AGAINST MECHANICAL SHOCK AS LAID DOWN IN )%# IN ORDER TO REGENERATE THE ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
CLASS AND )%# CLASS 4HE SAME IS VALID BEFORE THE RELAY IS FINALLY INSTALLED
)N EXTREME CLIMATIC CONDITIONS TROPICS PRE WARMING
)F IT IS UNAVOIDABLE TO REPLACE INDIVIDUAL MODULES IT IS WOULD THUS BE ACHIEVED AND CONDENSATION AVOIDED
IMPERATIVE THAT THE STANDARDS RELATED TO THE HANDLING
OF %LECTROSTATICALLY %NDANGERED #OMPONENTS ARE "EFORE INITIAL ENERGIZATION WITH SUPPLY VOLTAGE THE
OBSERVED RELAY SHALL BE SITUATED IN THE OPERATING AREA FOR AT
7ARNING CONDENSATION
(AZARDOUS VOLTAGES CAN BE PRESENT IN THE
DEVICE EVEN AFTER DISCONNECTION OF THE SUP
PLY VOLTAGE OR AFTER REMOVAL OF THE MODULE
FROM THE HOUSING STORAGE CAPACITORS
#AUTION
%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES VIA THE COMPONENT
CONNECTIONS THE 0#" TRACKS OR THE CONNECT
ING PINS OF THE MODULES MUST BE AVOIDED UN
DER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES BY PREVIOUSLY TOUCH
ING AN EARTHED METAL SURFACE 4HIS APPLIES
EQUALLY FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF REMOVABLE
COMPONENTS SUCH AS %02/- OR %%02/-
CHIPS &OR TRANSPORT AND RETURNING OF INDIVID
UAL MODULES ELECTROSTATIC PROTECTIVE PACK
ING MATERIAL MUST BE USED
#OMPONENTS AND MODULES ARE NOT ENDANGERED AS

LONG AS THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHIN THE RELAY
3HOULD IT BECOME NECESSARY TO EXCHANGE ANY DE

VICE OR MODULE THE COMPLETE PARAMETER ASSIGNMENT
SHOULD BE REPEATED 2ESPECTIVE NOTES ARE CONTAINED
IN #HAPTER AND
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
!PPENDIX
! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS
! 4ABLES
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS

9 9
!
, !
, 4

% % ( (
# /
2 2 # 0
$ $ 0% 0% % 2
43 4 0
%
. . 43 3
! ! $ )6
- - & & & % 4
$ - - / / / 0 !
. / / 4 )- 2
!
4
5 5 4 %
# # / )0 0
- 0 0 / # 5 2 /
- ) ) # . / 4
2 2 . 5 0 Z %
/ 4 4 5
. . ) T #
)
# 9 . . 2 U 6
! ! ! 4
LL H %
)3 O O , , CS $
! D D % ,+ + FAT Z
, N N 2 L LA TI N TI
A A A
%
M M 3
ATF
ITTR
TFTI TRR D ER
2 ) RTR E E E
/ M M !
,
RE E P B
$ O O U U! U M T¤
. + + % ! ! ) R
! S S 2 D 3 3 E
- U U % DL LE
5 5 '
! ! $
,
E - ! !
- -
/ %
+ - -
+ + - - - -

" " " " ! ! ! ! " " " " " " " " " " " " ! ! !

%
3 %
! 3
# !
' #
). '
4 .
)
. 4
5 . !
/ 5 %
- / '
% -
# (
!
& 3
2 5
,
5 & ! !
3 ! %
ES % %
ES ' : '
U
¤
U
¤ H
H E
E '
'
U
A
U B
A
B
F IN
U %
!

!!!!!! " " "" " " ## ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !

2
%
7
/
0
6
! %
# 2 4
4 $ % ,)0 #
!4
5 , % +
0 4 2
# .
/ /
). % -
2 , #
3 % " %6
% % ( ,!
" 2 4
! % 4
%3 6
' 4 )0
% R 2
). /- 2 0 4
TK
% % )
2 D
L
I TAN
B
B! OK
T G
ES N U
M U
R LH
E ERH E
I SCL
2 TS KC
$ K EN
% C
¼ O
L HC
O , 2 " 3
, , , 5
, , ,
5 5 5 , % , % , % , %
)
)
)

&IGURE ! 'ENERAL DIAGRAM 5- SHEET OF
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX

$
% )0
3 )0 - 2
4 /
, 2 2
! 4
4 / # 4 , 4,
2 % $ ! 5
/ 0 6, ! $ !
2 $ ! /
, ! &
0 % 6 /
, (
9! $ 0 $ 4
$ 9! 9! % -
) )0 %
# $ 2
!
, , 0 + 2
4 2 % %
. % % , )- % . #
! 2 2 % 4 # 2 !
,! . 0)
$ 2 /
, % 7 !
,! 2
- . $
. $ %
$ " 7 /
0 " O 4
- ! ! . 3 / . " 5 ,
- ! ,4 % 5 . !
/ -
- - 5 0Z 0 3 5 ZT .
# / -
/ - 9 ! TU %
3 2
% H UH 2
%
# # / ! &
HC 2 6 T HT CS 48
3
) 0) 0) # , ZT
UH % % ) ) %
)0 % ZSN 6 2 U
!
, 42

2
4 2
4 2

CS AD
%
2
LH
% 3
ZN
EP

3
3
3
) L) CS GN
2 ) AD FE DR LUP
OD OD T3 EN TS
/
AN NA DON !
, EP )M I
M HO
FLAE
IH
C
REE PO
$ A % M RER 3 DN KN
. M
M
M M 2 )
GN EP KLC LK HIC TS ¤T I
! O+ M
O+ M % LSE ¼ C¼ 3 RNA 3 %
- O+ $ UG 2 2 3 3
SU SU DN 3 5
- SU , ER 3 3 5 7 5
! !
/ ! ! ! % N E0 5
! 5
!

+ - ! !

+ + + - - - - - - - -

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ # # # # # # # #

% %
3 3
! !
# #
' '
.
) .
4 )
. 4
5 . !
/ 5 %
- / :
% -
# (
! 3
& 5
,
2 &
5 ! 6
3 ES % 3
:
ES U
U ¤
¤ H
E

H

E '
' U
U A
A B
FB IN
U %
!

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ " "

4 9
,
5 0
0 2 " 0
.
) % 5
+ : 3
% RE ! % "
. 2
" LT 2 : %
! A " EF )/ 7
' H 3 /
). CS )4 U
TS . 0
% ZT 5 FI%
4
U # 2 RE
8 + + G
CS )#
H % % % N
RG $ $ U
R % %
.E )0 )0 G
R
LE 2 B 2 2 O
D 5 / G 4 G 4 SR
N :G N , N , EV
A 4! %N LU ! LU !
7 ). 3
!
U
R P
P
. P .
P
2 O 2 M
)- %IEV O % K % RO
T
G , IT K 4 N 4 3
P 4 % K IN8 I 8
3 6 2 ! %% % %
, ,

, % , % , % , % (
5

# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
2X$ ! ! 4X$

6
-2 ! ! -4

36
%INBAU UND !UFBAUGEH¤USE MIT 6 3CHNITTSTELLE

&,53( !.$ 352&!#% -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( 6 $!4! ,).+
5-

"

"

5-

#

"

5-

%

"
! !
& 3-! & 3-!
36
%INBAU 'EH¤USE MIT ,7, -ODUL

&,53( -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( &)"%2 /04)# ).4%2&!#%
5-

#

5-

%
! !
& 3-! ! ! & 3-!
36
!UFBAU 'EH¤USE MIT ,7, -ODUL

352&!#% -/5.4).' #!3% 7)4( &)"%2 /04)# ).4%2&!#%
5-

"
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
P DE
IRT PP NE H
P IRT PO T
RM RM IRT
: ELV ELV )
AL AL GN
A A N NO AV AV IN
R R R OTI IT GN RA
CE CE IK PO PO ) W O5
AH AH AH TO TE CO
LB
TS TS DA DA LTU M
RA 6 REB
C
PE
C
PE
C
PE RP DT RE RE LO OL AF L
AT
LA FIL
LU R
TS TS TS EC FAL
GN
IW
WO
P
WO
P
DE
CN
DE
CN
HTR PRI
TL FA
LU NIOT O AIC
TP
NA AE Y
AL Y
AL Y
AL Y Y
AL AL PO
FO FO FO
DE AR SR ES
RE
ES
RE AL AL RO AN - - E ER ER ER ER ER O
TU TU TU EN EW VE VE AB AB TA RE ICV
P E' O0 N5 N5 T3 TX E PIR PIR PIR PIR PIR $X 4
/ / / M
) 2 2 % , , $ , 4 , , 4 , , 4 ,, 4 , 4 4 -

"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
$
$
$ $
$ $
$ $
#
#
# #
#
#
#
#
!
!
!
"
"
"
"
!
!
!
!
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
!
!

ES
AC
NO
IT YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL YAL
LA YAL YAL YAL RE YLA YLA YLA YLA YLA
TAS ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA
ER
LA ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER
NI NG NG LA LA LA RM
AL
ELC NG NG NG NG NG NG NG NG NG NG ! IPR IPR IPR IPR IPR
IB I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 I3 4 4 4 4 4 D
TEA CEA
L
ES UC O
IS
RFE
AC E EC
T
IN
SA YR T YR T YR T YR T YR T YR T YR T YR T AF RE
GN C 5-
AN UP AN UP AN UP AN UP AN UP AN UP AN UP AN UP
RE IB
FL
TIN
T
GN I" IN I" IN I" IN I" IN I" IN I" IN I" IN I" IN N
I AC
TI
UO IT

6 P
NU /
M O
EC M
AFR HS
, ,
U3 UL
&
"

"

"

"

"

"
#
#

!

!
!
!
!

!

!

!

!

!

!

!

!

!

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

"

"

!

!

SIA
LE
YL $X 2

RE , , , .
,
PP 2 -
DLE O
5 5 5 5 5 ), ), ), ). TO
" US
- RP : RE
) EN
AIC RE B OZ WO
LP WO DE C DE PRI PIR 0
TL TL
ER P PP M DN AN AN

M ES
RE
IRT RYA TEX RE RE
TE RE ELV DN E TX TX
SE HT VE OC ET % %
R TE R AV AIV
,
$% SE KC PO ES
, , , . 2
OL T3 T TC
55 5 5 CE , 2 " V !
E
IS
,

). ), ), ),
N
S
, YLA
' ER S
, LA
NG $% D
, IS , ELA
DA S DN H
TU A SRA
R
TEI ) OL PN SY M
CX IY LAE EB
%
RA R N
IN" IPTR AC
&IGURE " #ONNECTION EXAMPLE 5-
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
# 4ABLES
4ABLE # !NNUNCIATIONS FOR ,3!
4ABLE # !NNUNCIATIONS FOR 0# ,# DISPLAY AND BINARY INPUTSOUTPUTS
4ABLE # 2EFERENCE TABLE FOR FUNCTIONAL PARAMETERS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4ABLE # 4ESTS AND COMMISSIONING AIDS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4ABLE # !NNUNCIATIONS MEASURED VALUES ETC ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4ABLE # 2EFERENCE TABLE FOR CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
4ABLE # /PERATIONAL DEVICE CONTROL FACILITIES ADDRESS BLOCKS TO
./4% 4HE FOLLOWING TABLES LIST ALL DATA WHICH ARE AVAILABLE IN THE MAXIMUM COMPLEMENT OF THE DEVICE $EPEN
DENT ON THE ORDERED MODEL AND CONFIGURATION ONLY THOSE DATA MAY BE PRESENT WHICH ARE VALID FOR THE INDIVIDUAL
VERSION
./4% 4HE ACTUAL TABLES ARE ATTACHED TO THE PURCHASED RELAY
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Annunciations 7UM516 for LSA (DIN 19244 and according VDEW/ZVEI)

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
FNo. - Function number of annunciation
Op/Ft - Operation/Fault annunciation
C/CG: Coming/Coming and Going annunciation
V : Annunciation with Value
M : Measurand
LSA No.- Number of annunciation for former LSA (DIN 19244)
according to VDEW/ZVEI:
CA - Compatible Annunciation
GI - Annunciation for General Interrogation
BT - Binary Trace for fault recordings
Typ - Function type (p: according to the configured "Function type")
Inf - Information number
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§
Ann.LSA VDEW/ZVEI
FNo. Meaning OpFtNo.CAGIBTTypInf
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
11>User defined annunciation 1 CG 90CAGIBT p 27
15>Testing via system-interface CG 135 53
16>Block. of monitoring dir. via sys.-intCG 135 54
51Device operative / healthy CG 1 GI 135 81
52Any protection operative CG CAGI p 18
55Re-start of processor system C 193CA p 4
56Initial start of processor system C 3CA p 5
59Real time response to LSA C 192
60LED Reset C 12CA p 19
61Logging and measuring functions blockedCG CAGI p 20
62Test mode CG CAGI p 21
63PC operation via system interface CG GI 135 83
95Parameters are being set CG 97CAGI p 22
96Parameter set A is active CG 40CAGI p 23
97Parameter set B is active CG 41CAGI p 24
98Parameter set C is active CG 42CAGI p 25
99Parameter set D is active CG 43CAGI p 26
110Annunciations lost (buffer overflow) C 195 135130
112Annunciations for LSA lost C 196 135131
113Fault tag lost BT135136
140General internal failure of device CG CAGI p 47
141Failure of internal 24 VDC power supplyCG 88 GI 135161
143Failure of internal 15 VDC power supplyCG 83 GI 135163
144Failure of internal 5 VDC power supply CG 89 GI 135164
145Failure of internal 0 VDC power supply CG 84 GI 135165
154Supervision trip circuit CG 100CAGI p 36
160Common alarm CG CAGI p 46
161Measured value supervision of currents CG CAGI p 32
162Failure: Current summation supervision CG 104 GI 135182
163Failure: Current symmetry supervision CG 107 GI 135183
165Failure: Voltage sum superv. (ph-e) CG 105 GI 135184
167Failure: Voltage symmetry supervision CG 108 GI 135186

171Failure: Phase sequence supervision CG 111CAGI p 35
204Fault recording initiated via bin.input 59 BT135204
205Fault recording initiated via keyboard 59 BT135205
206Fault recording initiated via PC interf 59 BT135206
301Fault in the power system CG 2 135231
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§
Ann.LSA VDEW/ZVEI
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
302Flt. event w. consecutive no. C 135232

361>U Line side VT MCB tripped CG 19 GI 150 38
501General fault detection of device C 5 BT150151
502General drop-off of device C 6 150152
511General trip of device C 7 BT150161
601Current in phase IL1 [%] = M
694Frequency f [Hz] = M
771Secondary voltage UL1E is M
774Secondary earth voltage U0 M
930Current phase IL1 [%] = M 134144
933Secondary voltage UL1E is M 134144
936Secondary earth voltage U0 is M 134144
937Frequency f [Hz] = M 134144
938Positive sequence voltage M 134144
939Positive sequence current M 134144
940Negative sequence current/unbal. load M 134144
941Power factor of the machine M 134144
942Resistance M 134144
943Reactance M 134144
944Active power Pa [%] = M 134144
945Reactive power Pr [%] = M 134144
1175Trip test for trip relay 1 in progress CG 70 GI 151 90
3953>Block impedance protection CG GI 28221
3956>Zone 1B extension for impedance prot. CG 76 GI 28222
3961Impedance protection is switched off CG 20 GI 28226
3962Impedance protection is blocked CG 51 GI 28227
3963Impedance protection is active CG 30 GI 28228
3966Imp.: General fault detection CG208 BT 28229
3967Imp.: Fault detection , phase L1 CG210 BT 28230
3970Imp.: O/C with undervoltage seal in CG220 BT 28233
3976Power swing detection CG 80 BT 28239
3977Imp.: Trip Z1< C 153 BT 28240
3978Imp.: Trip Z1B< C 158 BT 28241
3979Imp.: Trip Z2< C 154 BT 28242
3980Imp.: Trip T3> C 225 BT 28243
4523>Block external trip 1 CG GI 51123
4526>Trigger external trip 1 CG 65 GI 51126
4531External trip 1 is switched off CG 21 GI 51131
4532External trip 1 is blocked CG 60 GI 51132
4533External trip 1 is active CG 31 GI 51133
4536External trip 1: General fault det. CG200 BT 51136
4537External trip 1: General trip C 244 BT 51137
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§
Ann.LSA VDEW/ZVEI
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5001Operating range of v,i CG 44 GI 71 1
5004>Phase rotation counter-clockwise CG GI 71 4
5005Phase rotation is clockwise C 71 5
5006Phase rotation is counter-clockwise C 71 6
5053>Block out-of-step protection CG GI 70 51
5061Out-of-step protection is switched off CG 25 GI 70 56
5062Out-of-step protection is blocked CG 52 GI 70 57
5063Out-of-step protection is active CG 35 GI 70 58
5067Out-of-step: Pulse of characteristic 1 CG 81 BT 70 60
5068Out-of-step: Pulse of characteristic 2 CG 82 BT 70 61
5069Out-of-step: Pick-up characteristic 1 CG205 BT 70 62
5070Out-of-step: Pick-up characteristic 2 CG206 BT 70 63
5071Out-of-step: Trip characteristic 1 C 252 BT 70 64
5072Out-of-step: Trip characteristic 2 C 253 BT 70 65
5083>Block reverse power protection CG GI 70 76
5086>Stop valve tripped CG 55 GI 70 77
5091Reverse power prot. is switched off CG 26 GI 70 81
5092Reverse power protection is blocked CG 49 GI 70 82
5093Reverse power protection is active CG 36 GI 70 83
5096Reverse power: Fault detection CG228 BT 70 84
5097Reverse power: Trip C 248 BT 70 85
5098Reverse power: Trip with stop valve C 249 BT 70 86
5113>Block forward power supervision CG GI 70101
5121Forward power supervis. is switched offCG 27 GI 70106
5122Forward power supervision is blocked CG 48 GI 70107
5123Forward power supervision is active CG 37 GI 70108
5126Forward power: Fault detect. Pf< stage CG230 BT 70109
5127Forward power: Fault detect. Pf> stage CG232 BT 70110
5128Forward power: Trip Pf< stage C 254 BT 70111
5129Forward power: Trip Pf> stage C 255 BT 70112
5143>Block unbalanced load protection CG GI 70126
5146>Reset memory for thermal replica I2 CG GI 70127
5151Unbalanced load prot. is switched off CG 28 GI 70131
5152Unbalanced load protection is blocked CG 50 GI 70132
5153Unbalanced load protection is active CG 38 GI 70133
5156Unbalanced load: Current warning stage CG 13 GI 70134
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬§
Ann.LSA VDEW/ZVEI
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5157Unbalanced load: Thermal warning stage CG 14 GI 70135
5158Reset memory of thermal replica I2 CG 53 GI 70137
5159Unbalanced load: Fault detec. I2>> CG226 BT 70138
5160Unbalanced load: Trip of current stage C 238 BT 70139
5161Unbalanced load: Trip of thermal stage C 15 BT 70140
5173>Block stator earth fault protection CG GI 70151
5181Stator earth fault prot. is switch off CG 29 GI 70156
5182Stator earth fault protection is block.CG 57 GI 70157
5183Stator earth fault protection is activeCG 39 GI 70158
5186Stator earth fault: Fault detection U0 CG216 BT 70159
5187Stator earth fault: Trip U0 stage C 237 BT 70160
6872>Trip circuit superv. trip relay 1 CG GI 153 10
6873>Trip circuit superv. CBaux 1 CG GI 153 11
6879Failure trip circuit 1 CG 101 GI 153 12
6892>Trip circuit superv. trip relay 2 CG GI 153 13
6893>Trip circuit superv. CBaux 2 CG GI 153 14
6899Failure trip circuit 2 CG 102 GI 153 15
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬¬¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Annunciations 7UM516 for PC, LC-display and binary inputs/outputs

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
FNo. - Function number of annunciation
Op/Ft - Operation/Fault annunciation
C/CG: Coming/Coming and Going annunciation
M : Measurand
E - Earth fault annunciation
IOT - I: can be marshalled to binary input
O: can be marshalled to binary output (LED, signal relay)
T: can be marshalled to trip relay
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§
FNo.Abbreviation Meaning OpFtEIOT
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
3>Time Synchro>Time synchronization IO
4>Start FltRec>Start fault recording C IO
5>LED reset >Reset LED indicators IO
7>ParamSelec.1>Parameter set selection 1 (with No.8) IO
8>ParamSelec.2>Parameter set selection 2 (with No.7) IO
11>Annunc. 1 >User defined annunciation 1 CG IOT
15>Sys-Test >Testing via system-interface CG IO
16>Sys-MM-block>Block. of monitoring dir. via sys.-intCG IO
51Dev.operativeDevice operative / healthy CG O
52Prot. operat.Any protection operative CG O
56Initial startInitial start of processor system C
60LED reset LED Reset C O
61LogMeasBlock Logging and measuring functions blockedCG
62Test mode Test mode CG
95Param.runningParameters are being set CG O
96Param. Set A Parameter set A is active CG O
97Param. Set B Parameter set B is active CG O
98Param. Set C Parameter set C is active CG O
99Param. Set D Parameter set D is active CG O
100Wrong SW-versWrong software-version C
101Wrong dev. IDWrong device identification C
110Annunc. lost Annunciations lost (buffer overflow) C
111Annu. PC lostAnnunciations for PC lost C
115Flt.Buff.OverFault annunciation buffer overflow C
120Oper.Ann.InvaOperational annunciations invalid CG
121Flt.Ann.InvalFault annunciations invalid CG
124LED Buff.InvaLED annunciation buffer invalid CG
129VDEW-StateInvVDEW state invalid CG
135Chs Error Error in check sum CG
136Chs.A Error Error in check sum for parameter set A CG
137Chs.B Error Error in check sum for parameter set B CG
138Chs.C Error Error in check sum for parameter set C CG
139Chs.D Error Error in check sum for parameter set D CG
141Failure 24V Failure of internal 24 VDC power supplyCG O
143Failure 15V Failure of internal 15 VDC power supplyCG O
144Failure 5V Failure of internal 5 VDC power supply CG O
145Failure 0V Failure of internal 0 VDC power supply CG O
154Fail. TripRelSupervision trip circuit CG
159LSA disruptedLSA (system interface) disrupted CG
161I supervisionMeasured value supervision of currents O
162Failure ÌI Failure: Current summation supervision CG O
163Failure IsymmFailure: Current symmetry supervision CG O
165Failure ÌUp-eFailure: Voltage sum superv. (ph-e) CG O
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
167Failure UsymmFailure: Voltage symmetry supervision CG O

171Fail.PhaseSeqFailure: Phase sequence supervision CG O
203Flt.RecDatDelFault recording data deleted C
204Flt.Rec.viaBIFault recording initiated via bin.inputC
205Flt.Rec.viaKBFault recording initiated via keyboard C
206Flt.Rec.viaPCFault recording initiated via PC interfC
244D Time= Diff. time of clock synchronism M
301Syst.Flt Fault in the power system CGC
302Fault Flt. event w. consecutive no. C
361>VT mcb Trip >U Line side VT MCB tripped CG IO
501Device FltDetGeneral fault detection of device C
502Dev. Drop-offGeneral drop-off of device C O
511Device Trip General trip of device C
545T-Drop Time from fault detection to drop-off
546T-Trip Time from fault detection to trip
601IL1[%] = Current in phase IL1 [%] = M
641Pa[%]= Active power Pa [%] = M
642Pr[%]= Reactive power Pr [%] = M
651IL1 = Current in phase IL1 = M
671UL1E= Voltage UL1E = M
694f [Hz]= Frequency f [Hz] = M
771UL1E = Secondary voltage UL1E is M
774U0 = Secondary earth voltage U0 M
901COS PHI= Power factor cos phi M
902PHI= Power angle M
903R= Resistance M
904X= Reactance M
905Ipos.seq= Positive sequence current M
906Ineg.seq= Negative sequence current/unbal. load M
907Upos.seq= Positive sequence voltage M
910ThermRep.= Calculated rotor temp. (unbal. load) M
1175Test Trip 1 Trip test for trip relay 1 in progress CG
3953>Imp. block >Block impedance protection IO
3956>Extens. Z1B >Zone 1B extension for impedance prot. CG IO
3961Imp. off Impedance protection is switched off CG O
3962Imp. blocked Impedance protection is blocked CG O
3963Imp. active Impedance protection is active CG O
3966Imp. Gen.Flt.Imp.: General fault detection CG O
3967Imp. Fault L1Imp.: Fault detection , phase L1 CG O
3970Imp. I> & U< Imp.: O/C with undervoltage seal in CG O
3976Power Swing Power swing detection CG O
3977Imp.Trip Z1< Imp.: Trip Z1< C OT
3978Imp.Trip Z1B<Imp.: Trip Z1B< C OT
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
3979Imp.Trip Z2< Imp.: Trip Z2< C OT
3980Imp.Trip T3> Imp.: Trip T3> C OT
4523>Ext 1 block >Block external trip 1 IO
4526>Ext trip 1 >Trigger external trip 1 CG IO
4531Ext 1 off External trip 1 is switched off CG O
4532Ext 1 blockedExternal trip 1 is blocked CG O
4533Ext 1 active External trip 1 is active CG O
4536Ext 1 Gen.FltExternal trip 1: General fault det. CG O
4537Ext 1 Gen.TrpExternal trip 1: General trip C OT
5001Operat. rangeOperating range of v,i CG O
5004>Phase rotat.>Phase rotation counter-clockwise CG IO
5005Clockwise Phase rotation is clockwise C O
5006Counter-clockPhase rotation is counter-clockwise C O
5053>O/S block >Block out-of-step protection IO
5061O/S off Out-of-step protection is switched off CG O
5062O/S blocked Out-of-step protection is blocked CG O
5063O/S active Out-of-step protection is active CG O
5067O/S char.1 Out-of-step: Pulse of characteristic 1 CG O
5068O/S char.2 Out-of-step: Pulse of characteristic 2 CG O
5069O/S det.ch.1 Out-of-step: Pick-up characteristic 1 CG O
5070O/S det.ch.2 Out-of-step: Pick-up characteristic 2 CG O
5071O/S Trip ch.1Out-of-step: Trip characteristic 1 C OT
5072O/S Trip ch.2Out-of-step: Trip characteristic 2 C OT
5083>Pr block >Block reverse power protection IO
5086>SV tripped >Stop valve tripped CG IO
5091Pr off Reverse power prot. is switched off CG O
5092Pr blocked Reverse power protection is blocked CG O
5093Pr active Reverse power protection is active CG O
5096Pr Fault det.Reverse power: Fault detection CG O
5097Pr Trip Reverse power: Trip C OT
5098Pr+SV Trip Reverse power: Trip with stop valve C OT
5113>Pf block >Block forward power supervision IO
5121Pf off Forward power supervis. is switched offCG O
5122Pf blocked Forward power supervision is blocked CG O
5123Pf active Forward power supervision is active CG O
5126Pf< Flt. det.Forward power: Fault detect. Pf< stage CG O
5127Pf> Flt. det.Forward power: Fault detect. Pf> stage CG O
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Â¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ª¬¬ª¬¬ª¬ª¬¬¬§
«¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5128Pf< Trip Forward power: Trip Pf< stage C OT
5129Pf> Trip Forward power: Trip Pf> stage C OT
5143>I2 block >Block unbalanced load protection IO
5146>RM th.repl. >Reset memory for thermal replica I2 CG IO
5151I2 off Unbalanced load prot. is switched off CG O
5152I2 blocked Unbalanced load protection is blocked CG O
5153I2 active Unbalanced load protection is active CG O
5156I2> Warn Unbalanced load: Current warning stage CG O
5157I2 th. Warn Unbalanced load: Thermal warning stage CG O
5158RM th. repl. Reset memory of thermal replica I2 CG O
5159I2>> Fault Unbalanced load: Fault detec. I2>> CG O
5160I2>> Trip Unbalanced load: Trip of current stage C OT
5161I2 Ñ Trip Unbalanced load: Trip of thermal stage C OT
5173>U0> block >Block stator earth fault protection IO
5181U0> off Stator earth fault prot. is switch off CG O
5182U0> blocked Stator earth fault protection is block.CG O
5183U0> active Stator earth fault protection is activeCG O
5186U0> Fault Stator earth fault: Fault detection U0 CG O
5187U0> Trip Stator earth fault: Trip U0 stage C OT
6872>Trip rel 1 >Trip circuit superv. trip relay 1 IO
6873>CBaux 1 >Trip circuit superv. CBaux 1 IO
6879Failure Trip1Failure trip circuit 1 CG O
6892>Trip rel 2 >Trip circuit superv. trip relay 2 IO
6893>CBaux 2 >Trip circuit superv. CBaux 2 IO
6899Failure Trip2Failure trip circuit 2 CG O
¨¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬©¬¬©¬¬©¬©¬¬¬Á
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Reference Table for Functional Parameters 7UM516

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
1000 PARAMETERS
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
1100 MACHINE & POWERSYSTEM DATA
1103 POWER Rated apparent power of the machine
min. 0.1 MVA
max. 2000.0 ¬¬¬¬
1104 COS PHI Rated power factor of the machine
min. 0.000
max. 1.000 ¬¬¬¬
1105 In Rated current of the machine
min. 0.050 kA
max. 50.000 ¬¬¬¬
1106 Un Rated voltage of the machine (phase-phase)
min. 0.30 kV
max. 100.00 ¬¬¬¬
1108 STAR-POINT Earthing condition of the machine star-point
HIGH-RESISTANCE [ ] Starpt. high resist.
LOW-RESISTANCE [ ] Starpt. low resist.
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
1200 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER DATA

1201 IN CT PRIM Primary rated CT current
min. 0.050 kA
max. 50.000 ¬¬¬¬
1202 UN VT PRIM Primary rated VT current
min. 0.30 kV
max. 50.00 ¬¬¬¬
1204 Un SECOND. Secondary rated voltage
min. 100 V
max. 125 ¬¬¬¬
1205 CT STARPNT Polarity of current transformers
TOWARDS MACHINE [ ] Starpt. toward mach.
TOWRDS STARPOINT [ ] Starpt. toward stapt
1206 CT ANG. W0 Correction angle CT W0 (base angle)
min. -2.50 à
max. 7.50 ¬¬¬¬
1207 CT ANG. W1 Correction angle CT W1 (slope)
min. -2.50 à
max. 0.00 ¬¬¬¬
1209 VT DELTA VT for open delta winding connected
CONNECTED [ ] Connected
NOT CONNECTED [ ] Not connected
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
1210 Uph/Udelta Matching factor for open delta voltage

min. -9.99
max. 9.99 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
1300 IMP. PROT. GENERAL SETTINGS
1301 IMP. PROT. State of the impedance protection
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
BLOCK TRIP REL [ ] Block trip relay
1302 R1 Zone 1: Resistance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 65.00 ¬¬¬¬
1303 X1 Zone 1: Reactance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
1304 T1 Zone 1: Time delay
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
1305 R1B Zone 1B: Resistance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 65.00 ¬¬¬¬
1306 X1B Zone 1B: Reactance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
1307 T1B Zone 1B: Time delay
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
1308 R2 Zone 2: Resistance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 65.00 ¬¬¬¬
1309 X2 Zone 2: Reactance
min. 0.05 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
1310 T2 Zone 2: Time delay
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
1311 T3 Final time delay T3
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
1312 T-RESET Reset delay after trip
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
1400 IMP. PROT. FAULT DETECTION

1401 I> Overcurrent detection threshold value I>
min. 0.20 I/In
max. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬
1402 U< SEAL-IN Undervoltage seal-in ON/OFF
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
1403 U< Undervoltage value for seal-in
min. 30 V
max. 130 ¬¬¬¬
1404 T-SEAL-IN Duration of undervoltage seal-in
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
1500 IMP. PROT. POWER SWING
1501 P/S Power swing detection ON/OFF
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
1502 dZ/dt Rate of change of the power swing vector
min. 1.0 Ò/s
max. 200.0 ¬¬¬¬
1503 P/S T-ACT. Power swing action time
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
1504 DELTA Z Impedance between P/S polygon and polygon Z1
min. 0.10 Ò
max. 10.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
1900 EARTH FAULT U0>
1901 SEF PROT. State of the stator earth fault protection
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
1902 U0> Pick-up value of displacement voltage U0>
min. 5.0 V
max. 100.0 ¬¬¬¬
1903 T-U0> Time delay for trip
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
2000 OUT-O-STEP PROTECTION

2001 OUT-O-STEP State of the out-of-step protection
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
2002 I1> Meas. Pick-up current (pos.seq.) for O/S detc. I1>
min. 0.20 I/In
max. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬
2003 I2< Meas. Max. neg.seq. current for O/S detection I2<
min. 0.05 I/In
max. 1.00 ¬¬¬¬
2004 Za Resistance of the polygon
min. 0.20 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
2005 Zb Reactance of the polygon (reverse direction)
min. 0.10 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
2006 Zc Reactance of the polygon (forward dir. char.1)
min. 0.10 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
2007 Zd-Zc Reactance char.1 - reactance char.2 (forw.dir)
min. 0.00 Ò
max. 130.00 ¬¬¬¬
2008 PHI POLYG. Angle of inclination of the polygon
min. 60.0 à
max. 90.0 ¬¬¬¬
2009 REP.CHAR.1 Repetition of characteristic 1
min. 1
max. 4 ¬¬¬¬
2010 REP.CHAR.2 Repetition of characteristic 2
min. 1
max. 8 ¬¬¬¬
2011 T-HOLDING Holding time of fault detection
min. 0.20 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
2012 T-SIGNAL Minimum time for signal
min. 0.02 s
max. 0.15 ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.05 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
2200 FORW.POWER SUPERVISION

2201 FORW.POWER State of the forward power supervision
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
2202 Pf< Supervision of decrease in forw. active power
min. 0.5 %
max. 120.0 ¬¬¬¬
2203 Pf> Supervision of increase in forw. active power
min. 1.0 %
max. 120.0 ¬¬¬¬
2204 T-Pf< Time delay for trip Pf<
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
2205 T-Pf> Time delay for trip Pf>
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
2300 REVERSE POWER
2301 REV. POWER State of the reverse power protection

OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
2302 P> REVERSE Pick-up value of reverse power
min. -30.00 %
max. -0.50 ¬¬¬¬
2303 T-SV-OPEN Time delay for trip with stop valve open
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
2304 T-SV-CLOS. Time delay for trip with stop valve closed
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
2400 UNBALANCED LOAD
2401 UNBAL.LOAD State of the unbalanced load protection
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
2402 I2> Continously permissible neg. sequence current

min. 3 %
max. 30 ¬¬¬¬
2403 T-I2> Time delay for warning stage
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
2404 TIME CONST Thermal time constant
min. 100 s
max. 2500 ¬¬¬¬
2405 THERM.WARN Thermal warning stage in % of trip temperature
min. 70 %
max. 99 ¬¬¬¬
2406 I2>> Pick-up value for high current stage
min. 10 %
max. 80 ¬¬¬¬
2407 T-I2>> Trip time delay for high current stage
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
2900 MEAS.VALUE SUPERVISION
2901 M.V.SUPERV State of measured values supervision
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
2903 SYM.Ithres Symmetry threshold for current monitoring
min. 0.10 I/In
max. 1.00 ¬¬¬¬
2904 SYM.Fact.I Symmetry factor for current monitoring
min. 0.10
max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬
2905 SUM.Ithres Summation threshold for current monitoring
min. 0.10 I/In
max. 2.00 ¬¬¬¬
2906 SUM.Fact.I Factor for current summation monitoring
min. 0.00
max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬
2907 SYM.Uthres Symmetry threshold for voltage monitoring
min. 10 V
max. 100 ¬¬¬¬
2908 SYM.Fact.U Symmetry factor for voltage monitoring
min. 0.58
max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
2909 SUM.Uthres Voltage threshold for voltage summation

min. 10 V
max. 200 ¬¬¬¬
2910 SUM.Fact.U Factor for voltage summation monitoring
min. 0.60
max. 0.95 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
3000 EXTERNAL TRIP FUNCTION 1
3001 EXT.TRIP 1 State of external trip function 1
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
3002 T-DELAY Time delay of external trip function 1
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX

OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
min. 0.00 s
max. 32.00 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
3900 TRIP CIR'T SUPERVISION
3901 TRP SUPERV State of the trip circuit supervision
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
3902 No.CIRCT. Number of supervised circuits
min. 1
max. 2 ¬¬¬¬
3903 MEA.REPET. Number of meas. repetitions
min. 2
max. 6 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Tests and Commissioning Aids 7UM516

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
4000 TESTS
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
4400 CB TEST LIVE TRIP
4401 TRIP RELAY1 Trip of relay #1
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
4900 TEST FAULT RECORDING
4901 FAULT REC. Initiation of fault recording
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Annunciations, Measured Values etc. 7UM516

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
5000 ANNUNCIATIONS
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5100 OPERATIONAL ANNUNCIATIONS
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5200 LAST FAULT
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5300 2nd TO LAST FAULT
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5400 3rd TO LAST FAULT
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5700 OPERATIONAL MEAS. VALUES A
5701 IL1 = Current in phase IL1 =
5704 UL1E= Voltage UL1E =
5707 IL1[%] = Current in phase IL1 [%] =
5710 UL1E = Secondary voltage UL1E is
5713 U0 = Secondary earth voltage U0
5714 Ipos.seq= Positive sequence current
5715 Upos.seq= Positive sequence voltage
5716 f [Hz]= Frequency f [Hz] =
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5800 OPERATIONAL MEAS. VALUES B
5801 Pa[%]= Active power Pa [%] =
5802 Pr[%]= Reactive power Pr [%] =
5803 COS PHI= Power factor cos phi
5804 PHI= Power angle
5805 R= Resistance
5806 X= Reactance
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
5900 OPERATIONAL MEAS. VALUES C
5901 Ineg.seq= Negative sequence current/unbal. load
5902 ThermRep.= Calculated rotor temp. (unbal. load)
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Reference Table for Configuration Parameters 7UM516

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
6000 MARSHALLING
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6100 MARSHALLING BINARY INPUTS
6101 BINARY INPUT 1 Binary input 1
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6200 MARSHALLING SIGNAL RELAYS
6201 SIGNAL RELAY 1 Signal relay 1
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6300 MARSHALLING LED INDICATORS
6301 LED 1 LED 1
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6302 LED 2 LED 2
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6303 LED 3 LED 3
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6304 LED 4 LED 4
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6305 LED 5 LED 5
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6306 LED 6 LED 6
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
6307 LED 7 LED 7

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6308 LED 8 LED 8
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6309 LED 9 LED 9
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6310 LED 10 LED 10
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6311 LED 11 LED 11
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6312 LED 12 LED 12
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6313 LED 13 LED 13
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
6314 LED 14 LED 14

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
6400 MARSHALLING TRIP RELAYS
6401 TRIP RELAY 1 Trip relay 1
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7000 OP. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
7100 INTEGRATED OPERATION

7101 LANGUAGE Language
DEUTSCH [ ] German
ENGLISH [ ] English
7102 DATE FORMAT Date format
DD.MM.YYYY [ ] dd.mm.yyyy
MM/DD/YYYY [ ] mm/dd/yyyy
7105 OPER. 1st L Operational message for 1st display line
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7106 OPER. 2nd L Operational message for 2nd display line
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7107 FAULT 1st L Fault message for 1st display line
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7108 FAULT 2nd L Fault message for 2nd display line
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ ¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7151 CW-LEVEL 1 Codeword for level 1
min. 1
max. 999999 ¬¬¬¬
min. 1
max. 999999 ¬¬¬¬
min. 1
max. 999999 ¬¬¬¬
min. 1
max. 999999 ¬¬¬¬
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7200 PC/SYSTEM INTERFACES
7201 DEVICE ADD. Device address
min. 1
max. 254 ¬¬¬¬
7202 FEEDER ADD. Feeder address
min. 1
max. 254 ¬¬¬¬
7203 SUBST. ADD. Substation address
min. 1
max. 254 ¬¬¬¬
7208 FUNCT. TYPE Function type in accordance with VDEW/ZVEI
min. 1
max. 254 ¬¬¬¬
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
7209 DEVICE TYPE Device type

min. 1
max. 254 ¬¬¬¬
7211 PC INTERF. Data format for PC-interface
DIGSI V3 [ ] DIGSI V3
ASCII [ ] ASCII
7214 PC GAPS Transmission gaps for PC-interface
min. 0.0 s
max. 5.0 ¬¬¬¬
7215 PC BAUDRATE Transmission baud rate for PC-interface
9600 BAUD [ ] 9600 Baud
19200 BAUD [ ] 19200 Baud
1200 BAUD [ ] 1200 Baud
2400 BAUD [ ] 2400 Baud
4800 BAUD [ ] 4800 Baud
7216 PC PARITY Parity and stop-bits for PC-interface
NO 2 STOP [ ] No parity,2 stopbits
NO 1 STOP [ ] No parity,1 stopbit
7221 SYS INTERF. Data format for system-interface
VDEW EXTENDED [ ] VDEW extended
LSA [ ] LSA
7222 SYS MEASUR. Measurement format for system-interface
VDEW EXTENDED [ ] VDEW extended
7224 SYS GAPS Transmission gaps for system-interface
min. 0.0 s
max. 5.0 ¬¬¬¬
7225 SYS BAUDR. Transmission baud rate for system-interface
9600 BAUD [ ] 9600 Baud
19200 BAUD [ ] 19200 Baud
1200 BAUD [ ] 1200 Baud
2400 BAUD [ ] 2400 Baud
4800 BAUD [ ] 4800 Baud
7226 SYS PARITY Parity and stop-bits for system-interface
VDEW/DIGSIV3/LSA [ ] VDEW/DIGSI V3/LSA
NO 2 STOP [ ] No parity,2 stopbits
NO 1 STOP [ ] No parity,1 stopbit
7227 SYS-SWITCH Online-switch VDEW-DIGSI enabled
NO [ ] no
YES [ ] yes
7235 SYS PARAMET Parameterizing via system-interface
NO [ ] no
YES [ ] yes
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
7400 FAULT RECORDINGS

7402 INITIATION Initiation of data storage
STORAGE BY FD. [ ] Storage by fault det
STORAGE BY TRIP [ ] Storage by trip
START WITH TRIP [ ] Start with trip
7410 T-MAX Maximum time period of a fault recording
min. 0.30 s
max. 5.00 ¬¬¬¬
7411 T-PRE Pre-trigger time for fault recording
min. 0.05 s
max. 4.00 ¬¬¬¬
7412 T-POST Post-fault time for fault recording
min. 0.05 s
max. 1.00 ¬¬¬¬
7420 FAULT VALUE Fault values
INSTANT. VALUES [ ] Instantaneous values
R.M.S. VALUES [ ] R.M.S. values
7431 T-BINARY IN Storage time by initiation via binary input
min. 0.10 s
max. 5.00/Ô ¬¬¬¬
7432 T-KEYBOARD Storage time by initiation via keyboard
min. 0.10 s
max. 5.00 ¬¬¬¬
7490 SYS LENGTH Length of fault record (former LSA)
660 VALUES FIX [ ] 660 values fix
<=3000 VAL. VAR [ ] <=3000 val. var
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7800 SCOPE OF FUNCTIONS
7813 IMP. PROT. Impedance protection
EXIST [ ] Existent
NON-EXIST [ ] Non-existent
7819 SEF PROT. Stator earth fault protection
EXIST [ ] Existent
7820 OUT-OF-STEP Out-of-step protection
EXIST [ ] Existent
7822 FOR. POWER Forward power supervision
EXIST [ ] Existent
7823 REV. POWER Reverse power protection
EXIST [ ] Existent
7824 UNBAL. LOAD Unbalanced load protection
EXIST [ ] Existent
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
7830 EXT. TRIP 1 External trip function 1

EXIST [ ] Existent
EXIST [ ] Existent
EXIST [ ] Existent
EXIST [ ] Existent
7885 PARAM. C/O Parameter change-over
EXIST [ ] Existent
7899 FREQUENCY Rated system frequency
fN 50 Hz [ ] fN 50 Hz
fN 60 Hz [ ] fN 60 Hz
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
7900 DEVICE CONFIGURATION
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
Operational Device Control Facilities 7UM516

µµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµµ
8000 DEVICE CONTROL
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
8100 SETTING REAL TIME CLOCK
8101 DATE / TIME Actual date and time
8102 DATE Setting new date
8103 TIME Setting new time
8104 DIFF. TIME Setting difference time
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
8200 RESET
8201 RESET Reset of LED memories
8202 RESET Reset of operational annunciation buffer
8203 RESET Reset of fault annunciation buffer
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
8300 SYS-VDEW ANNUNC.-MEAS.VAL
8301 SYS TEST Testing via system-interface

OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
8302 SYS BLOCK Blocking of monitoring direction via sys.-int.
OFF [ ] off
ON [ ] on
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
8500 PARAMETER CHANGE-OVER
8501 ACTIV PARAM Actual active parameter set
8503 ACTIVATING Activation of parameter set
SET A [ ] Set a
SET B [ ] Set b
SET C [ ] Set c
SET D [ ] Set d
SET BY BIN.INPUT [ ] Set via binary input
SET BY LSA CONTR [ ] Set by lsa control
8510 COPY Copy original parameter set to set A
8511 COPY Copy original parameter set to set B
8512 COPY Copy original parameter set to set C
8513 COPY Copy original parameter set to set D
8514 COPY Copy parameter set A to set B
# ' #

5- 6 !PPENDIX
8515 COPY Copy parameter set A to set C

8516 COPY Copy parameter set A to set D
8517 COPY Copy parameter set B to set A
8518 COPY Copy parameter set B to set C
8519 COPY Copy parameter set B to set D
8520 COPY Copy parameter set C to set A
8521 COPY Copy parameter set C to set B
8522 COPY Copy parameter set C to set D
8523 COPY Copy parameter set D to set A
8524 COPY Copy parameter set D to set B
8525 COPY Copy parameter set D to set C
¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬
9800 OPERATING SYSTEM CONTROL
9802 MONITOR Monitor
# ' #

5- 6
# ' #

5- 6 #ORRECTIONS3UGGESTIONS
4O &ROM
????????????????????????????????????????
3)%-%.3 !+4)%.'%3%,,3#(!&4 .AME
$EPT %6 3 350
????????????????????????????????????????
$ "%2,). #OMPANY$EPT
'ERMANY
????????????????????????????????????????
!DDRESS
$EAR READER
PRINTING ERRORS CAN NEVER BE ENTIRELY ELIMINATED ????????????????????????????????????????

THEREFORE SHOULD YOU COME ACROSS ANY WHEN 4ELEPHONE NO
READING THIS MANUAL KINDLY ENTER THEM IN THIS
FORM TOGETHER WITH ANY COMMENTS OR SUG
GESTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT THAT YOU MAY HAVE ????????????????????????????????????????
#ORRECTIONS3UGGESTIONS
# ' #

3UBSTANTIAL ALTERATIONS AGAINST PREVIOUS ISSUE
!DDITION OF &IRMWARE 6ERSION 6
$IV ERRORS CORRECTED
#OPYING OF THIS DOCUMENT AND GIVING IT TO OTHERS AND THE USE

ORCOMMUNICATIONOFTHECONTENTSTHEREOFAREFORBIDDENWITH
OUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY /FFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO THE PAYMENT OF
DAMAGES !LL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF THE GRANT OF
3UBJECT TO TECHNICAL ALTERATION A PATENT OR THE REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY MODEL OR DESIGN
3IEMENS !KTIENGESELLSCHAFT /RDER .O # ' #

!VAILABLE FROM ,:& &¼RTH "ISLOHE
0RINTED IN THE &EDERAL 2EPUBLIC OF 'ERMANY
!' &/ %N

7UM516 Manual PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

7UM516 Manual PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

.

UMERICAL -ACHINE 0ROTECTION

5- 6 AND 6

)MPEDANCE PROTECTION : &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 0F

D 3IEMENS !' 

4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT

 # ' #

# ' # 

 /UT OF STEP PROTECTION                                                               

 !NCILLARY FUNCTIONS                                                                  

 # ' #

# ' # 

 #OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS                                                 

 -AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING                                                 

! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS                                                                  

 # ' #

 !PPLICATION  &EATURES

# ' # 

&IGURE  3URVEY OF THE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION SERIES

 # ' #

 )MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS

SUPERVISION OF OVER POWER 0F ANDOR UNDER

SHORT TIME STAGE WITH STOP VALVE TRIPPED

PROTECTIVE RANGE   TO   OF THE STATOR WIND EVALUATION OF NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF

INSENSITIVE TO FREQUENCY FLUCTUATIONS

OPTIMUM MATCHING TO THE ON SITE CONDITIONS BY

RELIABLE DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE POWER SWING

# ' # 

#OUPLING OF EXTERNAL BINARY SIGNALS )NTEGRATED TRIPPING MATRIX

CONNECTION TO SIGNAL RELAYS ,%$S AND VIA SERIAL

TIME DELAY POSSIBLE

 # ' #

# ' # 

6OLTAGE CONNECTOR (EAVY CURRENT CONNECTOR

 # ' #

5- (OUSING FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING 80 

-AX  TERMINALS FOR CROSS SECTION MAX  MM

WITH CERAMIC POST

EG FOR GLASS FIBRE  UM

# ' # 

5- (OUSING FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION 80 

   

2ESET AND PAGING

(EAVY CURRENT CONNECTORS

 # ' #

 /RDERING DATA

2ATED CURRENT RATED FREQUENCY

IN HOUSING 80  FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING              "

IN HOUSING 80  FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING                #

IN HOUSING 80  FORCUBICLE INSTALLATION

3ERIAL INTERFACE FOR COUPLING TO A CONTROL CENTRE

ISOLATED SERIAL INTERFACE SIMILAR 6 OR 23  #                                        "

SERIAL INTERFACE FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION                                              #

# ' # 

 ¬  ¬  ¬  ¬

$RIP PROOF ROOF

3PACE REQUIRED FOR

00     X           

 # ' #

 'ENERAL DATA

2ATED VOLTAGE 5.  6 TO  6 SELECTABLE

2ATED FREQUENCY F.  (Z OR  (Z SELECTABLE

"URDEN CT CIRCUITS PER PHASE

5- 6 AND 6

)MPEDANCE PROTECTION : &ORWARD POWER SUPERVISION 0F

D 3IEMENS !'

4HE DEVICE IS DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENT

# ' #

# ' #

/UT OF STEP PROTECTION

!NCILLARY FUNCTIONS

# ' #

# ' #

#OMMISSIONING USING PRIMARY TESTS

-AINTENANCE AND FAULT TRACING

! 'ENERAL DIAGRAMS

# ' #

!PPLICATION &EATURES

# ' #

&IGURE 3URVEY OF THE NUMERICAL MACHINE PROTECTION SERIES

# ' #

)MPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS

SUPERVISION OF OVER POWER 0F ANDOR UNDER

PROTECTIVE RANGE TO OF THE STATOR WIND EVALUATION OF NEGATIVE SEQUENCE COMPONENT OF

# ' #

TIME DELAY POSSIBLE

# ' #

# ' #

# ' #

5- (OUSING FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING 80

-AX TERMINALS FOR CROSS SECTION MAX MM

EG FOR GLASS FIBRE UM

# ' #

5- (OUSING FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING OR CUBICLE INSTALLATION 80

(EAVY CURRENT CONNECTORS

# ' #

/RDERING DATA

2ATED CURRENT RATED FREQUENCY

IN HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL SURFACE MOUNTING "

IN HOUSING 80 FOR PANEL FLUSH MOUNTING #

IN HOUSING 80 FORCUBICLE INSTALLATION

ISOLATED SERIAL INTERFACE SIMILAR 6 OR 23 # "

SERIAL INTERFACE FOR OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTION #

# ' #

¬ ¬ ¬ ¬

00 X

# ' #

'ENERAL DATA

2ATED VOLTAGE 5. 6 TO 6 SELECTABLE

2ATED FREQUENCY F. (Z OR (Z SELECTABLE

"URDEN CT CIRCUITS PER PHASE

!UXILIARY VOLTAGE 5( 6 DC 6 DC 6 DC

/PERATING RANGES TO 6 DC TO 6 DC TO 6 DC

3UPERIMPOSED AC VOLTAGE AT RATED VOLTAGE

0OWER CONSUMPTION QUIESCENT APPROX 7

(EAVY DUTY TRIP CONTACTS

4RIP RELAYS NUMBER

# ' #

3WITCHING CAPACITY -!+% 76!

3WITCHING VOLTAGE 6

3IGNAL RELAYS NUMBER

"INARY INPUTS NUMBER

6OLTAGE RANGE RECONNECTABLE TO 6 DC IN RANGES

#URRENT CONSUMPTION APPROX M! INDEPENDENT OF OPERATING VOLTAGE

#ONNECTION AT THE FRONT POLE SUBMINIATURE CONNECTOR

3TANDARDS SIMILAR 66 TO ##)44 23 # TO %)!

#ONNECTION DIRECTLY AT HOUSING TERMINALS

/PTICAL WAVE LENGTH NM

# ' #

%LECTRICAL TESTS

3TANDARDS )%#

(IGH VOLTAGE TEST ROUTINE TEST K6 RMS (Z

(IGH VOLTAGE TEST ROUTINE TEST K6 DC

%-# TESTS IMMUNITY TYPE TESTS

3TANDARDS )%# )%# PRODUCT STANDARDS

(IGH FREQUENCY K6 PEAK -(Z Ç ¿S SHOTSS

%LECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE K6 K6 CONTACT DISCHARGE K6 AIR DISCHARGE

AND )%# CLASS )))

2ADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD 6M -(Z TO -(Z

%-# TESTS EMISSION TYPE TESTS

3TANDARD %. J GENERIC STANDARD

#ONDUCTED INTERFERENCE VOLTAGE AUX VOLTAGE K(Z TO -(Z

# ' #